You must add Irrlicht include files.
This commit is contained in:
parent
b4d523cc94
commit
de7120f7fa
@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __C_DYNAMIC_MESHBUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __C_DYNAMIC_MESHBUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IDynamicMeshBuffer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "CVertexBuffer.h"
|
||||
#include "CIndexBuffer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class CDynamicMeshBuffer: public IDynamicMeshBuffer
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
CDynamicMeshBuffer(video::E_VERTEX_TYPE vertexType, video::E_INDEX_TYPE indexType)
|
||||
{
|
||||
VertexBuffer=new CVertexBuffer(vertexType);
|
||||
IndexBuffer=new CIndexBuffer(indexType);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! destructor
|
||||
virtual ~CDynamicMeshBuffer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (VertexBuffer)
|
||||
VertexBuffer->drop();
|
||||
if (IndexBuffer)
|
||||
IndexBuffer->drop();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual IVertexBuffer& getVertexBuffer() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return *VertexBuffer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual IIndexBuffer& getIndexBuffer() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return *IndexBuffer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void setVertexBuffer(IVertexBuffer *newVertexBuffer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (newVertexBuffer)
|
||||
newVertexBuffer->grab();
|
||||
if (VertexBuffer)
|
||||
VertexBuffer->drop();
|
||||
|
||||
VertexBuffer=newVertexBuffer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void setIndexBuffer(IIndexBuffer *newIndexBuffer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (newIndexBuffer)
|
||||
newIndexBuffer->grab();
|
||||
if (IndexBuffer)
|
||||
IndexBuffer->drop();
|
||||
|
||||
IndexBuffer=newIndexBuffer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get Material of this buffer.
|
||||
virtual const video::SMaterial& getMaterial() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Material;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get Material of this buffer.
|
||||
virtual video::SMaterial& getMaterial()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Material;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get bounding box
|
||||
virtual const core::aabbox3d<f32>& getBoundingBox() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return BoundingBox;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set bounding box
|
||||
virtual void setBoundingBox( const core::aabbox3df& box)
|
||||
{
|
||||
BoundingBox = box;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Recalculate bounding box
|
||||
virtual void recalculateBoundingBox()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!getVertexBuffer().size())
|
||||
BoundingBox.reset(0,0,0);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
BoundingBox.reset(getVertexBuffer()[0].Pos);
|
||||
for (u32 i=1; i<getVertexBuffer().size(); ++i)
|
||||
BoundingBox.addInternalPoint(getVertexBuffer()[i].Pos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
video::SMaterial Material;
|
||||
core::aabbox3d<f32> BoundingBox;
|
||||
private:
|
||||
IVertexBuffer *VertexBuffer;
|
||||
IIndexBuffer *IndexBuffer;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,226 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __C_INDEX_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __C_INDEX_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IIndexBuffer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class CIndexBuffer : public IIndexBuffer
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class IIndexList
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
virtual ~IIndexList(){};
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 stride() const =0;
|
||||
virtual u32 size() const =0;
|
||||
virtual void push_back(const u32 &element) =0;
|
||||
virtual u32 operator [](u32 index) const =0;
|
||||
virtual u32 getLast() =0;
|
||||
virtual void setValue(u32 index, u32 value) =0;
|
||||
virtual void set_used(u32 usedNow) =0;
|
||||
virtual void reallocate(u32 new_size) =0;
|
||||
virtual u32 allocated_size() const =0;
|
||||
virtual void* pointer() =0;
|
||||
virtual video::E_INDEX_TYPE getType() const =0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
template <class T>
|
||||
class CSpecificIndexList : public IIndexList
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
core::array<T> Indices;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 stride() const {return sizeof(T);}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 size() const {return Indices.size();}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void push_back(const u32 &element)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// push const ref due to compiler problem with gcc 4.6, big endian
|
||||
Indices.push_back((const T&)element);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 operator [](u32 index) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (u32)(Indices[index]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 getLast() {return (u32)Indices.getLast();}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void setValue(u32 index, u32 value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Indices[index]=(T)value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void set_used(u32 usedNow)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Indices.set_used(usedNow);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void reallocate(u32 new_size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Indices.reallocate(new_size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 allocated_size() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Indices.allocated_size();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void* pointer() {return Indices.pointer();}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual video::E_INDEX_TYPE getType() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (sizeof(T)==sizeof(u16))
|
||||
return video::EIT_16BIT;
|
||||
else
|
||||
return video::EIT_32BIT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
IIndexList *Indices;
|
||||
|
||||
CIndexBuffer(video::E_INDEX_TYPE IndexType) :Indices(0), MappingHint(EHM_NEVER), ChangedID(1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
setType(IndexType);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CIndexBuffer(const IIndexBuffer &IndexBufferCopy) :Indices(0), MappingHint(EHM_NEVER), ChangedID(1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
setType(IndexBufferCopy.getType());
|
||||
reallocate(IndexBufferCopy.size());
|
||||
|
||||
for (u32 n=0;n<IndexBufferCopy.size();++n)
|
||||
push_back(IndexBufferCopy[n]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~CIndexBuffer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete Indices;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//virtual void setType(video::E_INDEX_TYPE IndexType);
|
||||
virtual void setType(video::E_INDEX_TYPE IndexType)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IIndexList *NewIndices=0;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (IndexType)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case video::EIT_16BIT:
|
||||
{
|
||||
NewIndices=new CSpecificIndexList<u16>;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case video::EIT_32BIT:
|
||||
{
|
||||
NewIndices=new CSpecificIndexList<u32>;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (Indices)
|
||||
{
|
||||
NewIndices->reallocate( Indices->size() );
|
||||
|
||||
for(u32 n=0;n<Indices->size();++n)
|
||||
NewIndices->push_back((*Indices)[n]);
|
||||
|
||||
delete Indices;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Indices=NewIndices;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void* getData() {return Indices->pointer();}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual video::E_INDEX_TYPE getType() const {return Indices->getType();}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 stride() const {return Indices->stride();}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 size() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Indices->size();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void push_back(const u32 &element)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Indices->push_back(element);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 operator [](u32 index) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (*Indices)[index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 getLast()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Indices->getLast();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void setValue(u32 index, u32 value)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Indices->setValue(index, value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void set_used(u32 usedNow)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Indices->set_used(usedNow);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void reallocate(u32 new_size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Indices->reallocate(new_size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 allocated_size() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Indices->allocated_size();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void* pointer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Indices->pointer();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! get the current hardware mapping hint
|
||||
virtual E_HARDWARE_MAPPING getHardwareMappingHint() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return MappingHint;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! set the hardware mapping hint, for driver
|
||||
virtual void setHardwareMappingHint( E_HARDWARE_MAPPING NewMappingHint )
|
||||
{
|
||||
MappingHint=NewMappingHint;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! flags the mesh as changed, reloads hardware buffers
|
||||
virtual void setDirty()
|
||||
{
|
||||
++ChangedID;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the currently used ID for identification of changes.
|
||||
/** This shouldn't be used for anything outside the VideoDriver. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getChangedID() const {return ChangedID;}
|
||||
|
||||
E_HARDWARE_MAPPING MappingHint;
|
||||
u32 ChangedID;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,301 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __T_MESH_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __T_MESH_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "irrArray.h"
|
||||
#include "IMeshBuffer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Template implementation of the IMeshBuffer interface
|
||||
template <class T>
|
||||
class CMeshBuffer : public IMeshBuffer
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
//! Default constructor for empty meshbuffer
|
||||
CMeshBuffer():ChangedID_Vertex(1),ChangedID_Index(1),MappingHint_Vertex(EHM_NEVER), MappingHint_Index(EHM_NEVER)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#ifdef _DEBUG
|
||||
setDebugName("SMeshBuffer");
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get material of this meshbuffer
|
||||
/** \return Material of this buffer */
|
||||
virtual const video::SMaterial& getMaterial() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Material;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get material of this meshbuffer
|
||||
/** \return Material of this buffer */
|
||||
virtual video::SMaterial& getMaterial()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Material;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get pointer to vertices
|
||||
/** \return Pointer to vertices. */
|
||||
virtual const void* getVertices() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vertices.const_pointer();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get pointer to vertices
|
||||
/** \return Pointer to vertices. */
|
||||
virtual void* getVertices()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vertices.pointer();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get number of vertices
|
||||
/** \return Number of vertices. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getVertexCount() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vertices.size();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get type of index data which is stored in this meshbuffer.
|
||||
/** \return Index type of this buffer. */
|
||||
virtual video::E_INDEX_TYPE getIndexType() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return video::EIT_16BIT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get pointer to indices
|
||||
/** \return Pointer to indices. */
|
||||
virtual const u16* getIndices() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Indices.const_pointer();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get pointer to indices
|
||||
/** \return Pointer to indices. */
|
||||
virtual u16* getIndices()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Indices.pointer();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get number of indices
|
||||
/** \return Number of indices. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getIndexCount() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Indices.size();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the axis aligned bounding box
|
||||
/** \return Axis aligned bounding box of this buffer. */
|
||||
virtual const core::aabbox3d<f32>& getBoundingBox() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return BoundingBox;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the axis aligned bounding box
|
||||
/** \param box New axis aligned bounding box for this buffer. */
|
||||
//! set user axis aligned bounding box
|
||||
virtual void setBoundingBox(const core::aabbox3df& box)
|
||||
{
|
||||
BoundingBox = box;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Recalculate the bounding box.
|
||||
/** should be called if the mesh changed. */
|
||||
virtual void recalculateBoundingBox()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Vertices.empty())
|
||||
BoundingBox.reset(0,0,0);
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
BoundingBox.reset(Vertices[0].Pos);
|
||||
for (u32 i=1; i<Vertices.size(); ++i)
|
||||
BoundingBox.addInternalPoint(Vertices[i].Pos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get type of vertex data stored in this buffer.
|
||||
/** \return Type of vertex data. */
|
||||
virtual video::E_VERTEX_TYPE getVertexType() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return T().getType();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns position of vertex i
|
||||
virtual const core::vector3df& getPosition(u32 i) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vertices[i].Pos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns position of vertex i
|
||||
virtual core::vector3df& getPosition(u32 i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vertices[i].Pos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns normal of vertex i
|
||||
virtual const core::vector3df& getNormal(u32 i) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vertices[i].Normal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns normal of vertex i
|
||||
virtual core::vector3df& getNormal(u32 i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vertices[i].Normal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns texture coord of vertex i
|
||||
virtual const core::vector2df& getTCoords(u32 i) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vertices[i].TCoords;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns texture coord of vertex i
|
||||
virtual core::vector2df& getTCoords(u32 i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vertices[i].TCoords;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Append the vertices and indices to the current buffer
|
||||
/** Only works for compatible types, i.e. either the same type
|
||||
or the main buffer is of standard type. Otherwise, behavior is
|
||||
undefined.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void append(const void* const vertices, u32 numVertices, const u16* const indices, u32 numIndices)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (vertices == getVertices())
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
const u32 vertexCount = getVertexCount();
|
||||
u32 i;
|
||||
|
||||
Vertices.reallocate(vertexCount+numVertices);
|
||||
for (i=0; i<numVertices; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Vertices.push_back(reinterpret_cast<const T*>(vertices)[i]);
|
||||
BoundingBox.addInternalPoint(reinterpret_cast<const T*>(vertices)[i].Pos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Indices.reallocate(getIndexCount()+numIndices);
|
||||
for (i=0; i<numIndices; ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Indices.push_back(indices[i]+vertexCount);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Append the meshbuffer to the current buffer
|
||||
/** Only works for compatible types, i.e. either the same type
|
||||
or the main buffer is of standard type. Otherwise, behavior is
|
||||
undefined.
|
||||
\param other Meshbuffer to be appended to this one.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void append(const IMeshBuffer* const other)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*
|
||||
if (this==other)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
const u32 vertexCount = getVertexCount();
|
||||
u32 i;
|
||||
|
||||
Vertices.reallocate(vertexCount+other->getVertexCount());
|
||||
for (i=0; i<other->getVertexCount(); ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Vertices.push_back(reinterpret_cast<const T*>(other->getVertices())[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Indices.reallocate(getIndexCount()+other->getIndexCount());
|
||||
for (i=0; i<other->getIndexCount(); ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Indices.push_back(other->getIndices()[i]+vertexCount);
|
||||
}
|
||||
BoundingBox.addInternalBox(other->getBoundingBox());
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! get the current hardware mapping hint
|
||||
virtual E_HARDWARE_MAPPING getHardwareMappingHint_Vertex() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return MappingHint_Vertex;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! get the current hardware mapping hint
|
||||
virtual E_HARDWARE_MAPPING getHardwareMappingHint_Index() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return MappingHint_Index;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! set the hardware mapping hint, for driver
|
||||
virtual void setHardwareMappingHint( E_HARDWARE_MAPPING NewMappingHint, E_BUFFER_TYPE Buffer=EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Buffer==EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX || Buffer==EBT_VERTEX)
|
||||
MappingHint_Vertex=NewMappingHint;
|
||||
if (Buffer==EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX || Buffer==EBT_INDEX)
|
||||
MappingHint_Index=NewMappingHint;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! flags the mesh as changed, reloads hardware buffers
|
||||
virtual void setDirty(E_BUFFER_TYPE Buffer=EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Buffer==EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX ||Buffer==EBT_VERTEX)
|
||||
++ChangedID_Vertex;
|
||||
if (Buffer==EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX || Buffer==EBT_INDEX)
|
||||
++ChangedID_Index;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the currently used ID for identification of changes.
|
||||
/** This shouldn't be used for anything outside the VideoDriver. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getChangedID_Vertex() const {return ChangedID_Vertex;}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the currently used ID for identification of changes.
|
||||
/** This shouldn't be used for anything outside the VideoDriver. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getChangedID_Index() const {return ChangedID_Index;}
|
||||
|
||||
u32 ChangedID_Vertex;
|
||||
u32 ChangedID_Index;
|
||||
|
||||
//! hardware mapping hint
|
||||
E_HARDWARE_MAPPING MappingHint_Vertex;
|
||||
E_HARDWARE_MAPPING MappingHint_Index;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Material for this meshbuffer.
|
||||
video::SMaterial Material;
|
||||
//! Vertices of this buffer
|
||||
core::array<T> Vertices;
|
||||
//! Indices into the vertices of this buffer.
|
||||
core::array<u16> Indices;
|
||||
//! Bounding box of this meshbuffer.
|
||||
core::aabbox3d<f32> BoundingBox;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Standard meshbuffer
|
||||
typedef CMeshBuffer<video::S3DVertex> SMeshBuffer;
|
||||
//! Meshbuffer with two texture coords per vertex, e.g. for lightmaps
|
||||
typedef CMeshBuffer<video::S3DVertex2TCoords> SMeshBufferLightMap;
|
||||
//! Meshbuffer with vertices having tangents stored, e.g. for normal mapping
|
||||
typedef CMeshBuffer<video::S3DVertexTangents> SMeshBufferTangents;
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __C_VERTEX_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __C_VERTEX_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IVertexBuffer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class CVertexBuffer : public IVertexBuffer
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IVertexList
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
virtual ~IVertexList(){};
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 stride() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 size() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void push_back (const video::S3DVertex &element) =0;
|
||||
virtual video::S3DVertex& operator [](const u32 index) const =0;
|
||||
virtual video::S3DVertex& getLast() =0;
|
||||
virtual void set_used(u32 usedNow) =0;
|
||||
virtual void reallocate(u32 new_size) =0;
|
||||
virtual u32 allocated_size() const =0;
|
||||
virtual video::S3DVertex* pointer() =0;
|
||||
virtual video::E_VERTEX_TYPE getType() const =0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
template <class T>
|
||||
class CSpecificVertexList : public IVertexList
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
core::array<T> Vertices;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 stride() const {return sizeof(T);}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 size() const {return Vertices.size();}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void push_back (const video::S3DVertex &element)
|
||||
{Vertices.push_back((T&)element);}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual video::S3DVertex& operator [](const u32 index) const
|
||||
{return (video::S3DVertex&)Vertices[index];}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual video::S3DVertex& getLast()
|
||||
{return (video::S3DVertex&)Vertices.getLast();}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void set_used(u32 usedNow)
|
||||
{Vertices.set_used(usedNow);}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void reallocate(u32 new_size)
|
||||
{Vertices.reallocate(new_size);}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 allocated_size() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vertices.allocated_size();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual video::S3DVertex* pointer() {return Vertices.pointer();}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual video::E_VERTEX_TYPE getType() const {return T().getType();}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
public:
|
||||
IVertexList *Vertices;
|
||||
|
||||
CVertexBuffer(video::E_VERTEX_TYPE vertexType) : Vertices(0),
|
||||
MappingHint(EHM_NEVER), ChangedID(1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
setType(vertexType);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CVertexBuffer(const IVertexBuffer &VertexBufferCopy) :
|
||||
Vertices(0), MappingHint(EHM_NEVER),
|
||||
ChangedID(1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
setType(VertexBufferCopy.getType());
|
||||
reallocate(VertexBufferCopy.size());
|
||||
|
||||
for (u32 n=0;n<VertexBufferCopy.size();++n)
|
||||
push_back(VertexBufferCopy[n]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~CVertexBuffer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
delete Vertices;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void setType(video::E_VERTEX_TYPE vertexType)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IVertexList *NewVertices=0;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (vertexType)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case video::EVT_STANDARD:
|
||||
{
|
||||
NewVertices=new CSpecificVertexList<video::S3DVertex>;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case video::EVT_2TCOORDS:
|
||||
{
|
||||
NewVertices=new CSpecificVertexList<video::S3DVertex2TCoords>;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case video::EVT_TANGENTS:
|
||||
{
|
||||
NewVertices=new CSpecificVertexList<video::S3DVertexTangents>;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (Vertices)
|
||||
{
|
||||
NewVertices->reallocate( Vertices->size() );
|
||||
|
||||
for(u32 n=0;n<Vertices->size();++n)
|
||||
NewVertices->push_back((*Vertices)[n]);
|
||||
|
||||
delete Vertices;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Vertices=NewVertices;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void* getData() {return Vertices->pointer();}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual video::E_VERTEX_TYPE getType() const {return Vertices->getType();}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 stride() const {return Vertices->stride();}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 size() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vertices->size();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void push_back (const video::S3DVertex &element)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Vertices->push_back(element);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual video::S3DVertex& operator [](const u32 index) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (*Vertices)[index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual video::S3DVertex& getLast()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vertices->getLast();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void set_used(u32 usedNow)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Vertices->set_used(usedNow);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void reallocate(u32 new_size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Vertices->reallocate(new_size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 allocated_size() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vertices->allocated_size();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual video::S3DVertex* pointer()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Vertices->pointer();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! get the current hardware mapping hint
|
||||
virtual E_HARDWARE_MAPPING getHardwareMappingHint() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return MappingHint;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! set the hardware mapping hint, for driver
|
||||
virtual void setHardwareMappingHint( E_HARDWARE_MAPPING NewMappingHint )
|
||||
{
|
||||
MappingHint=NewMappingHint;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! flags the mesh as changed, reloads hardware buffers
|
||||
virtual void setDirty()
|
||||
{
|
||||
++ChangedID;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the currently used ID for identification of changes.
|
||||
/** This shouldn't be used for anything outside the VideoDriver. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getChangedID() const {return ChangedID;}
|
||||
|
||||
E_HARDWARE_MAPPING MappingHint;
|
||||
u32 ChangedID;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __E_ATTRIBUTES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __E_ATTRIBUTES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace io
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Types of attributes available for IAttributes
|
||||
enum E_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
// integer attribute
|
||||
EAT_INT = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
// float attribute
|
||||
EAT_FLOAT,
|
||||
|
||||
// string attribute
|
||||
EAT_STRING,
|
||||
|
||||
// boolean attribute
|
||||
EAT_BOOL,
|
||||
|
||||
// enumeration attribute
|
||||
EAT_ENUM,
|
||||
|
||||
// color attribute
|
||||
EAT_COLOR,
|
||||
|
||||
// floating point color attribute
|
||||
EAT_COLORF,
|
||||
|
||||
// 3d vector attribute
|
||||
EAT_VECTOR3D,
|
||||
|
||||
// 2d position attribute
|
||||
EAT_POSITION2D,
|
||||
|
||||
// vector 2d attribute
|
||||
EAT_VECTOR2D,
|
||||
|
||||
// rectangle attribute
|
||||
EAT_RECT,
|
||||
|
||||
// matrix attribute
|
||||
EAT_MATRIX,
|
||||
|
||||
// quaternion attribute
|
||||
EAT_QUATERNION,
|
||||
|
||||
// 3d bounding box
|
||||
EAT_BBOX,
|
||||
|
||||
// plane
|
||||
EAT_PLANE,
|
||||
|
||||
// 3d triangle
|
||||
EAT_TRIANGLE3D,
|
||||
|
||||
// line 2d
|
||||
EAT_LINE2D,
|
||||
|
||||
// line 3d
|
||||
EAT_LINE3D,
|
||||
|
||||
// array of stringws attribute
|
||||
EAT_STRINGWARRAY,
|
||||
|
||||
// array of float
|
||||
EAT_FLOATARRAY,
|
||||
|
||||
// array of int
|
||||
EAT_INTARRAY,
|
||||
|
||||
// binary data attribute
|
||||
EAT_BINARY,
|
||||
|
||||
// texture reference attribute
|
||||
EAT_TEXTURE,
|
||||
|
||||
// user pointer void*
|
||||
EAT_USER_POINTER,
|
||||
|
||||
// dimension attribute
|
||||
EAT_DIMENSION2D,
|
||||
|
||||
// known attribute type count
|
||||
EAT_COUNT,
|
||||
|
||||
// unknown attribute
|
||||
EAT_UNKNOWN
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace io
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __E_CULLING_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __E_CULLING_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "irrTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! An enumeration for all types of automatic culling for built-in scene nodes
|
||||
enum E_CULLING_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
EAC_OFF = 0,
|
||||
EAC_BOX = 1,
|
||||
EAC_FRUSTUM_BOX = 2,
|
||||
EAC_FRUSTUM_SPHERE = 4,
|
||||
EAC_OCC_QUERY = 8
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Names for culling type
|
||||
const c8* const AutomaticCullingNames[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"false",
|
||||
"box", // camera box against node box
|
||||
"frustum_box", // camera frustum against node box
|
||||
"frustum_sphere", // camera frustum against node sphere
|
||||
"occ_query", // occlusion query
|
||||
0
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __E_CULLING_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __E_DEBUG_SCENE_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __E_DEBUG_SCENE_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! An enumeration for all types of debug data for built-in scene nodes (flags)
|
||||
enum E_DEBUG_SCENE_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! No Debug Data ( Default )
|
||||
EDS_OFF = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Show Bounding Boxes of SceneNode
|
||||
EDS_BBOX = 1,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Show Vertex Normals
|
||||
EDS_NORMALS = 2,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Shows Skeleton/Tags
|
||||
EDS_SKELETON = 4,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Overlays Mesh Wireframe
|
||||
EDS_MESH_WIRE_OVERLAY = 8,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Temporary use transparency Material Type
|
||||
EDS_HALF_TRANSPARENCY = 16,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Show Bounding Boxes of all MeshBuffers
|
||||
EDS_BBOX_BUFFERS = 32,
|
||||
|
||||
//! EDS_BBOX | EDS_BBOX_BUFFERS
|
||||
EDS_BBOX_ALL = EDS_BBOX | EDS_BBOX_BUFFERS,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Show all debug infos
|
||||
EDS_FULL = 0xffffffff
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __E_DEBUG_SCENE_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __E_DEVICE_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __E_DEVICE_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! An enum for the different device types supported by the Irrlicht Engine.
|
||||
enum E_DEVICE_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! A device native to Microsoft Windows
|
||||
/** This device uses the Win32 API and works in all versions of Windows. */
|
||||
EIDT_WIN32,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A device native to Windows CE devices
|
||||
/** This device works on Windows Mobile, Pocket PC and Microsoft SmartPhone devices */
|
||||
EIDT_WINCE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A device native to Unix style operating systems.
|
||||
/** This device uses the X11 windowing system and works in Linux, Solaris, FreeBSD, OSX and
|
||||
other operating systems which support X11. */
|
||||
EIDT_X11,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A device native to Mac OSX
|
||||
/** This device uses Apple's Cocoa API and works in Mac OSX 10.2 and above. */
|
||||
EIDT_OSX,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A device which uses Simple DirectMedia Layer
|
||||
/** The SDL device works under all platforms supported by SDL but first must be compiled
|
||||
in by defining the IRR_USE_SDL_DEVICE macro in IrrCompileConfig.h */
|
||||
EIDT_SDL,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A device for raw framebuffer access
|
||||
/** Best used with embedded devices and mobile systems.
|
||||
Does not need X11 or other graphical subsystems.
|
||||
May support hw-acceleration via OpenGL-ES for FBDirect */
|
||||
EIDT_FRAMEBUFFER,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A simple text only device supported by all platforms.
|
||||
/** This device allows applications to run from the command line without opening a window.
|
||||
It can render the output of the software drivers to the console as ASCII. It only supports
|
||||
mouse and keyboard in Windows operating systems. */
|
||||
EIDT_CONSOLE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! This selection allows Irrlicht to choose the best device from the ones available.
|
||||
/** If this selection is chosen then Irrlicht will try to use the IrrlichtDevice native
|
||||
to your operating system. If this is unavailable then the X11, SDL and then console device
|
||||
will be tried. This ensures that Irrlicht will run even if your platform is unsupported,
|
||||
although it may not be able to render anything. */
|
||||
EIDT_BEST
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __E_DEVICE_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __E_DRIVER_FEATURES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __E_DRIVER_FEATURES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! enumeration for querying features of the video driver.
|
||||
enum E_VIDEO_DRIVER_FEATURE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Is driver able to render to a surface?
|
||||
EVDF_RENDER_TO_TARGET = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is hardeware transform and lighting supported?
|
||||
EVDF_HARDWARE_TL,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Are multiple textures per material possible?
|
||||
EVDF_MULTITEXTURE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is driver able to render with a bilinear filter applied?
|
||||
EVDF_BILINEAR_FILTER,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Can the driver handle mip maps?
|
||||
EVDF_MIP_MAP,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Can the driver update mip maps automatically?
|
||||
EVDF_MIP_MAP_AUTO_UPDATE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Are stencilbuffers switched on and does the device support stencil buffers?
|
||||
EVDF_STENCIL_BUFFER,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is Vertex Shader 1.1 supported?
|
||||
EVDF_VERTEX_SHADER_1_1,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is Vertex Shader 2.0 supported?
|
||||
EVDF_VERTEX_SHADER_2_0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is Vertex Shader 3.0 supported?
|
||||
EVDF_VERTEX_SHADER_3_0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is Pixel Shader 1.1 supported?
|
||||
EVDF_PIXEL_SHADER_1_1,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is Pixel Shader 1.2 supported?
|
||||
EVDF_PIXEL_SHADER_1_2,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is Pixel Shader 1.3 supported?
|
||||
EVDF_PIXEL_SHADER_1_3,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is Pixel Shader 1.4 supported?
|
||||
EVDF_PIXEL_SHADER_1_4,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is Pixel Shader 2.0 supported?
|
||||
EVDF_PIXEL_SHADER_2_0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is Pixel Shader 3.0 supported?
|
||||
EVDF_PIXEL_SHADER_3_0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Are ARB vertex programs v1.0 supported?
|
||||
EVDF_ARB_VERTEX_PROGRAM_1,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Are ARB fragment programs v1.0 supported?
|
||||
EVDF_ARB_FRAGMENT_PROGRAM_1,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is GLSL supported?
|
||||
EVDF_ARB_GLSL,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is HLSL supported?
|
||||
EVDF_HLSL,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Are non-square textures supported?
|
||||
EVDF_TEXTURE_NSQUARE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Are non-power-of-two textures supported?
|
||||
EVDF_TEXTURE_NPOT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Are framebuffer objects supported?
|
||||
EVDF_FRAMEBUFFER_OBJECT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Are vertex buffer objects supported?
|
||||
EVDF_VERTEX_BUFFER_OBJECT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Supports Alpha To Coverage
|
||||
EVDF_ALPHA_TO_COVERAGE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Supports Color masks (disabling color planes in output)
|
||||
EVDF_COLOR_MASK,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Supports multiple render targets at once
|
||||
EVDF_MULTIPLE_RENDER_TARGETS,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Supports separate blend settings for multiple render targets
|
||||
EVDF_MRT_BLEND,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Supports separate color masks for multiple render targets
|
||||
EVDF_MRT_COLOR_MASK,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Supports separate blend functions for multiple render targets
|
||||
EVDF_MRT_BLEND_FUNC,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Supports geometry shaders
|
||||
EVDF_GEOMETRY_SHADER,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Supports occlusion queries
|
||||
EVDF_OCCLUSION_QUERY,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Supports polygon offset/depth bias for avoiding z-fighting
|
||||
EVDF_POLYGON_OFFSET,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Support for different blend functions. Without, only ADD is available
|
||||
EVDF_BLEND_OPERATIONS,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Support for texture coord transformation via texture matrix
|
||||
EVDF_TEXTURE_MATRIX,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Support for NVidia's CG shader language
|
||||
EVDF_CG,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Only used for counting the elements of this enum
|
||||
EVDF_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace video
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __E_DRIVER_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __E_DRIVER_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! An enum for all types of drivers the Irrlicht Engine supports.
|
||||
enum E_DRIVER_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Null driver, useful for applications to run the engine without visualisation.
|
||||
/** The null device is able to load textures, but does not
|
||||
render and display any graphics. */
|
||||
EDT_NULL,
|
||||
|
||||
//! The Irrlicht Engine Software renderer.
|
||||
/** Runs on all platforms, with every hardware. It should only
|
||||
be used for 2d graphics, but it can also perform some primitive
|
||||
3d functions. These 3d drawing functions are quite fast, but
|
||||
very inaccurate, and don't even support clipping in 3D mode. */
|
||||
EDT_SOFTWARE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! The Burning's Software Renderer, an alternative software renderer
|
||||
/** Basically it can be described as the Irrlicht Software
|
||||
renderer on steroids. It rasterizes 3D geometry perfectly: It
|
||||
is able to perform correct 3d clipping, perspective correct
|
||||
texture mapping, perspective correct color mapping, and renders
|
||||
sub pixel correct, sub texel correct primitives. In addition,
|
||||
it does bilinear texel filtering and supports more materials
|
||||
than the EDT_SOFTWARE driver. This renderer has been written
|
||||
entirely by Thomas Alten, thanks a lot for this huge
|
||||
contribution. */
|
||||
EDT_BURNINGSVIDEO,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Direct3D8 device, only available on Win32 platforms.
|
||||
/** Performs hardware accelerated rendering of 3D and 2D
|
||||
primitives. */
|
||||
EDT_DIRECT3D8,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Direct3D 9 device, only available on Win32 platforms.
|
||||
/** Performs hardware accelerated rendering of 3D and 2D
|
||||
primitives. */
|
||||
EDT_DIRECT3D9,
|
||||
|
||||
//! OpenGL device, available on most platforms.
|
||||
/** Performs hardware accelerated rendering of 3D and 2D
|
||||
primitives. */
|
||||
EDT_OPENGL,
|
||||
|
||||
//! No driver, just for counting the elements
|
||||
EDT_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace video
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __E_GUI_ALIGNMENT_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __E_GUI_ALIGNMENT_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum EGUI_ALIGNMENT
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Aligned to parent's top or left side (default)
|
||||
EGUIA_UPPERLEFT=0,
|
||||
//! Aligned to parent's bottom or right side
|
||||
EGUIA_LOWERRIGHT,
|
||||
//! Aligned to the center of parent
|
||||
EGUIA_CENTER,
|
||||
//! Stretched to fit parent
|
||||
EGUIA_SCALE
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Names for alignments
|
||||
const c8* const GUIAlignmentNames[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"upperLeft",
|
||||
"lowerRight",
|
||||
"center",
|
||||
"scale",
|
||||
0
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace gui
|
||||
} // namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __E_GUI_ALIGNMENT_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __E_GUI_ELEMENT_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __E_GUI_ELEMENT_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "irrTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! List of all basic Irrlicht GUI elements.
|
||||
/** An IGUIElement returns this when calling IGUIElement::getType(); */
|
||||
enum EGUI_ELEMENT_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! A button (IGUIButton)
|
||||
EGUIET_BUTTON = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A check box (IGUICheckBox)
|
||||
EGUIET_CHECK_BOX,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A combo box (IGUIComboBox)
|
||||
EGUIET_COMBO_BOX,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A context menu (IGUIContextMenu)
|
||||
EGUIET_CONTEXT_MENU,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A menu (IGUIMenu)
|
||||
EGUIET_MENU,
|
||||
|
||||
//! An edit box (IGUIEditBox)
|
||||
EGUIET_EDIT_BOX,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A file open dialog (IGUIFileOpenDialog)
|
||||
EGUIET_FILE_OPEN_DIALOG,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A color select open dialog (IGUIColorSelectDialog)
|
||||
EGUIET_COLOR_SELECT_DIALOG,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A in/out fader (IGUIInOutFader)
|
||||
EGUIET_IN_OUT_FADER,
|
||||
|
||||
//! An image (IGUIImage)
|
||||
EGUIET_IMAGE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A list box (IGUIListBox)
|
||||
EGUIET_LIST_BOX,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A mesh viewer (IGUIMeshViewer)
|
||||
EGUIET_MESH_VIEWER,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A message box (IGUIWindow)
|
||||
EGUIET_MESSAGE_BOX,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A modal screen
|
||||
EGUIET_MODAL_SCREEN,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A scroll bar (IGUIScrollBar)
|
||||
EGUIET_SCROLL_BAR,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A spin box (IGUISpinBox)
|
||||
EGUIET_SPIN_BOX,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A static text (IGUIStaticText)
|
||||
EGUIET_STATIC_TEXT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A tab (IGUITab)
|
||||
EGUIET_TAB,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A tab control
|
||||
EGUIET_TAB_CONTROL,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A Table
|
||||
EGUIET_TABLE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A tool bar (IGUIToolBar)
|
||||
EGUIET_TOOL_BAR,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A Tree View
|
||||
EGUIET_TREE_VIEW,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A window
|
||||
EGUIET_WINDOW,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Unknown type.
|
||||
EGUIET_ELEMENT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! The root of the GUI
|
||||
EGUIET_ROOT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Not an element, amount of elements in there
|
||||
EGUIET_COUNT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! This enum is never used, it only forces the compiler to compile this enumeration to 32 bit.
|
||||
EGUIET_FORCE_32_BIT = 0x7fffffff
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Names for built-in element types
|
||||
const c8* const GUIElementTypeNames[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"button",
|
||||
"checkBox",
|
||||
"comboBox",
|
||||
"contextMenu",
|
||||
"menu",
|
||||
"editBox",
|
||||
"fileOpenDialog",
|
||||
"colorSelectDialog",
|
||||
"inOutFader",
|
||||
"image",
|
||||
"listBox",
|
||||
"meshViewer",
|
||||
"messageBox",
|
||||
"modalScreen",
|
||||
"scrollBar",
|
||||
"spinBox",
|
||||
"staticText",
|
||||
"tab",
|
||||
"tabControl",
|
||||
"table",
|
||||
"toolBar",
|
||||
"treeview",
|
||||
"window",
|
||||
"element",
|
||||
"root",
|
||||
0
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __E_HARDWARE_BUFFER_FLAGS_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __E_HARDWARE_BUFFER_FLAGS_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
enum E_HARDWARE_MAPPING
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Don't store on the hardware
|
||||
EHM_NEVER=0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Rarely changed, usually stored completely on the hardware
|
||||
EHM_STATIC,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sometimes changed, driver optimized placement
|
||||
EHM_DYNAMIC,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Always changed, cache optimizing on the GPU
|
||||
EHM_STREAM
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum E_BUFFER_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Does not change anything
|
||||
EBT_NONE=0,
|
||||
//! Change the vertex mapping
|
||||
EBT_VERTEX,
|
||||
//! Change the index mapping
|
||||
EBT_INDEX,
|
||||
//! Change both vertex and index mapping to the same value
|
||||
EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __E_MATERIAL_FLAGS_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __E_MATERIAL_FLAGS_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Material flags
|
||||
enum E_MATERIAL_FLAG
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Draw as wireframe or filled triangles? Default: false
|
||||
EMF_WIREFRAME = 0x1,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Draw as point cloud or filled triangles? Default: false
|
||||
EMF_POINTCLOUD = 0x2,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Flat or Gouraud shading? Default: true
|
||||
EMF_GOURAUD_SHADING = 0x4,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Will this material be lighted? Default: true
|
||||
EMF_LIGHTING = 0x8,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is the ZBuffer enabled? Default: true
|
||||
EMF_ZBUFFER = 0x10,
|
||||
|
||||
//! May be written to the zbuffer or is it readonly. Default: true
|
||||
/** This flag is ignored, if the material type is a transparent type. */
|
||||
EMF_ZWRITE_ENABLE = 0x20,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is backface culling enabled? Default: true
|
||||
EMF_BACK_FACE_CULLING = 0x40,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is frontface culling enabled? Default: false
|
||||
/** Overrides EMF_BACK_FACE_CULLING if both are enabled. */
|
||||
EMF_FRONT_FACE_CULLING = 0x80,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is bilinear filtering enabled? Default: true
|
||||
EMF_BILINEAR_FILTER = 0x100,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is trilinear filtering enabled? Default: false
|
||||
/** If the trilinear filter flag is enabled,
|
||||
the bilinear filtering flag is ignored. */
|
||||
EMF_TRILINEAR_FILTER = 0x200,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is anisotropic filtering? Default: false
|
||||
/** In Irrlicht you can use anisotropic texture filtering in
|
||||
conjunction with bilinear or trilinear texture filtering
|
||||
to improve rendering results. Primitives will look less
|
||||
blurry with this flag switched on. */
|
||||
EMF_ANISOTROPIC_FILTER = 0x400,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is fog enabled? Default: false
|
||||
EMF_FOG_ENABLE = 0x800,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Normalizes normals. Default: false
|
||||
/** You can enable this if you need to scale a dynamic lighted
|
||||
model. Usually, its normals will get scaled too then and it
|
||||
will get darker. If you enable the EMF_NORMALIZE_NORMALS flag,
|
||||
the normals will be normalized again, and the model will look
|
||||
as bright as it should. */
|
||||
EMF_NORMALIZE_NORMALS = 0x1000,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Access to all layers texture wrap settings. Overwrites separate layer settings.
|
||||
EMF_TEXTURE_WRAP = 0x2000,
|
||||
|
||||
//! AntiAliasing mode
|
||||
EMF_ANTI_ALIASING = 0x4000,
|
||||
|
||||
//! ColorMask bits, for enabling the color planes
|
||||
EMF_COLOR_MASK = 0x8000,
|
||||
|
||||
//! ColorMaterial enum for vertex color interpretation
|
||||
EMF_COLOR_MATERIAL = 0x10000,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Flag for enabling/disabling mipmap usage
|
||||
EMF_USE_MIP_MAPS = 0x20000,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Flag for blend operation
|
||||
EMF_BLEND_OPERATION = 0x40000,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Flag for polygon offset
|
||||
EMF_POLYGON_OFFSET = 0x80000
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace video
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __E_MATERIAL_FLAGS_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
@ -1,234 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __E_MATERIAL_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __E_MATERIAL_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Abstracted and easy to use fixed function/programmable pipeline material modes.
|
||||
enum E_MATERIAL_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Standard solid material.
|
||||
/** Only first texture is used, which is supposed to be the
|
||||
diffuse material. */
|
||||
EMT_SOLID = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Solid material with 2 texture layers.
|
||||
/** The second is blended onto the first using the alpha value
|
||||
of the vertex colors. This material is currently not implemented in OpenGL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
EMT_SOLID_2_LAYER,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Material type with standard lightmap technique
|
||||
/** There should be 2 textures: The first texture layer is a
|
||||
diffuse map, the second is a light map. Dynamic light is
|
||||
ignored. */
|
||||
EMT_LIGHTMAP,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Material type with lightmap technique like EMT_LIGHTMAP.
|
||||
/** But lightmap and diffuse texture are added instead of modulated. */
|
||||
EMT_LIGHTMAP_ADD,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Material type with standard lightmap technique
|
||||
/** There should be 2 textures: The first texture layer is a
|
||||
diffuse map, the second is a light map. Dynamic light is
|
||||
ignored. The texture colors are effectively multiplied by 2
|
||||
for brightening. Like known in DirectX as D3DTOP_MODULATE2X. */
|
||||
EMT_LIGHTMAP_M2,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Material type with standard lightmap technique
|
||||
/** There should be 2 textures: The first texture layer is a
|
||||
diffuse map, the second is a light map. Dynamic light is
|
||||
ignored. The texture colors are effectively multiplyied by 4
|
||||
for brightening. Like known in DirectX as D3DTOP_MODULATE4X. */
|
||||
EMT_LIGHTMAP_M4,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Like EMT_LIGHTMAP, but also supports dynamic lighting.
|
||||
EMT_LIGHTMAP_LIGHTING,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Like EMT_LIGHTMAP_M2, but also supports dynamic lighting.
|
||||
EMT_LIGHTMAP_LIGHTING_M2,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Like EMT_LIGHTMAP_4, but also supports dynamic lighting.
|
||||
EMT_LIGHTMAP_LIGHTING_M4,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Detail mapped material.
|
||||
/** The first texture is diffuse color map, the second is added
|
||||
to this and usually displayed with a bigger scale value so that
|
||||
it adds more detail. The detail map is added to the diffuse map
|
||||
using ADD_SIGNED, so that it is possible to add and substract
|
||||
color from the diffuse map. For example a value of
|
||||
(127,127,127) will not change the appearance of the diffuse map
|
||||
at all. Often used for terrain rendering. */
|
||||
EMT_DETAIL_MAP,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Look like a reflection of the environment around it.
|
||||
/** To make this possible, a texture called 'sphere map' is
|
||||
used, which must be set as the first texture. */
|
||||
EMT_SPHERE_MAP,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A reflecting material with an optional non reflecting texture layer.
|
||||
/** The reflection map should be set as first texture. */
|
||||
EMT_REFLECTION_2_LAYER,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A transparent material.
|
||||
/** Only the first texture is used. The new color is calculated
|
||||
by simply adding the source color and the dest color. This
|
||||
means if for example a billboard using a texture with black
|
||||
background and a red circle on it is drawn with this material,
|
||||
the result is that only the red circle will be drawn a little
|
||||
bit transparent, and everything which was black is 100%
|
||||
transparent and not visible. This material type is useful for
|
||||
particle effects. */
|
||||
EMT_TRANSPARENT_ADD_COLOR,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Makes the material transparent based on the texture alpha channel.
|
||||
/** The final color is blended together from the destination
|
||||
color and the texture color, using the alpha channel value as
|
||||
blend factor. Only first texture is used. If you are using
|
||||
this material with small textures, it is a good idea to load
|
||||
the texture in 32 bit mode
|
||||
(video::IVideoDriver::setTextureCreationFlag()). Also, an alpha
|
||||
ref is used, which can be manipulated using
|
||||
SMaterial::MaterialTypeParam. This value controls how sharp the
|
||||
edges become when going from a transparent to a solid spot on
|
||||
the texture. */
|
||||
EMT_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_CHANNEL,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Makes the material transparent based on the texture alpha channel.
|
||||
/** If the alpha channel value is greater than 127, a
|
||||
pixel is written to the target, otherwise not. This
|
||||
material does not use alpha blending and is a lot faster
|
||||
than EMT_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_CHANNEL. It is ideal for drawing
|
||||
stuff like leafes of plants, because the borders are not
|
||||
blurry but sharp. Only first texture is used. If you are
|
||||
using this material with small textures and 3d object, it
|
||||
is a good idea to load the texture in 32 bit mode
|
||||
(video::IVideoDriver::setTextureCreationFlag()). */
|
||||
EMT_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_CHANNEL_REF,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Makes the material transparent based on the vertex alpha value.
|
||||
EMT_TRANSPARENT_VERTEX_ALPHA,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A transparent reflecting material with an optional additional non reflecting texture layer.
|
||||
/** The reflection map should be set as first texture. The
|
||||
transparency depends on the alpha value in the vertex colors. A
|
||||
texture which will not reflect can be set as second texture.
|
||||
Please note that this material type is currently not 100%
|
||||
implemented in OpenGL. */
|
||||
EMT_TRANSPARENT_REFLECTION_2_LAYER,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A solid normal map renderer.
|
||||
/** First texture is the color map, the second should be the
|
||||
normal map. Note that you should use this material only when
|
||||
drawing geometry consisting of vertices of type
|
||||
S3DVertexTangents (EVT_TANGENTS). You can convert any mesh into
|
||||
this format using IMeshManipulator::createMeshWithTangents()
|
||||
(See SpecialFX2 Tutorial). This shader runs on vertex shader
|
||||
1.1 and pixel shader 1.1 capable hardware and falls back to a
|
||||
fixed function lighted material if this hardware is not
|
||||
available. Only two lights are supported by this shader, if
|
||||
there are more, the nearest two are chosen. */
|
||||
EMT_NORMAL_MAP_SOLID,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A transparent normal map renderer.
|
||||
/** First texture is the color map, the second should be the
|
||||
normal map. Note that you should use this material only when
|
||||
drawing geometry consisting of vertices of type
|
||||
S3DVertexTangents (EVT_TANGENTS). You can convert any mesh into
|
||||
this format using IMeshManipulator::createMeshWithTangents()
|
||||
(See SpecialFX2 Tutorial). This shader runs on vertex shader
|
||||
1.1 and pixel shader 1.1 capable hardware and falls back to a
|
||||
fixed function lighted material if this hardware is not
|
||||
available. Only two lights are supported by this shader, if
|
||||
there are more, the nearest two are chosen. */
|
||||
EMT_NORMAL_MAP_TRANSPARENT_ADD_COLOR,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A transparent (based on the vertex alpha value) normal map renderer.
|
||||
/** First texture is the color map, the second should be the
|
||||
normal map. Note that you should use this material only when
|
||||
drawing geometry consisting of vertices of type
|
||||
S3DVertexTangents (EVT_TANGENTS). You can convert any mesh into
|
||||
this format using IMeshManipulator::createMeshWithTangents()
|
||||
(See SpecialFX2 Tutorial). This shader runs on vertex shader
|
||||
1.1 and pixel shader 1.1 capable hardware and falls back to a
|
||||
fixed function lighted material if this hardware is not
|
||||
available. Only two lights are supported by this shader, if
|
||||
there are more, the nearest two are chosen. */
|
||||
EMT_NORMAL_MAP_TRANSPARENT_VERTEX_ALPHA,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Just like EMT_NORMAL_MAP_SOLID, but uses parallax mapping.
|
||||
/** Looks a lot more realistic. This only works when the
|
||||
hardware supports at least vertex shader 1.1 and pixel shader
|
||||
1.4. First texture is the color map, the second should be the
|
||||
normal map. The normal map texture should contain the height
|
||||
value in the alpha component. The
|
||||
IVideoDriver::makeNormalMapTexture() method writes this value
|
||||
automatically when creating normal maps from a heightmap when
|
||||
using a 32 bit texture. The height scale of the material
|
||||
(affecting the bumpiness) is being controlled by the
|
||||
SMaterial::MaterialTypeParam member. If set to zero, the
|
||||
default value (0.02f) will be applied. Otherwise the value set
|
||||
in SMaterial::MaterialTypeParam is taken. This value depends on
|
||||
with which scale the texture is mapped on the material. Too
|
||||
high or low values of MaterialTypeParam can result in strange
|
||||
artifacts. */
|
||||
EMT_PARALLAX_MAP_SOLID,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A material like EMT_PARALLAX_MAP_SOLID, but transparent.
|
||||
/** Using EMT_TRANSPARENT_ADD_COLOR as base material. */
|
||||
EMT_PARALLAX_MAP_TRANSPARENT_ADD_COLOR,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A material like EMT_PARALLAX_MAP_SOLID, but transparent.
|
||||
/** Using EMT_TRANSPARENT_VERTEX_ALPHA as base material. */
|
||||
EMT_PARALLAX_MAP_TRANSPARENT_VERTEX_ALPHA,
|
||||
|
||||
//! BlendFunc = source * sourceFactor + dest * destFactor ( E_BLEND_FUNC )
|
||||
/** Using only first texture. Generic blending method. */
|
||||
EMT_ONETEXTURE_BLEND,
|
||||
|
||||
//! This value is not used. It only forces this enumeration to compile to 32 bit.
|
||||
EMT_FORCE_32BIT = 0x7fffffff
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Array holding the built in material type names
|
||||
const char* const sBuiltInMaterialTypeNames[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"solid",
|
||||
"solid_2layer",
|
||||
"lightmap",
|
||||
"lightmap_add",
|
||||
"lightmap_m2",
|
||||
"lightmap_m4",
|
||||
"lightmap_light",
|
||||
"lightmap_light_m2",
|
||||
"lightmap_light_m4",
|
||||
"detail_map",
|
||||
"sphere_map",
|
||||
"reflection_2layer",
|
||||
"trans_add",
|
||||
"trans_alphach",
|
||||
"trans_alphach_ref",
|
||||
"trans_vertex_alpha",
|
||||
"trans_reflection_2layer",
|
||||
"normalmap_solid",
|
||||
"normalmap_trans_add",
|
||||
"normalmap_trans_vertexalpha",
|
||||
"parallaxmap_solid",
|
||||
"parallaxmap_trans_add",
|
||||
"parallaxmap_trans_vertexalpha",
|
||||
"onetexture_blend",
|
||||
0
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace video
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __E_MATERIAL_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __E_MESH_WRITER_ENUMS_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __E_MESH_WRITER_ENUMS_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "irrTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! An enumeration for all supported types of built-in mesh writers
|
||||
/** A scene mesh writers is represented by a four character code
|
||||
such as 'irrm' or 'coll' instead of simple numbers, to avoid
|
||||
name clashes with external mesh writers.*/
|
||||
enum EMESH_WRITER_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Irrlicht native mesh writer, for static .irrmesh files.
|
||||
EMWT_IRR_MESH = MAKE_IRR_ID('i','r','r','m'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! COLLADA mesh writer for .dae and .xml files
|
||||
EMWT_COLLADA = MAKE_IRR_ID('c','o','l','l'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! STL mesh writer for .stl files
|
||||
EMWT_STL = MAKE_IRR_ID('s','t','l',0),
|
||||
|
||||
//! OBJ mesh writer for .obj files
|
||||
EMWT_OBJ = MAKE_IRR_ID('o','b','j',0),
|
||||
|
||||
//! PLY mesh writer for .ply files
|
||||
EMWT_PLY = MAKE_IRR_ID('p','l','y',0)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! flags configuring mesh writing
|
||||
enum E_MESH_WRITER_FLAGS
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! no writer flags
|
||||
EMWF_NONE = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! write lightmap textures out if possible
|
||||
EMWF_WRITE_LIGHTMAPS = 0x1,
|
||||
|
||||
//! write in a way that consumes less disk space
|
||||
EMWF_WRITE_COMPRESSED = 0x2,
|
||||
|
||||
//! write in binary format rather than text
|
||||
EMWF_WRITE_BINARY = 0x4
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __E_MESH_WRITER_ENUMS_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __E_MESSAGE_BOX_FLAGS_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __E_MESSAGE_BOX_FLAGS_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! enumeration for message box layout flags
|
||||
enum EMESSAGE_BOX_FLAG
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Flag for the ok button
|
||||
EMBF_OK = 0x1,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Flag for the cancel button
|
||||
EMBF_CANCEL = 0x2,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Flag for the yes button
|
||||
EMBF_YES = 0x4,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Flag for the no button
|
||||
EMBF_NO = 0x8,
|
||||
|
||||
//! This value is not used. It only forces this enumeration to compile in 32 bit.
|
||||
EMBF_FORCE_32BIT = 0x7fffffff
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace gui
|
||||
} // namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __E_PRIMITIVE_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __E_PRIMITIVE_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Enumeration for all primitive types there are.
|
||||
enum E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! All vertices are non-connected points.
|
||||
EPT_POINTS=0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! All vertices form a single connected line.
|
||||
EPT_LINE_STRIP,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Just as LINE_STRIP, but the last and the first vertex is also connected.
|
||||
EPT_LINE_LOOP,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Every two vertices are connected creating n/2 lines.
|
||||
EPT_LINES,
|
||||
|
||||
//! After the first two vertices each vertex defines a new triangle.
|
||||
//! Always the two last and the new one form a new triangle.
|
||||
EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP,
|
||||
|
||||
//! After the first two vertices each vertex defines a new triangle.
|
||||
//! All around the common first vertex.
|
||||
EPT_TRIANGLE_FAN,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Explicitly set all vertices for each triangle.
|
||||
EPT_TRIANGLES,
|
||||
|
||||
//! After the first two vertices each further tw vetices create a quad with the preceding two.
|
||||
EPT_QUAD_STRIP,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Every four vertices create a quad.
|
||||
EPT_QUADS,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Just as LINE_LOOP, but filled.
|
||||
EPT_POLYGON,
|
||||
|
||||
//! The single vertices are expanded to quad billboards on the GPU.
|
||||
EPT_POINT_SPRITES
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __E_SCENE_NODE_ANIMATOR_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __E_SCENE_NODE_ANIMATOR_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! An enumeration for all types of built-in scene node animators
|
||||
enum ESCENE_NODE_ANIMATOR_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Fly circle scene node animator
|
||||
ESNAT_FLY_CIRCLE = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Fly straight scene node animator
|
||||
ESNAT_FLY_STRAIGHT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Follow spline scene node animator
|
||||
ESNAT_FOLLOW_SPLINE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Rotation scene node animator
|
||||
ESNAT_ROTATION,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Texture scene node animator
|
||||
ESNAT_TEXTURE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Deletion scene node animator
|
||||
ESNAT_DELETION,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Collision respose scene node animator
|
||||
ESNAT_COLLISION_RESPONSE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! FPS camera animator
|
||||
ESNAT_CAMERA_FPS,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Maya camera animator
|
||||
ESNAT_CAMERA_MAYA,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Amount of built-in scene node animators
|
||||
ESNAT_COUNT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Unknown scene node animator
|
||||
ESNAT_UNKNOWN,
|
||||
|
||||
//! This enum is never used, it only forces the compiler to compile this enumeration to 32 bit.
|
||||
ESNAT_FORCE_32_BIT = 0x7fffffff
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __E_SCENE_NODE_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __E_SCENE_NODE_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "irrTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! An enumeration for all types of built-in scene nodes
|
||||
/** A scene node type is represented by a four character code
|
||||
such as 'cube' or 'mesh' instead of simple numbers, to avoid
|
||||
name clashes with external scene nodes.*/
|
||||
enum ESCENE_NODE_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! of type CSceneManager (note that ISceneManager is not(!) an ISceneNode)
|
||||
ESNT_SCENE_MANAGER = MAKE_IRR_ID('s','m','n','g'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! simple cube scene node
|
||||
ESNT_CUBE = MAKE_IRR_ID('c','u','b','e'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sphere scene node
|
||||
ESNT_SPHERE = MAKE_IRR_ID('s','p','h','r'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Text Scene Node
|
||||
ESNT_TEXT = MAKE_IRR_ID('t','e','x','t'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Water Surface Scene Node
|
||||
ESNT_WATER_SURFACE = MAKE_IRR_ID('w','a','t','r'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Terrain Scene Node
|
||||
ESNT_TERRAIN = MAKE_IRR_ID('t','e','r','r'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sky Box Scene Node
|
||||
ESNT_SKY_BOX = MAKE_IRR_ID('s','k','y','_'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sky Dome Scene Node
|
||||
ESNT_SKY_DOME = MAKE_IRR_ID('s','k','y','d'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Shadow Volume Scene Node
|
||||
ESNT_SHADOW_VOLUME = MAKE_IRR_ID('s','h','d','w'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Octree Scene Node
|
||||
ESNT_OCTREE = MAKE_IRR_ID('o','c','t','r'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Mesh Scene Node
|
||||
ESNT_MESH = MAKE_IRR_ID('m','e','s','h'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Light Scene Node
|
||||
ESNT_LIGHT = MAKE_IRR_ID('l','g','h','t'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Empty Scene Node
|
||||
ESNT_EMPTY = MAKE_IRR_ID('e','m','t','y'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Dummy Transformation Scene Node
|
||||
ESNT_DUMMY_TRANSFORMATION = MAKE_IRR_ID('d','m','m','y'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Camera Scene Node
|
||||
ESNT_CAMERA = MAKE_IRR_ID('c','a','m','_'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Billboard Scene Node
|
||||
ESNT_BILLBOARD = MAKE_IRR_ID('b','i','l','l'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Animated Mesh Scene Node
|
||||
ESNT_ANIMATED_MESH = MAKE_IRR_ID('a','m','s','h'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Particle System Scene Node
|
||||
ESNT_PARTICLE_SYSTEM = MAKE_IRR_ID('p','t','c','l'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Quake3 Shader Scene Node
|
||||
ESNT_Q3SHADER_SCENE_NODE = MAKE_IRR_ID('q','3','s','h'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Quake3 Model Scene Node ( has tag to link to )
|
||||
ESNT_MD3_SCENE_NODE = MAKE_IRR_ID('m','d','3','_'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Volume Light Scene Node
|
||||
ESNT_VOLUME_LIGHT = MAKE_IRR_ID('v','o','l','l'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Maya Camera Scene Node
|
||||
/** Legacy, for loading version <= 1.4.x .irr files */
|
||||
ESNT_CAMERA_MAYA = MAKE_IRR_ID('c','a','m','M'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! First Person Shooter Camera
|
||||
/** Legacy, for loading version <= 1.4.x .irr files */
|
||||
ESNT_CAMERA_FPS = MAKE_IRR_ID('c','a','m','F'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Unknown scene node
|
||||
ESNT_UNKNOWN = MAKE_IRR_ID('u','n','k','n'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! Will match with any scene node when checking types
|
||||
ESNT_ANY = MAKE_IRR_ID('a','n','y','_')
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#ifndef __E_SHADER_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __E_SHADER_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "irrTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Compile target enumeration for the addHighLevelShaderMaterial() method.
|
||||
enum E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
EVST_VS_1_1 = 0,
|
||||
EVST_VS_2_0,
|
||||
EVST_VS_2_a,
|
||||
EVST_VS_3_0,
|
||||
EVST_VS_4_0,
|
||||
EVST_VS_4_1,
|
||||
EVST_VS_5_0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! This is not a type, but a value indicating how much types there are.
|
||||
EVST_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Names for all vertex shader types, each entry corresponds to a E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE entry.
|
||||
const c8* const VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE_NAMES[] = {
|
||||
"vs_1_1",
|
||||
"vs_2_0",
|
||||
"vs_2_a",
|
||||
"vs_3_0",
|
||||
"vs_4_0",
|
||||
"vs_4_1",
|
||||
"vs_5_0",
|
||||
0 };
|
||||
|
||||
//! Compile target enumeration for the addHighLevelShaderMaterial() method.
|
||||
enum E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
EPST_PS_1_1 = 0,
|
||||
EPST_PS_1_2,
|
||||
EPST_PS_1_3,
|
||||
EPST_PS_1_4,
|
||||
EPST_PS_2_0,
|
||||
EPST_PS_2_a,
|
||||
EPST_PS_2_b,
|
||||
EPST_PS_3_0,
|
||||
EPST_PS_4_0,
|
||||
EPST_PS_4_1,
|
||||
EPST_PS_5_0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! This is not a type, but a value indicating how much types there are.
|
||||
EPST_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Names for all pixel shader types, each entry corresponds to a E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE entry.
|
||||
const c8* const PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE_NAMES[] = {
|
||||
"ps_1_1",
|
||||
"ps_1_2",
|
||||
"ps_1_3",
|
||||
"ps_1_4",
|
||||
"ps_2_0",
|
||||
"ps_2_a",
|
||||
"ps_2_b",
|
||||
"ps_3_0",
|
||||
"ps_4_0",
|
||||
"ps_4_1",
|
||||
"ps_5_0",
|
||||
0 };
|
||||
|
||||
//! Enum for supported geometry shader types
|
||||
enum E_GEOMETRY_SHADER_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
EGST_GS_4_0 = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! This is not a type, but a value indicating how much types there are.
|
||||
EGST_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! String names for supported geometry shader types
|
||||
const c8* const GEOMETRY_SHADER_TYPE_NAMES[] = {
|
||||
"gs_4_0",
|
||||
0 };
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace video
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __E_SHADER_TYPES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __E_TERRAIN_ELEMENTS_H__
|
||||
#define __E_TERRAIN_ELEMENTS_H__
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! enumeration for patch sizes specifying the size of patches in the TerrainSceneNode
|
||||
enum E_TERRAIN_PATCH_SIZE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! patch size of 9, at most, use 4 levels of detail with this patch size.
|
||||
ETPS_9 = 9,
|
||||
|
||||
//! patch size of 17, at most, use 5 levels of detail with this patch size.
|
||||
ETPS_17 = 17,
|
||||
|
||||
//! patch size of 33, at most, use 6 levels of detail with this patch size.
|
||||
ETPS_33 = 33,
|
||||
|
||||
//! patch size of 65, at most, use 7 levels of detail with this patch size.
|
||||
ETPS_65 = 65,
|
||||
|
||||
//! patch size of 129, at most, use 8 levels of detail with this patch size.
|
||||
ETPS_129 = 129
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_ANIMATED_MESH_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_ANIMATED_MESH_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "aabbox3d.h"
|
||||
#include "IMesh.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Possible types of (animated) meshes.
|
||||
enum E_ANIMATED_MESH_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Unknown animated mesh type.
|
||||
EAMT_UNKNOWN = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Quake 2 MD2 model file
|
||||
EAMT_MD2,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Quake 3 MD3 model file
|
||||
EAMT_MD3,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Maya .obj static model
|
||||
EAMT_OBJ,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Quake 3 .bsp static Map
|
||||
EAMT_BSP,
|
||||
|
||||
//! 3D Studio .3ds file
|
||||
EAMT_3DS,
|
||||
|
||||
//! My3D Mesh, the file format by Zhuck Dimitry
|
||||
EAMT_MY3D,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Pulsar LMTools .lmts file. This Irrlicht loader was written by Jonas Petersen
|
||||
EAMT_LMTS,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Cartography Shop .csm file. This loader was created by Saurav Mohapatra.
|
||||
EAMT_CSM,
|
||||
|
||||
//! .oct file for Paul Nette's FSRad or from Murphy McCauley's Blender .oct exporter.
|
||||
/** The oct file format contains 3D geometry and lightmaps and
|
||||
can be loaded directly by Irrlicht */
|
||||
EAMT_OCT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Halflife MDL model file
|
||||
EAMT_MDL_HALFLIFE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! generic skinned mesh
|
||||
EAMT_SKINNED
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Interface for an animated mesh.
|
||||
/** There are already simple implementations of this interface available so
|
||||
you don't have to implement this interface on your own if you need to:
|
||||
You might want to use irr::scene::SAnimatedMesh, irr::scene::SMesh,
|
||||
irr::scene::SMeshBuffer etc. */
|
||||
class IAnimatedMesh : public IMesh
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the frame count of the animated mesh.
|
||||
/** \return The amount of frames. If the amount is 1,
|
||||
it is a static, non animated mesh. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getFrameCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the animation speed of the animated mesh.
|
||||
/** \return The number of frames per second to play the
|
||||
animation with by default. If the amount is 0,
|
||||
it is a static, non animated mesh. */
|
||||
virtual f32 getAnimationSpeed() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the animation speed of the animated mesh.
|
||||
/** \param fps Number of frames per second to play the
|
||||
animation with by default. If the amount is 0,
|
||||
it is not animated. The actual speed is set in the
|
||||
scene node the mesh is instantiated in.*/
|
||||
virtual void setAnimationSpeed(f32 fps) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the IMesh interface for a frame.
|
||||
/** \param frame: Frame number as zero based index. The maximum
|
||||
frame number is getFrameCount() - 1;
|
||||
\param detailLevel: Level of detail. 0 is the lowest, 255 the
|
||||
highest level of detail. Most meshes will ignore the detail level.
|
||||
\param startFrameLoop: Because some animated meshes (.MD2) are
|
||||
blended between 2 static frames, and maybe animated in a loop,
|
||||
the startFrameLoop and the endFrameLoop have to be defined, to
|
||||
prevent the animation to be blended between frames which are
|
||||
outside of this loop.
|
||||
If startFrameLoop and endFrameLoop are both -1, they are ignored.
|
||||
\param endFrameLoop: see startFrameLoop.
|
||||
\return Returns the animated mesh based on a detail level. */
|
||||
virtual IMesh* getMesh(s32 frame, s32 detailLevel=255, s32 startFrameLoop=-1, s32 endFrameLoop=-1) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the type of the animated mesh.
|
||||
/** In most cases it is not neccessary to use this method.
|
||||
This is useful for making a safe downcast. For example,
|
||||
if getMeshType() returns EAMT_MD2 it's safe to cast the
|
||||
IAnimatedMesh to IAnimatedMeshMD2.
|
||||
\returns Type of the mesh. */
|
||||
virtual E_ANIMATED_MESH_TYPE getMeshType() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return EAMT_UNKNOWN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_ANIMATED_MESH_MD2_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_ANIMATED_MESH_MD2_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IAnimatedMesh.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Types of standard md2 animations
|
||||
enum EMD2_ANIMATION_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
EMAT_STAND = 0,
|
||||
EMAT_RUN,
|
||||
EMAT_ATTACK,
|
||||
EMAT_PAIN_A,
|
||||
EMAT_PAIN_B,
|
||||
EMAT_PAIN_C,
|
||||
EMAT_JUMP,
|
||||
EMAT_FLIP,
|
||||
EMAT_SALUTE,
|
||||
EMAT_FALLBACK,
|
||||
EMAT_WAVE,
|
||||
EMAT_POINT,
|
||||
EMAT_CROUCH_STAND,
|
||||
EMAT_CROUCH_WALK,
|
||||
EMAT_CROUCH_ATTACK,
|
||||
EMAT_CROUCH_PAIN,
|
||||
EMAT_CROUCH_DEATH,
|
||||
EMAT_DEATH_FALLBACK,
|
||||
EMAT_DEATH_FALLFORWARD,
|
||||
EMAT_DEATH_FALLBACKSLOW,
|
||||
EMAT_BOOM,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Not an animation, but amount of animation types.
|
||||
EMAT_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Interface for using some special functions of MD2 meshes
|
||||
class IAnimatedMeshMD2 : public IAnimatedMesh
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get frame loop data for a default MD2 animation type.
|
||||
/** \param l The EMD2_ANIMATION_TYPE to get the frames for.
|
||||
\param outBegin The returned beginning frame for animation type specified.
|
||||
\param outEnd The returned ending frame for the animation type specified.
|
||||
\param outFPS The number of frames per second, this animation should be played at.
|
||||
\return beginframe, endframe and frames per second for a default MD2 animation type. */
|
||||
virtual void getFrameLoop(EMD2_ANIMATION_TYPE l, s32& outBegin,
|
||||
s32& outEnd, s32& outFPS) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get frame loop data for a special MD2 animation type, identified by name.
|
||||
/** \param name Name of the animation.
|
||||
\param outBegin The returned beginning frame for animation type specified.
|
||||
\param outEnd The returned ending frame for the animation type specified.
|
||||
\param outFPS The number of frames per second, this animation should be played at.
|
||||
\return beginframe, endframe and frames per second for a special MD2 animation type. */
|
||||
virtual bool getFrameLoop(const c8* name,
|
||||
s32& outBegin, s32& outEnd, s32& outFPS) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get amount of md2 animations in this file.
|
||||
virtual s32 getAnimationCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get name of md2 animation.
|
||||
/** \param nr: Zero based index of animation. */
|
||||
virtual const c8* getAnimationName(s32 nr) const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,304 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2007-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt / Thomas Alten
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_ANIMATED_MESH_MD3_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_ANIMATED_MESH_MD3_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IAnimatedMesh.h"
|
||||
#include "IQ3Shader.h"
|
||||
#include "quaternion.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
enum eMD3Models
|
||||
{
|
||||
EMD3_HEAD = 0,
|
||||
EMD3_UPPER,
|
||||
EMD3_LOWER,
|
||||
EMD3_WEAPON,
|
||||
EMD3_NUMMODELS
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Animation list
|
||||
enum EMD3_ANIMATION_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Animations for both lower and upper parts of the player
|
||||
EMD3_BOTH_DEATH_1 = 0,
|
||||
EMD3_BOTH_DEAD_1,
|
||||
EMD3_BOTH_DEATH_2,
|
||||
EMD3_BOTH_DEAD_2,
|
||||
EMD3_BOTH_DEATH_3,
|
||||
EMD3_BOTH_DEAD_3,
|
||||
|
||||
// Animations for the upper part
|
||||
EMD3_TORSO_GESTURE,
|
||||
EMD3_TORSO_ATTACK_1,
|
||||
EMD3_TORSO_ATTACK_2,
|
||||
EMD3_TORSO_DROP,
|
||||
EMD3_TORSO_RAISE,
|
||||
EMD3_TORSO_STAND_1,
|
||||
EMD3_TORSO_STAND_2,
|
||||
|
||||
// Animations for the lower part
|
||||
EMD3_LEGS_WALK_CROUCH,
|
||||
EMD3_LEGS_WALK,
|
||||
EMD3_LEGS_RUN,
|
||||
EMD3_LEGS_BACK,
|
||||
EMD3_LEGS_SWIM,
|
||||
EMD3_LEGS_JUMP_1,
|
||||
EMD3_LEGS_LAND_1,
|
||||
EMD3_LEGS_JUMP_2,
|
||||
EMD3_LEGS_LAND_2,
|
||||
EMD3_LEGS_IDLE,
|
||||
EMD3_LEGS_IDLE_CROUCH,
|
||||
EMD3_LEGS_TURN,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Not an animation, but amount of animation types.
|
||||
EMD3_ANIMATION_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct SMD3AnimationInfo
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! First frame
|
||||
s32 first;
|
||||
//! Last frame
|
||||
s32 num;
|
||||
//! Looping frames
|
||||
s32 looping;
|
||||
//! Frames per second
|
||||
s32 fps;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// byte-align structures
|
||||
#include "irrpack.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//! this holds the header info of the MD3 file
|
||||
struct SMD3Header
|
||||
{
|
||||
c8 headerID[4]; //id of file, always "IDP3"
|
||||
s32 Version; //this is a version number, always 15
|
||||
s8 fileName[68]; //sometimes left Blank... 65 chars, 32bit aligned == 68 chars
|
||||
s32 numFrames; //number of KeyFrames
|
||||
s32 numTags; //number of 'tags' per frame
|
||||
s32 numMeshes; //number of meshes/skins
|
||||
s32 numMaxSkins; //maximum number of unique skins used in md3 file. artefact md2
|
||||
s32 frameStart; //starting position of frame-structur
|
||||
s32 tagStart; //starting position of tag-structures
|
||||
s32 tagEnd; //ending position of tag-structures/starting position of mesh-structures
|
||||
s32 fileSize;
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT;
|
||||
|
||||
//! this holds the header info of an MD3 mesh section
|
||||
struct SMD3MeshHeader
|
||||
{
|
||||
c8 meshID[4]; //id, must be IDP3
|
||||
c8 meshName[68]; //name of mesh 65 chars, 32 bit aligned == 68 chars
|
||||
|
||||
s32 numFrames; //number of meshframes in mesh
|
||||
s32 numShader; //number of skins in mesh
|
||||
s32 numVertices; //number of vertices
|
||||
s32 numTriangles; //number of Triangles
|
||||
|
||||
s32 offset_triangles; //starting position of Triangle data, relative to start of Mesh_Header
|
||||
s32 offset_shaders; //size of header
|
||||
s32 offset_st; //starting position of texvector data, relative to start of Mesh_Header
|
||||
s32 vertexStart; //starting position of vertex data,relative to start of Mesh_Header
|
||||
s32 offset_end;
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Compressed Vertex Data
|
||||
struct SMD3Vertex
|
||||
{
|
||||
s16 position[3];
|
||||
u8 normal[2];
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Texture Coordinate
|
||||
struct SMD3TexCoord
|
||||
{
|
||||
f32 u;
|
||||
f32 v;
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Triangle Index
|
||||
struct SMD3Face
|
||||
{
|
||||
s32 Index[3];
|
||||
} PACK_STRUCT;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Default alignment
|
||||
#include "irrunpack.h"
|
||||
|
||||
//! Holding Frame Data for a Mesh
|
||||
struct SMD3MeshBuffer : public IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
SMD3MeshHeader MeshHeader;
|
||||
|
||||
core::stringc Shader;
|
||||
core::array < s32 > Indices;
|
||||
core::array < SMD3Vertex > Vertices;
|
||||
core::array < SMD3TexCoord > Tex;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! hold a tag info for connecting meshes
|
||||
/** Basically its an alternate way to describe a transformation. */
|
||||
struct SMD3QuaternionTag
|
||||
{
|
||||
virtual ~SMD3QuaternionTag()
|
||||
{
|
||||
position.X = 0.f;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// construct copy constructor
|
||||
SMD3QuaternionTag( const SMD3QuaternionTag & copyMe )
|
||||
{
|
||||
*this = copyMe;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// construct for searching
|
||||
SMD3QuaternionTag( const core::stringc& name )
|
||||
: Name ( name ) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// construct from a position and euler angles in degrees
|
||||
SMD3QuaternionTag ( const core::vector3df &pos, const core::vector3df &angle )
|
||||
: position(pos), rotation(angle * core::DEGTORAD) {}
|
||||
|
||||
// set to matrix
|
||||
void setto ( core::matrix4 &m )
|
||||
{
|
||||
rotation.getMatrix ( m, position );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool operator == ( const SMD3QuaternionTag &other ) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Name == other.Name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SMD3QuaternionTag & operator=( const SMD3QuaternionTag & copyMe )
|
||||
{
|
||||
Name = copyMe.Name;
|
||||
position = copyMe.position;
|
||||
rotation = copyMe.rotation;
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
core::stringc Name;
|
||||
core::vector3df position;
|
||||
core::quaternion rotation;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! holds a associative list of named quaternions
|
||||
struct SMD3QuaternionTagList
|
||||
{
|
||||
SMD3QuaternionTagList()
|
||||
{
|
||||
Container.setAllocStrategy(core::ALLOC_STRATEGY_SAFE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// construct copy constructor
|
||||
SMD3QuaternionTagList(const SMD3QuaternionTagList& copyMe)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*this = copyMe;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~SMD3QuaternionTagList() {}
|
||||
|
||||
SMD3QuaternionTag* get(const core::stringc& name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SMD3QuaternionTag search ( name );
|
||||
s32 index = Container.linear_search ( search );
|
||||
if ( index >= 0 )
|
||||
return &Container[index];
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
u32 size () const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Container.size();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void set_used(u32 new_size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
s32 diff = (s32) new_size - (s32) Container.allocated_size();
|
||||
if ( diff > 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
SMD3QuaternionTag e("");
|
||||
for ( s32 i = 0; i < diff; ++i )
|
||||
Container.push_back(e);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const SMD3QuaternionTag& operator[](u32 index) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Container[index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SMD3QuaternionTag& operator[](u32 index)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Container[index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void push_back(const SMD3QuaternionTag& other)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Container.push_back(other);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SMD3QuaternionTagList& operator = (const SMD3QuaternionTagList & copyMe)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Container = copyMe.Container;
|
||||
return *this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
core::array < SMD3QuaternionTag > Container;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Holding Frames Buffers and Tag Infos
|
||||
struct SMD3Mesh: public IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
SMD3Mesh ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
MD3Header.numFrames = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~SMD3Mesh()
|
||||
{
|
||||
for (u32 i=0; i<Buffer.size(); ++i)
|
||||
Buffer[i]->drop();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
core::stringc Name;
|
||||
core::array<SMD3MeshBuffer*> Buffer;
|
||||
SMD3QuaternionTagList TagList;
|
||||
SMD3Header MD3Header;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Interface for using some special functions of MD3 meshes
|
||||
class IAnimatedMeshMD3 : public IAnimatedMesh
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! tune how many frames you want to render inbetween.
|
||||
virtual void setInterpolationShift(u32 shift, u32 loopMode) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! get the tag list of the mesh.
|
||||
virtual SMD3QuaternionTagList* getTagList(s32 frame, s32 detailLevel, s32 startFrameLoop, s32 endFrameLoop) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! get the original md3 mesh.
|
||||
virtual SMD3Mesh* getOriginalMesh() =0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,228 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_ANIMATED_MESH_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_ANIMATED_MESH_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ISceneNode.h"
|
||||
#include "IBoneSceneNode.h"
|
||||
#include "IAnimatedMeshMD2.h"
|
||||
#include "IAnimatedMeshMD3.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IShadowVolumeSceneNode;
|
||||
|
||||
enum E_JOINT_UPDATE_ON_RENDER
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! do nothing
|
||||
EJUOR_NONE = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! get joints positions from the mesh (for attached nodes, etc)
|
||||
EJUOR_READ,
|
||||
|
||||
//! control joint positions in the mesh (eg. ragdolls, or set the animation from animateJoints() )
|
||||
EJUOR_CONTROL
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
class IAnimatedMeshSceneNode;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Callback interface for catching events of ended animations.
|
||||
/** Implement this interface and use
|
||||
IAnimatedMeshSceneNode::setAnimationEndCallback to be able to
|
||||
be notified if an animation playback has ended.
|
||||
**/
|
||||
class IAnimationEndCallBack : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Will be called when the animation playback has ended.
|
||||
/** See IAnimatedMeshSceneNode::setAnimationEndCallback for
|
||||
more informations.
|
||||
\param node: Node of which the animation has ended. */
|
||||
virtual void OnAnimationEnd(IAnimatedMeshSceneNode* node) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Scene node capable of displaying an animated mesh and its shadow.
|
||||
/** The shadow is optional: If a shadow should be displayed too, just
|
||||
invoke the IAnimatedMeshSceneNode::createShadowVolumeSceneNode().*/
|
||||
class IAnimatedMeshSceneNode : public ISceneNode
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Constructor
|
||||
IAnimatedMeshSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
|
||||
const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
|
||||
const core::vector3df& rotation = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
|
||||
const core::vector3df& scale = core::vector3df(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f))
|
||||
: ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id, position, rotation, scale) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Destructor
|
||||
virtual ~IAnimatedMeshSceneNode() {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the current frame number.
|
||||
/** From now on the animation is played from this frame.
|
||||
\param frame: Number of the frame to let the animation be started from.
|
||||
The frame number must be a valid frame number of the IMesh used by this
|
||||
scene node. Set IAnimatedMesh::getMesh() for details. */
|
||||
virtual void setCurrentFrame(f32 frame) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the frame numbers between the animation is looped.
|
||||
/** The default is 0 - MaximalFrameCount of the mesh.
|
||||
\param begin: Start frame number of the loop.
|
||||
\param end: End frame number of the loop.
|
||||
\return True if successful, false if not. */
|
||||
virtual bool setFrameLoop(s32 begin, s32 end) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the speed with which the animation is played.
|
||||
/** \param framesPerSecond: Frames per second played. */
|
||||
virtual void setAnimationSpeed(f32 framesPerSecond) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the speed with which the animation is played.
|
||||
/** \return Frames per second played. */
|
||||
virtual f32 getAnimationSpeed() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates shadow volume scene node as child of this node.
|
||||
/** The shadow can be rendered using the ZPass or the zfail
|
||||
method. ZPass is a little bit faster because the shadow volume
|
||||
creation is easier, but with this method there occur ugly
|
||||
looking artifacs when the camera is inside the shadow volume.
|
||||
These error do not occur with the ZFail method.
|
||||
\param shadowMesh: Optional custom mesh for shadow volume.
|
||||
\param id: Id of the shadow scene node. This id can be used to
|
||||
identify the node later.
|
||||
\param zfailmethod: If set to true, the shadow will use the
|
||||
zfail method, if not, zpass is used.
|
||||
\param infinity: Value used by the shadow volume algorithm to
|
||||
scale the shadow volume (for zfail shadow volume we support only
|
||||
finite shadows, so camera zfar must be larger than shadow back cap,
|
||||
which is depend on infinity parameter).
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created shadow scene node. This pointer
|
||||
should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more
|
||||
information. */
|
||||
virtual IShadowVolumeSceneNode* addShadowVolumeSceneNode(const IMesh* shadowMesh=0,
|
||||
s32 id=-1, bool zfailmethod=true, f32 infinity=1000.0f) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get a pointer to a joint in the mesh (if the mesh is a bone based mesh).
|
||||
/** With this method it is possible to attach scene nodes to
|
||||
joints for example possible to attach a weapon to the left hand
|
||||
of an animated model. This example shows how:
|
||||
\code
|
||||
ISceneNode* hand =
|
||||
yourAnimatedMeshSceneNode->getJointNode("LeftHand");
|
||||
hand->addChild(weaponSceneNode);
|
||||
\endcode
|
||||
Please note that the joint returned by this method may not exist
|
||||
before this call and the joints in the node were created by it.
|
||||
\param jointName: Name of the joint.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the scene node which represents the joint
|
||||
with the specified name. Returns 0 if the contained mesh is not
|
||||
an skinned mesh or the name of the joint could not be found. */
|
||||
virtual IBoneSceneNode* getJointNode(const c8* jointName)=0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! same as getJointNode(const c8* jointName), but based on id
|
||||
virtual IBoneSceneNode* getJointNode(u32 jointID) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets joint count.
|
||||
/** \return Amount of joints in the mesh. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getJointCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Starts a default MD2 animation.
|
||||
/** With this method it is easily possible to start a Run,
|
||||
Attack, Die or whatever animation, if the mesh contained in
|
||||
this scene node is an md2 mesh. Otherwise, nothing happens.
|
||||
\param anim: An MD2 animation type, which should be played, for
|
||||
example EMAT_STAND for the standing animation.
|
||||
\return True if successful, and false if not, for example if
|
||||
the mesh in the scene node is not a md2 mesh. */
|
||||
virtual bool setMD2Animation(EMD2_ANIMATION_TYPE anim) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Starts a special MD2 animation.
|
||||
/** With this method it is easily possible to start a Run,
|
||||
Attack, Die or whatever animation, if the mesh contained in
|
||||
this scene node is an md2 mesh. Otherwise, nothing happens.
|
||||
This method uses a character string to identify the animation.
|
||||
If the animation is a standard md2 animation, you might want to
|
||||
start this animation with the EMD2_ANIMATION_TYPE enumeration
|
||||
instead.
|
||||
\param animationName: Name of the animation which should be
|
||||
played.
|
||||
\return Returns true if successful, and false if not, for
|
||||
example if the mesh in the scene node is not an md2 mesh, or no
|
||||
animation with this name could be found. */
|
||||
virtual bool setMD2Animation(const c8* animationName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the currently displayed frame number.
|
||||
virtual f32 getFrameNr() const = 0;
|
||||
//! Returns the current start frame number.
|
||||
virtual s32 getStartFrame() const = 0;
|
||||
//! Returns the current end frame number.
|
||||
virtual s32 getEndFrame() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets looping mode which is on by default.
|
||||
/** If set to false, animations will not be played looped. */
|
||||
virtual void setLoopMode(bool playAnimationLooped) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns the current loop mode
|
||||
/** When true the animations are played looped */
|
||||
virtual bool getLoopMode() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a callback interface which will be called if an animation playback has ended.
|
||||
/** Set this to 0 to disable the callback again.
|
||||
Please note that this will only be called when in non looped
|
||||
mode, see IAnimatedMeshSceneNode::setLoopMode(). */
|
||||
virtual void setAnimationEndCallback(IAnimationEndCallBack* callback=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets if the scene node should not copy the materials of the mesh but use them in a read only style.
|
||||
/** In this way it is possible to change the materials a mesh
|
||||
causing all mesh scene nodes referencing this mesh to change
|
||||
too. */
|
||||
virtual void setReadOnlyMaterials(bool readonly) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns if the scene node should not copy the materials of the mesh but use them in a read only style
|
||||
virtual bool isReadOnlyMaterials() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a new mesh
|
||||
virtual void setMesh(IAnimatedMesh* mesh) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the current mesh
|
||||
virtual IAnimatedMesh* getMesh(void) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the absolute transformation for a special MD3 Tag if the mesh is a md3 mesh, or the absolutetransformation if it's a normal scenenode
|
||||
virtual const SMD3QuaternionTag* getMD3TagTransformation( const core::stringc & tagname) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set how the joints should be updated on render
|
||||
virtual void setJointMode(E_JOINT_UPDATE_ON_RENDER mode)=0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the transition time in seconds
|
||||
/** Note: This needs to enable joints, and setJointmode set to
|
||||
EJUOR_CONTROL. You must call animateJoints(), or the mesh will
|
||||
not animate. */
|
||||
virtual void setTransitionTime(f32 Time) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! animates the joints in the mesh based on the current frame.
|
||||
/** Also takes in to account transitions. */
|
||||
virtual void animateJoints(bool CalculateAbsolutePositions=true) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! render mesh ignoring its transformation.
|
||||
/** Culling is unaffected. */
|
||||
virtual void setRenderFromIdentity( bool On )=0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a clone of this scene node and its children.
|
||||
/** \param newParent An optional new parent.
|
||||
\param newManager An optional new scene manager.
|
||||
\return The newly created clone of this node. */
|
||||
virtual ISceneNode* clone(ISceneNode* newParent=0, ISceneManager* newManager=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_ATTRIBUTE_EXCHANGING_OBJECT_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_ATTRIBUTE_EXCHANGING_OBJECT_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
namespace io
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class IAttributes;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Enumeration flags passed through SAttributeReadWriteOptions to the IAttributeExchangingObject object
|
||||
enum E_ATTRIBUTE_READ_WRITE_FLAGS
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Serialization/Deserializion is done for an xml file
|
||||
EARWF_FOR_FILE = 0x00000001,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Serialization/Deserializion is done for an editor property box
|
||||
EARWF_FOR_EDITOR = 0x00000002,
|
||||
|
||||
//! When writing filenames, relative paths should be used
|
||||
EARWF_USE_RELATIVE_PATHS = 0x00000004
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! struct holding data describing options
|
||||
struct SAttributeReadWriteOptions
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Constructor
|
||||
SAttributeReadWriteOptions()
|
||||
: Flags(0), Filename(0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Combination of E_ATTRIBUTE_READ_WRITE_FLAGS or other, custom ones
|
||||
s32 Flags;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Optional filename
|
||||
const fschar_t* Filename;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! An object which is able to serialize and deserialize its attributes into an attributes object
|
||||
class IAttributeExchangingObject : virtual public IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Writes attributes of the object.
|
||||
/** Implement this to expose the attributes of your scene node animator for
|
||||
scripting languages, editors, debuggers or xml serialization purposes. */
|
||||
virtual void serializeAttributes(io::IAttributes* out, io::SAttributeReadWriteOptions* options=0) const {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Reads attributes of the object.
|
||||
/** Implement this to set the attributes of your scene node animator for
|
||||
scripting languages, editors, debuggers or xml deserialization purposes. */
|
||||
virtual void deserializeAttributes(io::IAttributes* in, io::SAttributeReadWriteOptions* options=0) {}
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace io
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,738 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_ATTRIBUTES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_ATTRIBUTES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "SColor.h"
|
||||
#include "vector3d.h"
|
||||
#include "vector2d.h"
|
||||
#include "line2d.h"
|
||||
#include "line3d.h"
|
||||
#include "triangle3d.h"
|
||||
#include "position2d.h"
|
||||
#include "rect.h"
|
||||
#include "dimension2d.h"
|
||||
#include "matrix4.h"
|
||||
#include "quaternion.h"
|
||||
#include "plane3d.h"
|
||||
#include "triangle3d.h"
|
||||
#include "line2d.h"
|
||||
#include "line3d.h"
|
||||
#include "irrString.h"
|
||||
#include "irrArray.h"
|
||||
#include "IXMLReader.h"
|
||||
#include "EAttributes.h"
|
||||
#include "path.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
class ITexture;
|
||||
} // end namespace video
|
||||
namespace io
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IXMLWriter;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Provides a generic interface for attributes and their values and the possiblity to serialize them
|
||||
class IAttributes : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns amount of attributes in this collection of attributes.
|
||||
virtual u32 getAttributeCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns attribute name by index.
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual const c8* getAttributeName(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the type of an attribute
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name for the attribute
|
||||
virtual E_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE getAttributeType(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns attribute type by index.
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual E_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE getAttributeType(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the type string of the attribute
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: String for the attribute type
|
||||
virtual const wchar_t* getAttributeTypeString(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the type string of the attribute by index.
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual const wchar_t* getAttributeTypeString(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns if an attribute with a name exists
|
||||
virtual bool existsAttribute(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns attribute index from name, -1 if not found
|
||||
virtual s32 findAttribute(const c8* attributeName) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Removes all attributes
|
||||
virtual void clear() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Reads attributes from a xml file.
|
||||
//! \param reader The XML reader to read from
|
||||
//! \param readCurrentElementOnly If set to true, reading only works if current element has the name 'attributes' or
|
||||
//! the name specified using elementName.
|
||||
//! \param elementName The surrounding element name. If it is null, the default one, "attributes" will be taken.
|
||||
//! If set to false, the first appearing list of attributes are read.
|
||||
virtual bool read(io::IXMLReader* reader, bool readCurrentElementOnly=false, const wchar_t* elementName=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Write these attributes into a xml file
|
||||
//! \param writer: The XML writer to write to
|
||||
//! \param writeXMLHeader: Writes a header to the XML file, required if at the beginning of the file
|
||||
//! \param elementName: The surrounding element name. If it is null, the default one, "attributes" will be taken.
|
||||
virtual bool write(io::IXMLWriter* writer, bool writeXMLHeader=false, const wchar_t* elementName=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
Integer Attribute
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as integer
|
||||
virtual void addInt(const c8* attributeName, s32 value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as integer value
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, s32 value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as integer value
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
virtual s32 getAttributeAsInt(const c8* attributeName) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as integer value
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual s32 getAttributeAsInt(s32 index) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as integer value
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, s32 value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
Float Attribute
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as float
|
||||
virtual void addFloat(const c8* attributeName, f32 value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a attribute as float value
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, f32 value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as float value
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
virtual f32 getAttributeAsFloat(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as float value
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual f32 getAttributeAsFloat(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as float value
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, f32 value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
String Attribute
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as string
|
||||
virtual void addString(const c8* attributeName, const c8* value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute value as string.
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name for the attribute
|
||||
//! \param value: Value for the attribute. Set this to 0 to delete the attribute
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, const c8* value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as string.
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
//! or 0 if attribute is not set.
|
||||
virtual core::stringc getAttributeAsString(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as string.
|
||||
//! \param attributeName Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \param target Buffer where the string is copied to.
|
||||
virtual void getAttributeAsString(const c8* attributeName, c8* target) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns attribute value as string by index.
|
||||
//! \param index Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual core::stringc getAttributeAsString(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute value as string.
|
||||
//! \param index Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
//! \param value String to which the attribute is set.
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, const c8* value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// wide strings
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as string
|
||||
virtual void addString(const c8* attributeName, const wchar_t* value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute value as string.
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name for the attribute
|
||||
//! \param value: Value for the attribute. Set this to 0 to delete the attribute
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, const wchar_t* value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as string.
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
//! or 0 if attribute is not set.
|
||||
virtual core::stringw getAttributeAsStringW(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as string.
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \param target: Buffer where the string is copied to.
|
||||
virtual void getAttributeAsStringW(const c8* attributeName, wchar_t* target) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns attribute value as string by index.
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual core::stringw getAttributeAsStringW(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute value as string.
|
||||
//! \param index Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
//! \param value String to which the attribute is set.
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, const wchar_t* value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
Binary Data Attribute
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as binary data
|
||||
virtual void addBinary(const c8* attributeName, void* data, s32 dataSizeInBytes) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as binary data
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, void* data, s32 dataSizeInBytes ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as binary data
|
||||
/** \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
\param outData Pointer to buffer where data shall be stored.
|
||||
\param maxSizeInBytes Maximum number of bytes to write into outData.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void getAttributeAsBinaryData(const c8* attributeName, void* outData, s32 maxSizeInBytes) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as binary data
|
||||
/** \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
\param outData Pointer to buffer where data shall be stored.
|
||||
\param maxSizeInBytes Maximum number of bytes to write into outData.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void getAttributeAsBinaryData(s32 index, void* outData, s32 maxSizeInBytes) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as binary data
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, void* data, s32 dataSizeInBytes ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Array Attribute
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as wide string array
|
||||
virtual void addArray(const c8* attributeName, const core::array<core::stringw>& value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute value as a wide string array.
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name for the attribute
|
||||
//! \param value: Value for the attribute. Set this to 0 to delete the attribute
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, const core::array<core::stringw>& value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as an array of wide strings.
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
//! or 0 if attribute is not set.
|
||||
virtual core::array<core::stringw> getAttributeAsArray(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns attribute value as an array of wide strings by index.
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual core::array<core::stringw> getAttributeAsArray(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as an array of wide strings
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, const core::array<core::stringw>& value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
Bool Attribute
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as bool
|
||||
virtual void addBool(const c8* attributeName, bool value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as boolean value
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, bool value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as boolean value
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
virtual bool getAttributeAsBool(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as boolean value
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual bool getAttributeAsBool(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as boolean value
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, bool value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
Enumeration Attribute
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as enum
|
||||
virtual void addEnum(const c8* attributeName, const c8* enumValue, const c8* const* enumerationLiterals) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as enum
|
||||
virtual void addEnum(const c8* attributeName, s32 enumValue, const c8* const* enumerationLiterals) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as enumeration
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, const c8* enumValue, const c8* const* enumerationLiterals) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as enumeration
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
virtual const c8* getAttributeAsEnumeration(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as enumeration
|
||||
/** \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
\param enumerationLiteralsToUse: Use these enumeration literals to get
|
||||
the index value instead of the set ones. This is useful when the
|
||||
attribute list maybe was read from an xml file, and only contains the
|
||||
enumeration string, but no information about its index.
|
||||
\return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual s32 getAttributeAsEnumeration(const c8* attributeName, const c8* const* enumerationLiteralsToUse) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as enumeration
|
||||
/** \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
\param enumerationLiteralsToUse: Use these enumeration literals to get
|
||||
the index value instead of the set ones. This is useful when the
|
||||
attribute list maybe was read from an xml file, and only contains the
|
||||
enumeration string, but no information about its index.
|
||||
\return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual s32 getAttributeAsEnumeration(s32 index, const c8* const* enumerationLiteralsToUse) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as enumeration
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual const c8* getAttributeAsEnumeration(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the list of enumeration literals of an enumeration attribute
|
||||
//! \param attributeName Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \param outLiterals Set of strings to choose the enum name from.
|
||||
virtual void getAttributeEnumerationLiteralsOfEnumeration(const c8* attributeName, core::array<core::stringc>& outLiterals) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the list of enumeration literals of an enumeration attribute
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
//! \param outLiterals Set of strings to choose the enum name from.
|
||||
virtual void getAttributeEnumerationLiteralsOfEnumeration(s32 index, core::array<core::stringc>& outLiterals) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as enumeration
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, const c8* enumValue, const c8* const* enumerationLiterals) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
SColor Attribute
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as color
|
||||
virtual void addColor(const c8* attributeName, video::SColor value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a attribute as color
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, video::SColor color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as color
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
virtual video::SColor getAttributeAsColor(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as color
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual video::SColor getAttributeAsColor(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as color
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, video::SColor color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
SColorf Attribute
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as floating point color
|
||||
virtual void addColorf(const c8* attributeName, video::SColorf value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a attribute as floating point color
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, video::SColorf color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as floating point color
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
virtual video::SColorf getAttributeAsColorf(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as floating point color
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual video::SColorf getAttributeAsColorf(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as floating point color
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, video::SColorf color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
Vector3d Attribute
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as 3d vector
|
||||
virtual void addVector3d(const c8* attributeName, core::vector3df value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a attribute as 3d vector
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::vector3df v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as 3d vector
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
virtual core::vector3df getAttributeAsVector3d(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as 3d vector
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual core::vector3df getAttributeAsVector3d(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as vector
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::vector3df v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
Vector2d Attribute
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as 2d vector
|
||||
virtual void addVector2d(const c8* attributeName, core::vector2df value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a attribute as 2d vector
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::vector2df v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as vector
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
virtual core::vector2df getAttributeAsVector2d(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as position
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual core::vector2df getAttributeAsVector2d(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as 2d vector
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::vector2df v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
Position2d Attribute
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as 2d position
|
||||
virtual void addPosition2d(const c8* attributeName, core::position2di value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a attribute as 2d position
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::position2di v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as position
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
virtual core::position2di getAttributeAsPosition2d(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as position
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual core::position2di getAttributeAsPosition2d(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as 2d position
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::position2di v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
Rectangle Attribute
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as rectangle
|
||||
virtual void addRect(const c8* attributeName, core::rect<s32> value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as rectangle
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::rect<s32> v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as rectangle
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
virtual core::rect<s32> getAttributeAsRect(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as rectangle
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual core::rect<s32> getAttributeAsRect(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as rectangle
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::rect<s32> v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
Dimension2d Attribute
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as dimension2d
|
||||
virtual void addDimension2d(const c8* attributeName, core::dimension2d<u32> value) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as dimension2d
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::dimension2d<u32> v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as dimension2d
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
virtual core::dimension2d<u32> getAttributeAsDimension2d(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as dimension2d
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual core::dimension2d<u32> getAttributeAsDimension2d(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as dimension2d
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::dimension2d<u32> v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
matrix attribute
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as matrix
|
||||
virtual void addMatrix(const c8* attributeName, const core::matrix4& v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as matrix
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, const core::matrix4& v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as a matrix4
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
virtual core::matrix4 getAttributeAsMatrix(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as matrix
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual core::matrix4 getAttributeAsMatrix(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as matrix
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, const core::matrix4& v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
quaternion attribute
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as quaternion
|
||||
virtual void addQuaternion(const c8* attributeName, core::quaternion v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as quaternion
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::quaternion v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as a quaternion
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
virtual core::quaternion getAttributeAsQuaternion(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as quaternion
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual core::quaternion getAttributeAsQuaternion(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as quaternion
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::quaternion v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
3d bounding box
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as axis aligned bounding box
|
||||
virtual void addBox3d(const c8* attributeName, core::aabbox3df v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as axis aligned bounding box
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::aabbox3df v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as a axis aligned bounding box
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
virtual core::aabbox3df getAttributeAsBox3d(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as axis aligned bounding box
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual core::aabbox3df getAttributeAsBox3d(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as axis aligned bounding box
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::aabbox3df v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
plane
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as 3d plane
|
||||
virtual void addPlane3d(const c8* attributeName, core::plane3df v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as 3d plane
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::plane3df v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as a 3d plane
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
virtual core::plane3df getAttributeAsPlane3d(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as 3d plane
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual core::plane3df getAttributeAsPlane3d(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as 3d plane
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::plane3df v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
3d triangle
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as 3d triangle
|
||||
virtual void addTriangle3d(const c8* attributeName, core::triangle3df v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as 3d trianle
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::triangle3df v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as a 3d triangle
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
virtual core::triangle3df getAttributeAsTriangle3d(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as 3d triangle
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual core::triangle3df getAttributeAsTriangle3d(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as 3d triangle
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::triangle3df v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
line 2d
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as a 2d line
|
||||
virtual void addLine2d(const c8* attributeName, core::line2df v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as a 2d line
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::line2df v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as a 2d line
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
virtual core::line2df getAttributeAsLine2d(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as a 2d line
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual core::line2df getAttributeAsLine2d(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as a 2d line
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::line2df v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
line 3d
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as a 3d line
|
||||
virtual void addLine3d(const c8* attributeName, core::line3df v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as a 3d line
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, core::line3df v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as a 3d line
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
|
||||
virtual core::line3df getAttributeAsLine3d(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as a 3d line
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual core::line3df getAttributeAsLine3d(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as a 3d line
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::line3df v) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
Texture Attribute
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as texture reference
|
||||
virtual void addTexture(const c8* attributeName, video::ITexture* texture, const io::path& filename = "") = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as texture reference
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, video::ITexture* texture, const io::path& filename = "") = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as texture reference
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
virtual video::ITexture* getAttributeAsTexture(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as texture reference
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual video::ITexture* getAttributeAsTexture(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as texture reference
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, video::ITexture* texture, const io::path& filename = "") = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
|
||||
User Pointer Attribute
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an attribute as user pointner
|
||||
virtual void addUserPointer(const c8* attributeName, void* userPointer) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as user pointer
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, void* userPointer) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as user pointer
|
||||
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
|
||||
virtual void* getAttributeAsUserPointer(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets an attribute as user pointer
|
||||
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
|
||||
virtual void* getAttributeAsUserPointer(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an attribute as user pointer
|
||||
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, void* userPointer) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace io
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_BILLBOARD_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_BILLBOARD_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ISceneNode.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! A billboard scene node.
|
||||
/** A billboard is like a 3d sprite: A 2d element,
|
||||
which always looks to the camera. It is usually used for explosions, fire,
|
||||
lensflares, particles and things like that.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IBillboardSceneNode : public ISceneNode
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Constructor
|
||||
IBillboardSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
|
||||
const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0))
|
||||
: ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id, position) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the size of the billboard, making it rectangular.
|
||||
virtual void setSize(const core::dimension2d<f32>& size) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the size of the billboard with independent widths of the bottom and top edges.
|
||||
/** \param[in] height The height of the billboard.
|
||||
\param[in] bottomEdgeWidth The width of the bottom edge of the billboard.
|
||||
\param[in] topEdgeWidth The width of the top edge of the billboard.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void setSize(f32 height, f32 bottomEdgeWidth, f32 topEdgeWidth) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the size of the billboard.
|
||||
/** This will return the width of the bottom edge of the billboard.
|
||||
Use getWidths() to retrieve the bottom and top edges independently.
|
||||
\return Size of the billboard.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual const core::dimension2d<f32>& getSize() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the size of the the billboard and handles independent top and bottom edge widths correctly.
|
||||
/** \param[out] height The height of the billboard.
|
||||
\param[out] bottomEdgeWidth The width of the bottom edge of the billboard.
|
||||
\param[out] topEdgeWidth The width of the top edge of the billboard.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void getSize(f32& height, f32& bottomEdgeWidth, f32& topEdgeWidth) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the color of all vertices of the billboard
|
||||
/** \param[in] overallColor Color to set */
|
||||
virtual void setColor(const video::SColor& overallColor) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the color of the top and bottom vertices of the billboard
|
||||
/** \param[in] topColor Color to set the top vertices
|
||||
\param[in] bottomColor Color to set the bottom vertices */
|
||||
virtual void setColor(const video::SColor& topColor,
|
||||
const video::SColor& bottomColor) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the color of the top and bottom vertices of the billboard
|
||||
/** \param[out] topColor Stores the color of the top vertices
|
||||
\param[out] bottomColor Stores the color of the bottom vertices */
|
||||
virtual void getColor(video::SColor& topColor,
|
||||
video::SColor& bottomColor) const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_BILLBOARD_TEXT_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_BILLBOARD_TEXT_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IBillboardSceneNode.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! A billboard text scene node.
|
||||
/** Acts like a billboard which displays the currently set text.
|
||||
Due to the exclusion of RTTI in Irrlicht we have to avoid multiple
|
||||
inheritance. Hence, changes to the ITextSceneNode interface have
|
||||
to be copied here manually.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IBillboardTextSceneNode : public IBillboardSceneNode
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Constructor
|
||||
IBillboardTextSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
|
||||
const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0))
|
||||
: IBillboardSceneNode(parent, mgr, id, position) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the size of the billboard.
|
||||
virtual void setSize(const core::dimension2d<f32>& size) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the size of the billboard.
|
||||
virtual const core::dimension2d<f32>& getSize() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the color of all vertices of the billboard
|
||||
/** \param overallColor: the color to set */
|
||||
virtual void setColor(const video::SColor & overallColor) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the color of the top and bottom vertices of the billboard
|
||||
/** \param topColor: the color to set the top vertices
|
||||
\param bottomColor: the color to set the bottom vertices */
|
||||
virtual void setColor(const video::SColor & topColor, const video::SColor & bottomColor) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the color of the top and bottom vertices of the billboard
|
||||
/** \param topColor: stores the color of the top vertices
|
||||
\param bottomColor: stores the color of the bottom vertices */
|
||||
virtual void getColor(video::SColor & topColor, video::SColor & bottomColor) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets the text string
|
||||
virtual void setText(const wchar_t* text) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets the color of the text
|
||||
virtual void setTextColor(video::SColor color) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_BONE_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_BONE_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ISceneNode.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Enumeration for different bone animation modes
|
||||
enum E_BONE_ANIMATION_MODE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! The bone is usually animated, unless it's parent is not animated
|
||||
EBAM_AUTOMATIC=0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! The bone is animated by the skin, if it's parent is not animated then animation will resume from this bone onward
|
||||
EBAM_ANIMATED,
|
||||
|
||||
//! The bone is not animated by the skin
|
||||
EBAM_UNANIMATED,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Not an animation mode, just here to count the available modes
|
||||
EBAM_COUNT
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum E_BONE_SKINNING_SPACE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! local skinning, standard
|
||||
EBSS_LOCAL=0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! global skinning
|
||||
EBSS_GLOBAL,
|
||||
|
||||
EBSS_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Names for bone animation modes
|
||||
const c8* const BoneAnimationModeNames[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"automatic",
|
||||
"animated",
|
||||
"unanimated",
|
||||
0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Interface for bones used for skeletal animation.
|
||||
/** Used with ISkinnedMesh and IAnimatedMeshSceneNode. */
|
||||
class IBoneSceneNode : public ISceneNode
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
IBoneSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id=-1) :
|
||||
ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id),positionHint(-1),scaleHint(-1),rotationHint(-1) { }
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the name of the bone
|
||||
/** \deprecated Use getName instead. This method may be removed by Irrlicht 1.9 */
|
||||
_IRR_DEPRECATED_ virtual const c8* getBoneName() const { return getName(); }
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the index of the bone
|
||||
virtual u32 getBoneIndex() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the animation mode of the bone.
|
||||
/** \return True if successful. (Unused) */
|
||||
virtual bool setAnimationMode(E_BONE_ANIMATION_MODE mode) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the current animation mode of the bone
|
||||
virtual E_BONE_ANIMATION_MODE getAnimationMode() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the axis aligned bounding box of this node
|
||||
virtual const core::aabbox3d<f32>& getBoundingBox() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the relative transformation of the scene node.
|
||||
//virtual core::matrix4 getRelativeTransformation() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! The animation method.
|
||||
virtual void OnAnimate(u32 timeMs) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! The render method.
|
||||
/** Does nothing as bones are not visible. */
|
||||
virtual void render() { }
|
||||
|
||||
//! How the relative transformation of the bone is used
|
||||
virtual void setSkinningSpace( E_BONE_SKINNING_SPACE space ) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! How the relative transformation of the bone is used
|
||||
virtual E_BONE_SKINNING_SPACE getSkinningSpace() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Updates the absolute position based on the relative and the parents position
|
||||
virtual void updateAbsolutePositionOfAllChildren()=0;
|
||||
|
||||
s32 positionHint;
|
||||
s32 scaleHint;
|
||||
s32 rotationHint;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_CAMERA_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_CAMERA_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ISceneNode.h"
|
||||
#include "IEventReceiver.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct SViewFrustum;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Scene Node which is a (controlable) camera.
|
||||
/** The whole scene will be rendered from the cameras point of view.
|
||||
Because the ICameraScenNode is a SceneNode, it can be attached to any
|
||||
other scene node, and will follow its parents movement, rotation and so
|
||||
on.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class ICameraSceneNode : public ISceneNode, public IEventReceiver
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Constructor
|
||||
ICameraSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
|
||||
const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
|
||||
const core::vector3df& rotation = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
|
||||
const core::vector3df& scale = core::vector3df(1.0f,1.0f,1.0f))
|
||||
: ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id, position, rotation, scale), IsOrthogonal(false) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the projection matrix of the camera.
|
||||
/** The core::matrix4 class has some methods to build a
|
||||
projection matrix. e.g:
|
||||
core::matrix4::buildProjectionMatrixPerspectiveFovLH.
|
||||
Note that the matrix will only stay as set by this method until
|
||||
one of the following Methods are called: setNearValue,
|
||||
setFarValue, setAspectRatio, setFOV.
|
||||
\param projection The new projection matrix of the camera.
|
||||
\param isOrthogonal Set this to true if the matrix is an
|
||||
orthogonal one (e.g. from matrix4::buildProjectionMatrixOrtho).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void setProjectionMatrix(const core::matrix4& projection, bool isOrthogonal=false) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the current projection matrix of the camera.
|
||||
/** \return The current projection matrix of the camera. */
|
||||
virtual const core::matrix4& getProjectionMatrix() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the current view matrix of the camera.
|
||||
/** \return The current view matrix of the camera. */
|
||||
virtual const core::matrix4& getViewMatrix() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a custom view matrix affector.
|
||||
/** The matrix passed here, will be multiplied with the view
|
||||
matrix when it gets updated. This allows for custom camera
|
||||
setups like, for example, a reflection camera.
|
||||
\param affector The affector matrix. */
|
||||
virtual void setViewMatrixAffector(const core::matrix4& affector) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the custom view matrix affector.
|
||||
/** \return The affector matrix. */
|
||||
virtual const core::matrix4& getViewMatrixAffector() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! It is possible to send mouse and key events to the camera.
|
||||
/** Most cameras may ignore this input, but camera scene nodes
|
||||
which are created for example with
|
||||
ISceneManager::addCameraSceneNodeMaya or
|
||||
ISceneManager::addCameraSceneNodeFPS, may want to get
|
||||
this input for changing their position, look at target or
|
||||
whatever. */
|
||||
virtual bool OnEvent(const SEvent& event) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the look at target of the camera
|
||||
/** If the camera's target and rotation are bound ( @see
|
||||
bindTargetAndRotation() ) then calling this will also change
|
||||
the camera's scene node rotation to match the target.
|
||||
Note that setTarget uses the current absolute position
|
||||
internally, so if you changed setPosition since last rendering you must
|
||||
call updateAbsolutePosition before using this function.
|
||||
\param pos Look at target of the camera, in world co-ordinates. */
|
||||
virtual void setTarget(const core::vector3df& pos) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the rotation of the node.
|
||||
/** This only modifies the relative rotation of the node.
|
||||
If the camera's target and rotation are bound ( @see
|
||||
bindTargetAndRotation() ) then calling this will also change
|
||||
the camera's target to match the rotation.
|
||||
\param rotation New rotation of the node in degrees. */
|
||||
virtual void setRotation(const core::vector3df& rotation) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the current look at target of the camera
|
||||
/** \return The current look at target of the camera, in world co-ordinates */
|
||||
virtual const core::vector3df& getTarget() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the up vector of the camera.
|
||||
/** \param pos: New upvector of the camera. */
|
||||
virtual void setUpVector(const core::vector3df& pos) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the up vector of the camera.
|
||||
/** \return The up vector of the camera, in world space. */
|
||||
virtual const core::vector3df& getUpVector() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the value of the near plane of the camera.
|
||||
/** \return The value of the near plane of the camera. */
|
||||
virtual f32 getNearValue() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the value of the far plane of the camera.
|
||||
/** \return The value of the far plane of the camera. */
|
||||
virtual f32 getFarValue() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the aspect ratio of the camera.
|
||||
/** \return The aspect ratio of the camera. */
|
||||
virtual f32 getAspectRatio() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the field of view of the camera.
|
||||
/** \return The field of view of the camera in radians. */
|
||||
virtual f32 getFOV() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the value of the near clipping plane. (default: 1.0f)
|
||||
/** \param zn: New z near value. */
|
||||
virtual void setNearValue(f32 zn) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the value of the far clipping plane (default: 2000.0f)
|
||||
/** \param zf: New z far value. */
|
||||
virtual void setFarValue(f32 zf) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the aspect ratio (default: 4.0f / 3.0f)
|
||||
/** \param aspect: New aspect ratio. */
|
||||
virtual void setAspectRatio(f32 aspect) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the field of view (Default: PI / 2.5f)
|
||||
/** \param fovy: New field of view in radians. */
|
||||
virtual void setFOV(f32 fovy) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the view frustum.
|
||||
/** Needed sometimes by bspTree or LOD render nodes.
|
||||
\return The current view frustum. */
|
||||
virtual const SViewFrustum* getViewFrustum() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Disables or enables the camera to get key or mouse inputs.
|
||||
/** If this is set to true, the camera will respond to key
|
||||
inputs otherwise not. */
|
||||
virtual void setInputReceiverEnabled(bool enabled) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Checks if the input receiver of the camera is currently enabled.
|
||||
virtual bool isInputReceiverEnabled() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Checks if a camera is orthogonal.
|
||||
virtual bool isOrthogonal() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
_IRR_IMPLEMENT_MANAGED_MARSHALLING_BUGFIX;
|
||||
return IsOrthogonal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Binds the camera scene node's rotation to its target position and vice vera, or unbinds them.
|
||||
/** When bound, calling setRotation() will update the camera's
|
||||
target position to be along its +Z axis, and likewise calling
|
||||
setTarget() will update its rotation so that its +Z axis will
|
||||
point at the target point. FPS camera use this binding by
|
||||
default; other cameras do not.
|
||||
\param bound True to bind the camera's scene node rotation
|
||||
and targetting, false to unbind them.
|
||||
@see getTargetAndRotationBinding() */
|
||||
virtual void bindTargetAndRotation(bool bound) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Queries if the camera scene node's rotation and its target position are bound together.
|
||||
/** @see bindTargetAndRotation() */
|
||||
virtual bool getTargetAndRotationBinding(void) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Writes attributes of the camera node
|
||||
virtual void serializeAttributes(io::IAttributes* out, io::SAttributeReadWriteOptions* options=0) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
ISceneNode::serializeAttributes(out, options);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!out)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
out->addBool ("IsOrthogonal", IsOrthogonal );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Reads attributes of the camera node
|
||||
virtual void deserializeAttributes(io::IAttributes* in, io::SAttributeReadWriteOptions* options=0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ISceneNode::deserializeAttributes(in, options);
|
||||
if (!in)
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
if ( in->findAttribute("IsOrthogonal") )
|
||||
IsOrthogonal = in->getAttributeAsBool("IsOrthogonal");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
|
||||
void cloneMembers(ICameraSceneNode* toCopyFrom)
|
||||
{
|
||||
IsOrthogonal = toCopyFrom->IsOrthogonal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
bool IsOrthogonal;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,405 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __IRR_I_COLLADA_MESH_WRITER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __IRR_I_COLLADA_MESH_WRITER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IMeshWriter.h"
|
||||
#include "ISceneNode.h"
|
||||
#include "IAnimatedMesh.h"
|
||||
#include "SMaterial.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace io
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IWriteFile;
|
||||
} // end namespace io
|
||||
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Lighting models - more or less the way Collada categorizes materials
|
||||
enum E_COLLADA_TECHNIQUE_FX
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Blinn-phong which is default for opengl and dx fixed function pipelines.
|
||||
//! But several well-known renderers don't support it and prefer phong.
|
||||
ECTF_BLINN,
|
||||
//! Phong shading, default in many external renderers.
|
||||
ECTF_PHONG,
|
||||
//! diffuse shaded surface that is independent of lighting.
|
||||
ECTF_LAMBERT,
|
||||
// constantly shaded surface that is independent of lighting.
|
||||
ECTF_CONSTANT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! How to interpret the opacity in collada
|
||||
enum E_COLLADA_TRANSPARENT_FX
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! default - only alpha channel of color or texture is used.
|
||||
ECOF_A_ONE = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Alpha values for each RGB channel of color or texture are used.
|
||||
ECOF_RGB_ZERO = 1
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Color names collada uses in it's color samplers
|
||||
enum E_COLLADA_COLOR_SAMPLER
|
||||
{
|
||||
ECCS_DIFFUSE,
|
||||
ECCS_AMBIENT,
|
||||
ECCS_EMISSIVE,
|
||||
ECCS_SPECULAR,
|
||||
ECCS_TRANSPARENT,
|
||||
ECCS_REFLECTIVE
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Irrlicht colors which can be mapped to E_COLLADA_COLOR_SAMPLER values
|
||||
enum E_COLLADA_IRR_COLOR
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Don't write this element at all
|
||||
ECIC_NONE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Check IColladaMeshWriterProperties for custom color
|
||||
ECIC_CUSTOM,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Use SMaterial::DiffuseColor
|
||||
ECIC_DIFFUSE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Use SMaterial::AmbientColor
|
||||
ECIC_AMBIENT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Use SMaterial::EmissiveColor
|
||||
ECIC_EMISSIVE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Use SMaterial::SpecularColor
|
||||
ECIC_SPECULAR
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Control when geometry elements are created
|
||||
enum E_COLLADA_GEOMETRY_WRITING
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Default - write each mesh exactly once to collada. Optimal but will not work with many tools.
|
||||
ECGI_PER_MESH,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Write each mesh as often as it's used with different materials-names in the scene.
|
||||
//! Material names which are used here are created on export, so using the IColladaMeshWriterNames
|
||||
//! interface you have some control over how many geometries are written.
|
||||
ECGI_PER_MESH_AND_MATERIAL
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Callback interface for properties which can be used to influence collada writing
|
||||
class IColladaMeshWriterProperties : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
virtual ~IColladaMeshWriterProperties () {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Which lighting model should be used in the technique (FX) section when exporting effects (materials)
|
||||
virtual E_COLLADA_TECHNIQUE_FX getTechniqueFx(const video::SMaterial& material) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Which texture index should be used when writing the texture of the given sampler color.
|
||||
/** \return the index to the texture-layer or -1 if that texture should never be exported
|
||||
Note: for ECCS_TRANSPARENT by default the alpha channel is used, if you want to use RGB you have to set
|
||||
also the ECOF_RGB_ZERO flag in getTransparentFx. */
|
||||
virtual s32 getTextureIdx(const video::SMaterial & material, E_COLLADA_COLOR_SAMPLER cs) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Return which color from Irrlicht should be used for the color requested by collada
|
||||
/** Note that collada allows exporting either texture or color, not both.
|
||||
So color mapping is only checked if we have no valid texture already.
|
||||
By default we try to return best fits when possible. For example ECCS_DIFFUSE is mapped to ECIC_DIFFUSE.
|
||||
When ECIC_CUSTOM is returned then the result of getCustomColor will be used. */
|
||||
virtual E_COLLADA_IRR_COLOR getColorMapping(const video::SMaterial & material, E_COLLADA_COLOR_SAMPLER cs) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Return custom colors for certain color types requested by collada.
|
||||
/** Only used when getColorMapping returns ECIC_CUSTOM for the same paramters. */
|
||||
virtual video::SColor getCustomColor(const video::SMaterial & material, E_COLLADA_COLOR_SAMPLER cs) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Return the transparence color interpretation.
|
||||
/** Not this is only about ECCS_TRANSPARENT and does not affect getTransparency. */
|
||||
virtual E_COLLADA_TRANSPARENT_FX getTransparentFx(const video::SMaterial& material) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Transparency value for that material.
|
||||
/** This value is additional to transparent settings, if both are set they will be multiplicated.
|
||||
\return 1.0 for fully transparent, 0.0 for not transparent and not written at all when < 0.f */
|
||||
virtual f32 getTransparency(const video::SMaterial& material) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Reflectivity value for that material
|
||||
/** The amount of perfect mirror reflection to be added to the reflected light
|
||||
\return 0.0 - 1.0 for reflectivity and element is not written at all when < 0.f */
|
||||
virtual f32 getReflectivity(const video::SMaterial& material) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Return index of refraction for that material
|
||||
/** By default we don't write that.
|
||||
\return a value greater equal 0.f to write \<index_of_refraction\> when it is lesser than 0 nothing will be written */
|
||||
virtual f32 getIndexOfRefraction(const video::SMaterial& material) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Should node be used in scene export? (only needed for scene-writing, ignored in mesh-writing)
|
||||
//! By default all visible nodes are exported.
|
||||
virtual bool isExportable(const irr::scene::ISceneNode * node) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Return the mesh for the given node. If it has no mesh or shouldn't export it's mesh
|
||||
//! you can return 0 in which case only the transformation matrix of the node will be used.
|
||||
// Note: Function is not const because there is no const getMesh() function.
|
||||
virtual IMesh* getMesh(irr::scene::ISceneNode * node) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Return if the node has it's own material overwriting the mesh-materials
|
||||
/** Usually true except for mesh-nodes which have isReadOnlyMaterials set.
|
||||
This is mostly important for naming (as ISceneNode::getMaterial() already returns the correct material).
|
||||
You have to override it when exporting custom scenenodes with own materials.
|
||||
\return true => The node's own material is used, false => ignore node material and use the one from the mesh */
|
||||
virtual bool useNodeMaterial(const scene::ISceneNode* node) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Callback interface to use custom names on collada writing.
|
||||
/** You can either modify names and id's written to collada or you can use
|
||||
this interface to just find out which names are used on writing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IColladaMeshWriterNames : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
virtual ~IColladaMeshWriterNames () {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Return a unique name for the given mesh
|
||||
/** Note that names really must be unique here per mesh-pointer, so
|
||||
mostly it's a good idea to return the nameForMesh from
|
||||
IColladaMeshWriter::getDefaultNameGenerator(). Also names must follow
|
||||
the xs::NCName standard to be valid, you can run them through
|
||||
IColladaMeshWriter::toNCName to ensure that.
|
||||
\param mesh Pointer to the mesh which needs a name
|
||||
\param instance When E_COLLADA_GEOMETRY_WRITING is not ECGI_PER_MESH then
|
||||
several instances of the same mesh can be written and this counts them.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual irr::core::stringw nameForMesh(const scene::IMesh* mesh, int instance) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Return a unique name for the given node
|
||||
/** Note that names really must be unique here per node-pointer, so
|
||||
mostly it's a good idea to return the nameForNode from
|
||||
IColladaMeshWriter::getDefaultNameGenerator(). Also names must follow
|
||||
the xs::NCName standard to be valid, you can run them through
|
||||
IColladaMeshWriter::toNCName to ensure that.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual irr::core::stringw nameForNode(const scene::ISceneNode* node) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Return a name for the material
|
||||
/** There is one material created in the writer for each unique name.
|
||||
So you can use this to control the number of materials which get written.
|
||||
For example Irrlicht does by default write one material for each material
|
||||
instanced by a node. So if you know that in your application material
|
||||
instances per node are identical between different nodes you can reduce
|
||||
the number of exported materials using that knowledge by using identical
|
||||
names for such shared materials.
|
||||
Names must follow the xs::NCName standard to be valid, you can run them
|
||||
through IColladaMeshWriter::toNCName to ensure that.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual irr::core::stringw nameForMaterial(const video::SMaterial & material, int materialId, const scene::IMesh* mesh, const scene::ISceneNode* node) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Interface for writing meshes
|
||||
class IColladaMeshWriter : public IMeshWriter
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
IColladaMeshWriter()
|
||||
: Properties(0), DefaultProperties(0), NameGenerator(0), DefaultNameGenerator(0)
|
||||
, WriteTextures(true), WriteDefaultScene(true), ExportSMaterialOnce(true)
|
||||
, AmbientLight(0.f, 0.f, 0.f, 1.f)
|
||||
, GeometryWriting(ECGI_PER_MESH)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Destructor
|
||||
virtual ~IColladaMeshWriter()
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( Properties )
|
||||
Properties->drop();
|
||||
if ( DefaultProperties )
|
||||
DefaultProperties->drop();
|
||||
if ( NameGenerator )
|
||||
NameGenerator->drop();
|
||||
if ( DefaultNameGenerator )
|
||||
DefaultNameGenerator->drop();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! writes a scene starting with the given node
|
||||
virtual bool writeScene(io::IWriteFile* file, scene::ISceneNode* root) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set if texture information should be written
|
||||
virtual void setWriteTextures(bool write)
|
||||
{
|
||||
WriteTextures = write;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get if texture information should be written
|
||||
virtual bool getWriteTextures() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return WriteTextures;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set if a default scene should be written when writing meshes.
|
||||
/** Many collada readers fail to read a mesh if the collada files doesn't contain a scene as well.
|
||||
The scene is doing an instantiation of the mesh.
|
||||
When using writeScene this flag is ignored (as we have scene there already)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void setWriteDefaultScene(bool write)
|
||||
{
|
||||
WriteDefaultScene = write;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get if a default scene should be written
|
||||
virtual bool getWriteDefaultScene() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return WriteDefaultScene;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets ambient color of the scene to write
|
||||
virtual void setAmbientLight(const video::SColorf &ambientColor)
|
||||
{
|
||||
AmbientLight = ambientColor;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Return ambient light of the scene which is written
|
||||
virtual video::SColorf getAmbientLight() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return AmbientLight;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Control when and how often a mesh is written
|
||||
/** Optimally ECGI_PER_MESH would be always sufficent - writing geometry once per mesh.
|
||||
Unfortunately many tools (at the time of writing this nearly all of them) have trouble
|
||||
on import when different materials are used per node. So when you override materials
|
||||
per node and importing the resuling collada has materials problems in other tools try
|
||||
using other values here.
|
||||
\param writeStyle One of the E_COLLADA_GEOMETRY_WRITING settings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void setGeometryWriting(E_COLLADA_GEOMETRY_WRITING writeStyle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GeometryWriting = writeStyle;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the current style of geometry writing.
|
||||
virtual E_COLLADA_GEOMETRY_WRITING getGeometryWriting() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return GeometryWriting;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Make certain there is only one collada material generated per Irrlicht material
|
||||
/** Checks before creating a collada material-name if an identical
|
||||
irr:::video::SMaterial has been exported already. If so don't export it with
|
||||
another name. This is set by default and leads to way smaller .dae files.
|
||||
Note that if you need to disable this flag for some reason you can still
|
||||
get a similar effect using the IColladaMeshWriterNames::nameForMaterial
|
||||
by returning identical names for identical materials there.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void setExportSMaterialsOnlyOnce(bool exportOnce)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ExportSMaterialOnce = exportOnce;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual bool getExportSMaterialsOnlyOnce() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ExportSMaterialOnce;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set properties to use by the meshwriter instead of it's default properties.
|
||||
/** Overloading properties with an own class allows modifying the writing process in certain ways.
|
||||
By default properties are set to the DefaultProperties. */
|
||||
virtual void setProperties(IColladaMeshWriterProperties * p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( p == Properties )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if ( p )
|
||||
p->grab();
|
||||
if ( Properties )
|
||||
Properties->drop();
|
||||
Properties = p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get properties which are currently used.
|
||||
virtual IColladaMeshWriterProperties * getProperties() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return Properties;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Return the original default properties of the writer.
|
||||
/** You can use this pointer in your own properties to access and return default values. */
|
||||
IColladaMeshWriterProperties * getDefaultProperties() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DefaultProperties;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Install a generator to create custom names on export.
|
||||
virtual void setNameGenerator(IColladaMeshWriterNames * nameGenerator)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( nameGenerator == NameGenerator )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if ( nameGenerator )
|
||||
nameGenerator->grab();
|
||||
if ( NameGenerator )
|
||||
NameGenerator->drop();
|
||||
NameGenerator = nameGenerator;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get currently used name generator
|
||||
virtual IColladaMeshWriterNames * getNameGenerator() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NameGenerator;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Return the original default name generator of the writer.
|
||||
/** You can use this pointer in your own generator to access and return default values. */
|
||||
IColladaMeshWriterNames * getDefaultNameGenerator() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return DefaultNameGenerator;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Restrict the characters of oldString a set of allowed characters in xs::NCName and add the prefix.
|
||||
/** A tool function to help when using a custom name generator to generative valid names for collada names and id's. */
|
||||
virtual irr::core::stringw toNCName(const irr::core::stringw& oldString, const irr::core::stringw& prefix=irr::core::stringw(L"_NC_")) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
// NOTE: You usually should also call setProperties with the same paraemter when using setDefaultProperties
|
||||
virtual void setDefaultProperties(IColladaMeshWriterProperties * p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( p == DefaultProperties )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if ( p )
|
||||
p->grab();
|
||||
if ( DefaultProperties )
|
||||
DefaultProperties->drop();
|
||||
DefaultProperties = p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// NOTE: You usually should also call setNameGenerator with the same paraemter when using setDefaultProperties
|
||||
virtual void setDefaultNameGenerator(IColladaMeshWriterNames * p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ( p == DefaultNameGenerator )
|
||||
return;
|
||||
if ( p )
|
||||
p->grab();
|
||||
if ( DefaultNameGenerator )
|
||||
DefaultNameGenerator->drop();
|
||||
DefaultNameGenerator = p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
private:
|
||||
IColladaMeshWriterProperties * Properties;
|
||||
IColladaMeshWriterProperties * DefaultProperties;
|
||||
IColladaMeshWriterNames * NameGenerator;
|
||||
IColladaMeshWriterNames * DefaultNameGenerator;
|
||||
bool WriteTextures;
|
||||
bool WriteDefaultScene;
|
||||
bool ExportSMaterialOnce;
|
||||
video::SColorf AmbientLight;
|
||||
E_COLLADA_GEOMETRY_WRITING GeometryWriting;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace
|
||||
} // end namespace
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_CURSOR_CONTROL_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_CURSOR_CONTROL_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "position2d.h"
|
||||
#include "rect.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class IGUISpriteBank;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Default icons for cursors
|
||||
enum ECURSOR_ICON
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Following cursors might be system specific, or might use an Irrlicht icon-set. No guarantees so far.
|
||||
ECI_NORMAL, // arrow
|
||||
ECI_CROSS, // Crosshair
|
||||
ECI_HAND, // Hand
|
||||
ECI_HELP, // Arrow and question mark
|
||||
ECI_IBEAM, // typical text-selection cursor
|
||||
ECI_NO, // should not click icon
|
||||
ECI_WAIT, // hourclass
|
||||
ECI_SIZEALL, // arrow in all directions
|
||||
ECI_SIZENESW, // resizes in direction north-east or south-west
|
||||
ECI_SIZENWSE, // resizes in direction north-west or south-east
|
||||
ECI_SIZENS, // resizes in direction north or south
|
||||
ECI_SIZEWE, // resizes in direction west or east
|
||||
ECI_UP, // up-arrow
|
||||
|
||||
// Implementer note: Should we add system specific cursors, which use guaranteed the system icons,
|
||||
// then I would recommend using a naming scheme like ECI_W32_CROSS, ECI_X11_CROSSHAIR and adding those
|
||||
// additionally.
|
||||
|
||||
ECI_COUNT // maximal of defined cursors. Note that higher values can be created at runtime
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Names for ECURSOR_ICON
|
||||
const c8* const GUICursorIconNames[ECI_COUNT+1] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"normal",
|
||||
"cross",
|
||||
"hand",
|
||||
"help",
|
||||
"ibeam",
|
||||
"no",
|
||||
"wait",
|
||||
"sizeall",
|
||||
"sizenesw",
|
||||
"sizenwse",
|
||||
"sizens",
|
||||
"sizewe",
|
||||
"sizeup",
|
||||
0
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! structure used to set sprites as cursors.
|
||||
struct SCursorSprite
|
||||
{
|
||||
SCursorSprite()
|
||||
: SpriteBank(0), SpriteId(-1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
SCursorSprite( gui::IGUISpriteBank * spriteBank, s32 spriteId, const core::position2d<s32> &hotspot=(core::position2d<s32>(0,0)) )
|
||||
: SpriteBank(spriteBank), SpriteId(spriteId), HotSpot(hotspot)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
IGUISpriteBank * SpriteBank;
|
||||
s32 SpriteId;
|
||||
core::position2d<s32> HotSpot;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! platform specific behavior flags for the cursor
|
||||
enum ECURSOR_PLATFORM_BEHAVIOR
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! default - no platform specific behavior
|
||||
ECPB_NONE = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! On X11 try caching cursor updates as XQueryPointer calls can be expensive.
|
||||
/** Update cursor positions only when the irrlicht timer has been updated or the timer is stopped.
|
||||
This means you usually get one cursor update per device->run() which will be fine in most cases.
|
||||
See this forum-thread for a more detailed explanation:
|
||||
http://irrlicht.sourceforge.net/forum/viewtopic.php?f=7&t=45525
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ECPB_X11_CACHE_UPDATES = 1
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Interface to manipulate the mouse cursor.
|
||||
class ICursorControl : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Changes the visible state of the mouse cursor.
|
||||
/** \param visible: The new visible state. If true, the cursor will be visible,
|
||||
if false, it will be invisible. */
|
||||
virtual void setVisible(bool visible) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns if the cursor is currently visible.
|
||||
/** \return True if the cursor is visible, false if not. */
|
||||
virtual bool isVisible() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the new position of the cursor.
|
||||
/** The position must be
|
||||
between (0.0f, 0.0f) and (1.0f, 1.0f), where (0.0f, 0.0f) is
|
||||
the top left corner and (1.0f, 1.0f) is the bottom right corner of the
|
||||
render window.
|
||||
\param pos New position of the cursor. */
|
||||
virtual void setPosition(const core::position2d<f32> &pos) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the new position of the cursor.
|
||||
/** The position must be
|
||||
between (0.0f, 0.0f) and (1.0f, 1.0f), where (0.0f, 0.0f) is
|
||||
the top left corner and (1.0f, 1.0f) is the bottom right corner of the
|
||||
render window.
|
||||
\param x New x-coord of the cursor.
|
||||
\param y New x-coord of the cursor. */
|
||||
virtual void setPosition(f32 x, f32 y) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the new position of the cursor.
|
||||
/** \param pos: New position of the cursor. The coordinates are pixel units. */
|
||||
virtual void setPosition(const core::position2d<s32> &pos) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the new position of the cursor.
|
||||
/** \param x New x-coord of the cursor. The coordinates are pixel units.
|
||||
\param y New y-coord of the cursor. The coordinates are pixel units. */
|
||||
virtual void setPosition(s32 x, s32 y) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the current position of the mouse cursor.
|
||||
/** \return Returns the current position of the cursor. The returned position
|
||||
is the position of the mouse cursor in pixel units. */
|
||||
virtual const core::position2d<s32>& getPosition() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the current position of the mouse cursor.
|
||||
/** \return Returns the current position of the cursor. The returned position
|
||||
is a value between (0.0f, 0.0f) and (1.0f, 1.0f), where (0.0f, 0.0f) is
|
||||
the top left corner and (1.0f, 1.0f) is the bottom right corner of the
|
||||
render window. */
|
||||
virtual core::position2d<f32> getRelativePosition() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an absolute reference rect for setting and retrieving the cursor position.
|
||||
/** If this rect is set, the cursor position is not being calculated relative to
|
||||
the rendering window but to this rect. You can set the rect pointer to 0 to disable
|
||||
this feature again. This feature is useful when rendering into parts of foreign windows
|
||||
for example in an editor.
|
||||
\param rect: A pointer to an reference rectangle or 0 to disable the reference rectangle.*/
|
||||
virtual void setReferenceRect(core::rect<s32>* rect=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the active cursor icon
|
||||
/** Setting cursor icons is so far only supported on Win32 and Linux */
|
||||
virtual void setActiveIcon(ECURSOR_ICON iconId) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the currently active icon
|
||||
virtual ECURSOR_ICON getActiveIcon() const { return gui::ECI_NORMAL; }
|
||||
|
||||
//! Add a custom sprite as cursor icon.
|
||||
/** \return Identification for the icon */
|
||||
virtual ECURSOR_ICON addIcon(const gui::SCursorSprite& icon) { return gui::ECI_NORMAL; }
|
||||
|
||||
//! replace a cursor icon.
|
||||
/** Changing cursor icons is so far only supported on Win32 and Linux
|
||||
Note that this only changes the icons within your application, system cursors outside your
|
||||
application will not be affected.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void changeIcon(ECURSOR_ICON iconId, const gui::SCursorSprite& sprite) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Return a system-specific size which is supported for cursors. Larger icons will fail, smaller icons might work.
|
||||
virtual core::dimension2di getSupportedIconSize() const { return core::dimension2di(0,0); }
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set platform specific behavior flags.
|
||||
virtual void setPlatformBehavior(ECURSOR_PLATFORM_BEHAVIOR behavior) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Return platform specific behavior.
|
||||
/** \return Behavior set by setPlatformBehavior or ECPB_NONE for platforms not implementing specific behaviors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual ECURSOR_PLATFORM_BEHAVIOR getPlatformBehavior() const { return ECPB_NONE; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_DUMMY_TRANSFORMATION_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_DUMMY_TRANSFORMATION_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ISceneNode.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Dummy scene node for adding additional transformations to the scene graph.
|
||||
/** This scene node does not render itself, and does not respond to set/getPosition,
|
||||
set/getRotation and set/getScale. Its just a simple scene node that takes a
|
||||
matrix as relative transformation, making it possible to insert any transformation
|
||||
anywhere into the scene graph.
|
||||
This scene node is for example used by the IAnimatedMeshSceneNode for emulating
|
||||
joint scene nodes when playing skeletal animations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IDummyTransformationSceneNode : public ISceneNode
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Constructor
|
||||
IDummyTransformationSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id)
|
||||
: ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns a reference to the current relative transformation matrix.
|
||||
/** This is the matrix, this scene node uses instead of scale, translation
|
||||
and rotation. */
|
||||
virtual core::matrix4& getRelativeTransformationMatrix() = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_DYNAMIC_MESH_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_DYNAMIC_MESH_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IMeshBuffer.h"
|
||||
#include "IVertexBuffer.h"
|
||||
#include "IIndexBuffer.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/** a dynamic meshBuffer */
|
||||
class IDynamicMeshBuffer : public IMeshBuffer
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
virtual IVertexBuffer &getVertexBuffer() const =0;
|
||||
virtual IIndexBuffer &getIndexBuffer() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void setVertexBuffer(IVertexBuffer *vertexBuffer) =0;
|
||||
virtual void setIndexBuffer(IIndexBuffer *indexBuffer) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the material of this meshbuffer
|
||||
/** \return Material of this buffer. */
|
||||
virtual video::SMaterial& getMaterial() =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the material of this meshbuffer
|
||||
/** \return Material of this buffer. */
|
||||
virtual const video::SMaterial& getMaterial() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the axis aligned bounding box of this meshbuffer.
|
||||
/** \return Axis aligned bounding box of this buffer. */
|
||||
virtual const core::aabbox3df& getBoundingBox() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set axis aligned bounding box
|
||||
/** \param box User defined axis aligned bounding box to use
|
||||
for this buffer. */
|
||||
virtual void setBoundingBox(const core::aabbox3df& box) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Recalculates the bounding box. Should be called if the mesh changed.
|
||||
virtual void recalculateBoundingBox() =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Append the vertices and indices to the current buffer
|
||||
/** Only works for compatible vertex types.
|
||||
\param vertices Pointer to a vertex array.
|
||||
\param numVertices Number of vertices in the array.
|
||||
\param indices Pointer to index array.
|
||||
\param numIndices Number of indices in array. */
|
||||
virtual void append(const void* const vertices, u32 numVertices, const u16* const indices, u32 numIndices)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Append the meshbuffer to the current buffer
|
||||
/** Only works for compatible vertex types
|
||||
\param other Buffer to append to this one. */
|
||||
virtual void append(const IMeshBuffer* const other)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------- To be removed? ------------------- //
|
||||
|
||||
//! get the current hardware mapping hint
|
||||
virtual E_HARDWARE_MAPPING getHardwareMappingHint_Vertex() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getVertexBuffer().getHardwareMappingHint();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! get the current hardware mapping hint
|
||||
virtual E_HARDWARE_MAPPING getHardwareMappingHint_Index() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getIndexBuffer().getHardwareMappingHint();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! set the hardware mapping hint, for driver
|
||||
virtual void setHardwareMappingHint( E_HARDWARE_MAPPING NewMappingHint, E_BUFFER_TYPE Buffer=EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Buffer==EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX || Buffer==EBT_VERTEX)
|
||||
getVertexBuffer().setHardwareMappingHint(NewMappingHint);
|
||||
if (Buffer==EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX || Buffer==EBT_INDEX)
|
||||
getIndexBuffer().setHardwareMappingHint(NewMappingHint);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! flags the mesh as changed, reloads hardware buffers
|
||||
virtual void setDirty(E_BUFFER_TYPE Buffer=EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (Buffer==EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX || Buffer==EBT_VERTEX)
|
||||
getVertexBuffer().setDirty();
|
||||
if (Buffer==EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX || Buffer==EBT_INDEX)
|
||||
getIndexBuffer().setDirty();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 getChangedID_Vertex() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getVertexBuffer().getChangedID();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 getChangedID_Index() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getIndexBuffer().getChangedID();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// ------------------- Old interface ------------------- //
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get type of vertex data which is stored in this meshbuffer.
|
||||
/** \return Vertex type of this buffer. */
|
||||
virtual video::E_VERTEX_TYPE getVertexType() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getVertexBuffer().getType();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get access to vertex data. The data is an array of vertices.
|
||||
/** Which vertex type is used can be determined by getVertexType().
|
||||
\return Pointer to array of vertices. */
|
||||
virtual const void* getVertices() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getVertexBuffer().getData();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get access to vertex data. The data is an array of vertices.
|
||||
/** Which vertex type is used can be determined by getVertexType().
|
||||
\return Pointer to array of vertices. */
|
||||
virtual void* getVertices()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getVertexBuffer().getData();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get amount of vertices in meshbuffer.
|
||||
/** \return Number of vertices in this buffer. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getVertexCount() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getVertexBuffer().size();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get type of index data which is stored in this meshbuffer.
|
||||
/** \return Index type of this buffer. */
|
||||
virtual video::E_INDEX_TYPE getIndexType() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getIndexBuffer().getType();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get access to Indices.
|
||||
/** \return Pointer to indices array. */
|
||||
virtual const u16* getIndices() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (u16*)getIndexBuffer().getData();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get access to Indices.
|
||||
/** \return Pointer to indices array. */
|
||||
virtual u16* getIndices()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (u16*)getIndexBuffer().getData();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get amount of indices in this meshbuffer.
|
||||
/** \return Number of indices in this buffer. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getIndexCount() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getIndexBuffer().size();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns position of vertex i
|
||||
virtual const core::vector3df& getPosition(u32 i) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getVertexBuffer()[i].Pos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns position of vertex i
|
||||
virtual core::vector3df& getPosition(u32 i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getVertexBuffer()[i].Pos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns texture coords of vertex i
|
||||
virtual const core::vector2df& getTCoords(u32 i) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getVertexBuffer()[i].TCoords;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns texture coords of vertex i
|
||||
virtual core::vector2df& getTCoords(u32 i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getVertexBuffer()[i].TCoords;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns normal of vertex i
|
||||
virtual const core::vector3df& getNormal(u32 i) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getVertexBuffer()[i].Normal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns normal of vertex i
|
||||
virtual core::vector3df& getNormal(u32 i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getVertexBuffer()[i].Normal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,490 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_EVENT_RECEIVER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_EVENT_RECEIVER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ILogger.h"
|
||||
#include "Keycodes.h"
|
||||
#include "irrString.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Enumeration for all event types there are.
|
||||
enum EEVENT_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! An event of the graphical user interface.
|
||||
/** GUI events are created by the GUI environment or the GUI elements in response
|
||||
to mouse or keyboard events. When a GUI element receives an event it will either
|
||||
process it and return true, or pass the event to its parent. If an event is not absorbed
|
||||
before it reaches the root element then it will then be passed to the user receiver. */
|
||||
EET_GUI_EVENT = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A mouse input event.
|
||||
/** Mouse events are created by the device and passed to IrrlichtDevice::postEventFromUser
|
||||
in response to mouse input received from the operating system.
|
||||
Mouse events are first passed to the user receiver, then to the GUI environment and its elements,
|
||||
then finally the input receiving scene manager where it is passed to the active camera.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
EET_MOUSE_INPUT_EVENT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A key input event.
|
||||
/** Like mouse events, keyboard events are created by the device and passed to
|
||||
IrrlichtDevice::postEventFromUser. They take the same path as mouse events. */
|
||||
EET_KEY_INPUT_EVENT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A joystick (joypad, gamepad) input event.
|
||||
/** Joystick events are created by polling all connected joysticks once per
|
||||
device run() and then passing the events to IrrlichtDevice::postEventFromUser.
|
||||
They take the same path as mouse events.
|
||||
Windows, SDL: Implemented.
|
||||
Linux: Implemented, with POV hat issues.
|
||||
MacOS / Other: Not yet implemented.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
EET_JOYSTICK_INPUT_EVENT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A log event
|
||||
/** Log events are only passed to the user receiver if there is one. If they are absorbed by the
|
||||
user receiver then no text will be sent to the console. */
|
||||
EET_LOG_TEXT_EVENT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A user event with user data.
|
||||
/** This is not used by Irrlicht and can be used to send user
|
||||
specific data though the system. The Irrlicht 'window handle'
|
||||
can be obtained from IrrlichtDevice::getExposedVideoData()
|
||||
The usage and behavior depends on the operating system:
|
||||
Windows: send a WM_USER message to the Irrlicht Window; the
|
||||
wParam and lParam will be used to populate the
|
||||
UserData1 and UserData2 members of the SUserEvent.
|
||||
Linux: send a ClientMessage via XSendEvent to the Irrlicht
|
||||
Window; the data.l[0] and data.l[1] members will be
|
||||
casted to s32 and used as UserData1 and UserData2.
|
||||
MacOS: Not yet implemented
|
||||
*/
|
||||
EET_USER_EVENT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! This enum is never used, it only forces the compiler to
|
||||
//! compile these enumeration values to 32 bit.
|
||||
EGUIET_FORCE_32_BIT = 0x7fffffff
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Enumeration for all mouse input events
|
||||
enum EMOUSE_INPUT_EVENT
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Left mouse button was pressed down.
|
||||
EMIE_LMOUSE_PRESSED_DOWN = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Right mouse button was pressed down.
|
||||
EMIE_RMOUSE_PRESSED_DOWN,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Middle mouse button was pressed down.
|
||||
EMIE_MMOUSE_PRESSED_DOWN,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Left mouse button was left up.
|
||||
EMIE_LMOUSE_LEFT_UP,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Right mouse button was left up.
|
||||
EMIE_RMOUSE_LEFT_UP,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Middle mouse button was left up.
|
||||
EMIE_MMOUSE_LEFT_UP,
|
||||
|
||||
//! The mouse cursor changed its position.
|
||||
EMIE_MOUSE_MOVED,
|
||||
|
||||
//! The mouse wheel was moved. Use Wheel value in event data to find out
|
||||
//! in what direction and how fast.
|
||||
EMIE_MOUSE_WHEEL,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Left mouse button double click.
|
||||
//! This event is generated after the second EMIE_LMOUSE_PRESSED_DOWN event.
|
||||
EMIE_LMOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Right mouse button double click.
|
||||
//! This event is generated after the second EMIE_RMOUSE_PRESSED_DOWN event.
|
||||
EMIE_RMOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Middle mouse button double click.
|
||||
//! This event is generated after the second EMIE_MMOUSE_PRESSED_DOWN event.
|
||||
EMIE_MMOUSE_DOUBLE_CLICK,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Left mouse button triple click.
|
||||
//! This event is generated after the third EMIE_LMOUSE_PRESSED_DOWN event.
|
||||
EMIE_LMOUSE_TRIPLE_CLICK,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Right mouse button triple click.
|
||||
//! This event is generated after the third EMIE_RMOUSE_PRESSED_DOWN event.
|
||||
EMIE_RMOUSE_TRIPLE_CLICK,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Middle mouse button triple click.
|
||||
//! This event is generated after the third EMIE_MMOUSE_PRESSED_DOWN event.
|
||||
EMIE_MMOUSE_TRIPLE_CLICK,
|
||||
|
||||
//! No real event. Just for convenience to get number of events
|
||||
EMIE_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Masks for mouse button states
|
||||
enum E_MOUSE_BUTTON_STATE_MASK
|
||||
{
|
||||
EMBSM_LEFT = 0x01,
|
||||
EMBSM_RIGHT = 0x02,
|
||||
EMBSM_MIDDLE = 0x04,
|
||||
|
||||
//! currently only on windows
|
||||
EMBSM_EXTRA1 = 0x08,
|
||||
|
||||
//! currently only on windows
|
||||
EMBSM_EXTRA2 = 0x10,
|
||||
|
||||
EMBSM_FORCE_32_BIT = 0x7fffffff
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class IGUIElement;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Enumeration for all events which are sendable by the gui system
|
||||
enum EGUI_EVENT_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! A gui element has lost its focus.
|
||||
/** GUIEvent.Caller is losing the focus to GUIEvent.Element.
|
||||
If the event is absorbed then the focus will not be changed. */
|
||||
EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUS_LOST = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A gui element has got the focus.
|
||||
/** If the event is absorbed then the focus will not be changed. */
|
||||
EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUSED,
|
||||
|
||||
//! The mouse cursor hovered over a gui element.
|
||||
/** If an element has sub-elements you also get this message for the subelements */
|
||||
EGET_ELEMENT_HOVERED,
|
||||
|
||||
//! The mouse cursor left the hovered element.
|
||||
/** If an element has sub-elements you also get this message for the subelements */
|
||||
EGET_ELEMENT_LEFT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! An element would like to close.
|
||||
/** Windows and context menus use this event when they would like to close,
|
||||
this can be cancelled by absorbing the event. */
|
||||
EGET_ELEMENT_CLOSED,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A button was clicked.
|
||||
EGET_BUTTON_CLICKED,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A scrollbar has changed its position.
|
||||
EGET_SCROLL_BAR_CHANGED,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A checkbox has changed its check state.
|
||||
EGET_CHECKBOX_CHANGED,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A new item in a listbox was selected.
|
||||
/** NOTE: You also get this event currently when the same item was clicked again after more than 500 ms. */
|
||||
EGET_LISTBOX_CHANGED,
|
||||
|
||||
//! An item in the listbox was selected, which was already selected.
|
||||
/** NOTE: You get the event currently only if the item was clicked again within 500 ms or selected by "enter" or "space". */
|
||||
EGET_LISTBOX_SELECTED_AGAIN,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A file has been selected in the file dialog
|
||||
EGET_FILE_SELECTED,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A directory has been selected in the file dialog
|
||||
EGET_DIRECTORY_SELECTED,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A file open dialog has been closed without choosing a file
|
||||
EGET_FILE_CHOOSE_DIALOG_CANCELLED,
|
||||
|
||||
//! 'Yes' was clicked on a messagebox
|
||||
EGET_MESSAGEBOX_YES,
|
||||
|
||||
//! 'No' was clicked on a messagebox
|
||||
EGET_MESSAGEBOX_NO,
|
||||
|
||||
//! 'OK' was clicked on a messagebox
|
||||
EGET_MESSAGEBOX_OK,
|
||||
|
||||
//! 'Cancel' was clicked on a messagebox
|
||||
EGET_MESSAGEBOX_CANCEL,
|
||||
|
||||
//! In an editbox 'ENTER' was pressed
|
||||
EGET_EDITBOX_ENTER,
|
||||
|
||||
//! The text in an editbox was changed. This does not include automatic changes in text-breaking.
|
||||
EGET_EDITBOX_CHANGED,
|
||||
|
||||
//! The marked area in an editbox was changed.
|
||||
EGET_EDITBOX_MARKING_CHANGED,
|
||||
|
||||
//! The tab was changed in an tab control
|
||||
EGET_TAB_CHANGED,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A menu item was selected in a (context) menu
|
||||
EGET_MENU_ITEM_SELECTED,
|
||||
|
||||
//! The selection in a combo box has been changed
|
||||
EGET_COMBO_BOX_CHANGED,
|
||||
|
||||
//! The value of a spin box has changed
|
||||
EGET_SPINBOX_CHANGED,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A table has changed
|
||||
EGET_TABLE_CHANGED,
|
||||
EGET_TABLE_HEADER_CHANGED,
|
||||
EGET_TABLE_SELECTED_AGAIN,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A tree view node lost selection. See IGUITreeView::getLastEventNode().
|
||||
EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_DESELECT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A tree view node was selected. See IGUITreeView::getLastEventNode().
|
||||
EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_SELECT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A tree view node was expanded. See IGUITreeView::getLastEventNode().
|
||||
EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_EXPAND,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A tree view node was collapsed. See IGUITreeView::getLastEventNode().
|
||||
EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_COLLAPSE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! deprecated - use EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_COLLAPSE instead. This
|
||||
//! may be removed by Irrlicht 1.9
|
||||
EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_COLLAPS = EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_COLLAPSE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! No real event. Just for convenience to get number of events
|
||||
EGET_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! SEvents hold information about an event. See irr::IEventReceiver for details on event handling.
|
||||
struct SEvent
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Any kind of GUI event.
|
||||
struct SGUIEvent
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! IGUIElement who called the event
|
||||
gui::IGUIElement* Caller;
|
||||
|
||||
//! If the event has something to do with another element, it will be held here.
|
||||
gui::IGUIElement* Element;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Type of GUI Event
|
||||
gui::EGUI_EVENT_TYPE EventType;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Any kind of mouse event.
|
||||
struct SMouseInput
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! X position of mouse cursor
|
||||
s32 X;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Y position of mouse cursor
|
||||
s32 Y;
|
||||
|
||||
//! mouse wheel delta, often 1.0 or -1.0, but can have other values < 0.f or > 0.f;
|
||||
/** Only valid if event was EMIE_MOUSE_WHEEL */
|
||||
f32 Wheel;
|
||||
|
||||
//! True if shift was also pressed
|
||||
bool Shift:1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! True if ctrl was also pressed
|
||||
bool Control:1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! A bitmap of button states. You can use isButtonPressed() to determine
|
||||
//! if a button is pressed or not.
|
||||
//! Currently only valid if the event was EMIE_MOUSE_MOVED
|
||||
u32 ButtonStates;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is the left button pressed down?
|
||||
bool isLeftPressed() const { return 0 != ( ButtonStates & EMBSM_LEFT ); }
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is the right button pressed down?
|
||||
bool isRightPressed() const { return 0 != ( ButtonStates & EMBSM_RIGHT ); }
|
||||
|
||||
//! Is the middle button pressed down?
|
||||
bool isMiddlePressed() const { return 0 != ( ButtonStates & EMBSM_MIDDLE ); }
|
||||
|
||||
//! Type of mouse event
|
||||
EMOUSE_INPUT_EVENT Event;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Any kind of keyboard event.
|
||||
struct SKeyInput
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Character corresponding to the key (0, if not a character)
|
||||
wchar_t Char;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Key which has been pressed or released
|
||||
EKEY_CODE Key;
|
||||
|
||||
//! If not true, then the key was left up
|
||||
bool PressedDown:1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! True if shift was also pressed
|
||||
bool Shift:1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! True if ctrl was also pressed
|
||||
bool Control:1;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! A joystick event.
|
||||
/** Unlike other events, joystick events represent the result of polling
|
||||
* each connected joystick once per run() of the device. Joystick events will
|
||||
* not be generated by default. If joystick support is available for the
|
||||
* active device, _IRR_COMPILE_WITH_JOYSTICK_EVENTS_ is defined, and
|
||||
* @ref irr::IrrlichtDevice::activateJoysticks() has been called, an event of
|
||||
* this type will be generated once per joystick per @ref IrrlichtDevice::run()
|
||||
* regardless of whether the state of the joystick has actually changed. */
|
||||
struct SJoystickEvent
|
||||
{
|
||||
enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
NUMBER_OF_BUTTONS = 32,
|
||||
|
||||
AXIS_X = 0, // e.g. analog stick 1 left to right
|
||||
AXIS_Y, // e.g. analog stick 1 top to bottom
|
||||
AXIS_Z, // e.g. throttle, or analog 2 stick 2 left to right
|
||||
AXIS_R, // e.g. rudder, or analog 2 stick 2 top to bottom
|
||||
AXIS_U,
|
||||
AXIS_V,
|
||||
NUMBER_OF_AXES
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** A bitmap of button states. You can use IsButtonPressed() to
|
||||
( check the state of each button from 0 to (NUMBER_OF_BUTTONS - 1) */
|
||||
u32 ButtonStates;
|
||||
|
||||
/** For AXIS_X, AXIS_Y, AXIS_Z, AXIS_R, AXIS_U and AXIS_V
|
||||
* Values are in the range -32768 to 32767, with 0 representing
|
||||
* the center position. You will receive the raw value from the
|
||||
* joystick, and so will usually want to implement a dead zone around
|
||||
* the center of the range. Axes not supported by this joystick will
|
||||
* always have a value of 0. On Linux, POV hats are represented as axes,
|
||||
* usually the last two active axis.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
s16 Axis[NUMBER_OF_AXES];
|
||||
|
||||
/** The POV represents the angle of the POV hat in degrees * 100,
|
||||
* from 0 to 35,900. A value of 65535 indicates that the POV hat
|
||||
* is centered (or not present).
|
||||
* This value is only supported on Windows. On Linux, the POV hat
|
||||
* will be sent as 2 axes instead. */
|
||||
u16 POV;
|
||||
|
||||
//! The ID of the joystick which generated this event.
|
||||
/** This is an internal Irrlicht index; it does not map directly
|
||||
* to any particular hardware joystick. */
|
||||
u8 Joystick;
|
||||
|
||||
//! A helper function to check if a button is pressed.
|
||||
bool IsButtonPressed(u32 button) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(button >= (u32)NUMBER_OF_BUTTONS)
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
|
||||
return (ButtonStates & (1 << button)) ? true : false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Any kind of log event.
|
||||
struct SLogEvent
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Pointer to text which has been logged
|
||||
const c8* Text;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Log level in which the text has been logged
|
||||
ELOG_LEVEL Level;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Any kind of user event.
|
||||
struct SUserEvent
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Some user specified data as int
|
||||
s32 UserData1;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Another user specified data as int
|
||||
s32 UserData2;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
EEVENT_TYPE EventType;
|
||||
union
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct SGUIEvent GUIEvent;
|
||||
struct SMouseInput MouseInput;
|
||||
struct SKeyInput KeyInput;
|
||||
struct SJoystickEvent JoystickEvent;
|
||||
struct SLogEvent LogEvent;
|
||||
struct SUserEvent UserEvent;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Interface of an object which can receive events.
|
||||
/** Many of the engine's classes inherit IEventReceiver so they are able to
|
||||
process events. Events usually start at a postEventFromUser function and are
|
||||
passed down through a chain of event receivers until OnEvent returns true. See
|
||||
irr::EEVENT_TYPE for a description of where each type of event starts, and the
|
||||
path it takes through the system. */
|
||||
class IEventReceiver
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Destructor
|
||||
virtual ~IEventReceiver() {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Called if an event happened.
|
||||
/** Please take care that you should only return 'true' when you want to _prevent_ Irrlicht
|
||||
* from processing the event any further. So 'true' does mean that an event is completely done.
|
||||
* Therefore your return value for all unprocessed events should be 'false'.
|
||||
\return True if the event was processed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool OnEvent(const SEvent& event) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Information on a joystick, returned from @ref irr::IrrlichtDevice::activateJoysticks()
|
||||
struct SJoystickInfo
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! The ID of the joystick
|
||||
/** This is an internal Irrlicht index; it does not map directly
|
||||
* to any particular hardware joystick. It corresponds to the
|
||||
* irr::SJoystickEvent Joystick ID. */
|
||||
u8 Joystick;
|
||||
|
||||
//! The name that the joystick uses to identify itself.
|
||||
core::stringc Name;
|
||||
|
||||
//! The number of buttons that the joystick has.
|
||||
u32 Buttons;
|
||||
|
||||
//! The number of axes that the joystick has, i.e. X, Y, Z, R, U, V.
|
||||
/** Note: with a Linux device, the POV hat (if any) will use two axes. These
|
||||
* will be included in this count. */
|
||||
u32 Axes;
|
||||
|
||||
//! An indication of whether the joystick has a POV hat.
|
||||
/** A Windows device will identify the presence or absence or the POV hat. A
|
||||
* Linux device cannot, and will always return POV_HAT_UNKNOWN. */
|
||||
enum
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! A hat is definitely present.
|
||||
POV_HAT_PRESENT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A hat is definitely not present.
|
||||
POV_HAT_ABSENT,
|
||||
|
||||
//! The presence or absence of a hat cannot be determined.
|
||||
POV_HAT_UNKNOWN
|
||||
} PovHat;
|
||||
}; // struct SJoystickInfo
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt/ Thomas Alten
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_FILE_ARCHIVE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_FILE_ARCHIVE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReadFile.h"
|
||||
#include "IFileList.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
namespace io
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! FileSystemType: which Filesystem should be used for e.g. browsing
|
||||
enum EFileSystemType
|
||||
{
|
||||
FILESYSTEM_NATIVE = 0, // Native OS FileSystem
|
||||
FILESYSTEM_VIRTUAL // Virtual FileSystem
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Contains the different types of archives
|
||||
enum E_FILE_ARCHIVE_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! A PKZIP archive
|
||||
EFAT_ZIP = MAKE_IRR_ID('Z','I','P', 0),
|
||||
|
||||
//! A gzip archive
|
||||
EFAT_GZIP = MAKE_IRR_ID('g','z','i','p'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! A virtual directory
|
||||
EFAT_FOLDER = MAKE_IRR_ID('f','l','d','r'),
|
||||
|
||||
//! An ID Software PAK archive
|
||||
EFAT_PAK = MAKE_IRR_ID('P','A','K', 0),
|
||||
|
||||
//! A Nebula Device archive
|
||||
EFAT_NPK = MAKE_IRR_ID('N','P','K', 0),
|
||||
|
||||
//! A Tape ARchive
|
||||
EFAT_TAR = MAKE_IRR_ID('T','A','R', 0),
|
||||
|
||||
//! A wad Archive, Quake2, Halflife
|
||||
EFAT_WAD = MAKE_IRR_ID('W','A','D', 0),
|
||||
|
||||
//! The type of this archive is unknown
|
||||
EFAT_UNKNOWN = MAKE_IRR_ID('u','n','k','n')
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! The FileArchive manages archives and provides access to files inside them.
|
||||
class IFileArchive : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Opens a file based on its name
|
||||
/** Creates and returns a new IReadFile for a file in the archive.
|
||||
\param filename The file to open
|
||||
\return Returns A pointer to the created file on success,
|
||||
or 0 on failure. */
|
||||
virtual IReadFile* createAndOpenFile(const path& filename) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Opens a file based on its position in the file list.
|
||||
/** Creates and returns
|
||||
\param index The zero based index of the file.
|
||||
\return Returns a pointer to the created file on success, or 0 on failure. */
|
||||
virtual IReadFile* createAndOpenFile(u32 index) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the complete file tree
|
||||
/** \return Returns the complete directory tree for the archive,
|
||||
including all files and folders */
|
||||
virtual const IFileList* getFileList() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! get the archive type
|
||||
virtual E_FILE_ARCHIVE_TYPE getType() const { return EFAT_UNKNOWN; }
|
||||
|
||||
//! An optionally used password string
|
||||
/** This variable is publicly accessible from the interface in order to
|
||||
avoid single access patterns to this place, and hence allow some more
|
||||
obscurity.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
core::stringc Password;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Class which is able to create an archive from a file.
|
||||
/** If you want the Irrlicht Engine be able to load archives of
|
||||
currently unsupported file formats (e.g .wad), then implement
|
||||
this and add your new Archive loader with
|
||||
IFileSystem::addArchiveLoader() to the engine. */
|
||||
class IArchiveLoader : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
//! Check if the file might be loaded by this class
|
||||
/** Check based on the file extension (e.g. ".zip")
|
||||
\param filename Name of file to check.
|
||||
\return True if file seems to be loadable. */
|
||||
virtual bool isALoadableFileFormat(const path& filename) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Check if the file might be loaded by this class
|
||||
/** This check may look into the file.
|
||||
\param file File handle to check.
|
||||
\return True if file seems to be loadable. */
|
||||
virtual bool isALoadableFileFormat(io::IReadFile* file) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Check to see if the loader can create archives of this type.
|
||||
/** Check based on the archive type.
|
||||
\param fileType The archive type to check.
|
||||
\return True if the archile loader supports this type, false if not */
|
||||
virtual bool isALoadableFileFormat(E_FILE_ARCHIVE_TYPE fileType) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates an archive from the filename
|
||||
/** \param filename File to use.
|
||||
\param ignoreCase Searching is performed without regarding the case
|
||||
\param ignorePaths Files are searched for without checking for the directories
|
||||
\return Pointer to newly created archive, or 0 upon error. */
|
||||
virtual IFileArchive* createArchive(const path& filename, bool ignoreCase, bool ignorePaths) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates an archive from the file
|
||||
/** \param file File handle to use.
|
||||
\param ignoreCase Searching is performed without regarding the case
|
||||
\param ignorePaths Files are searched for without checking for the directories
|
||||
\return Pointer to newly created archive, or 0 upon error. */
|
||||
virtual IFileArchive* createArchive(io::IReadFile* file, bool ignoreCase, bool ignorePaths) const =0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace io
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_FILE_LIST_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_FILE_LIST_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "path.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace io
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Provides a list of files and folders.
|
||||
/** File lists usually contain a list of all files in a given folder,
|
||||
but can also contain a complete directory structure. */
|
||||
class IFileList : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
//! Get the number of files in the filelist.
|
||||
/** \return Amount of files and directories in the file list. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getFileCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the name of a file in the list, based on an index.
|
||||
/** The path is not included in this name. Use getFullFileName for this.
|
||||
\param index is the zero based index of the file which name should
|
||||
be returned. The index must be less than the amount getFileCount() returns.
|
||||
\return File name of the file. Returns 0, if an error occured. */
|
||||
virtual const io::path& getFileName(u32 index) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the full name of a file in the list including the path, based on an index.
|
||||
/** \param index is the zero based index of the file which name should
|
||||
be returned. The index must be less than the amount getFileCount() returns.
|
||||
\return File name of the file. Returns 0 if an error occured. */
|
||||
virtual const io::path& getFullFileName(u32 index) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the size of a file in the file list, based on an index.
|
||||
/** \param index is the zero based index of the file which should be returned.
|
||||
The index must be less than the amount getFileCount() returns.
|
||||
\return The size of the file in bytes. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getFileSize(u32 index) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the file offset of a file in the file list, based on an index.
|
||||
/** \param index is the zero based index of the file which should be returned.
|
||||
The index must be less than the amount getFileCount() returns.
|
||||
\return The offset of the file in bytes. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getFileOffset(u32 index) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the ID of a file in the file list, based on an index.
|
||||
/** This optional ID can be used to link the file list entry to information held
|
||||
elsewhere. For example this could be an index in an IFileArchive, linking the entry
|
||||
to its data offset, uncompressed size and CRC.
|
||||
\param index is the zero based index of the file which should be returned.
|
||||
The index must be less than the amount getFileCount() returns.
|
||||
\return The ID of the file. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getID(u32 index) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Check if the file is a directory
|
||||
/** \param index The zero based index which will be checked. The index
|
||||
must be less than the amount getFileCount() returns.
|
||||
\return True if the file is a directory, else false. */
|
||||
virtual bool isDirectory(u32 index) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Searches for a file or folder in the list
|
||||
/** Searches for a file by name
|
||||
\param filename The name of the file to search for.
|
||||
\param isFolder True if you are searching for a directory path, false if you are searching for a file
|
||||
\return Returns the index of the file in the file list, or -1 if
|
||||
no matching name name was found. */
|
||||
virtual s32 findFile(const io::path& filename, bool isFolder=false) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the base path of the file list
|
||||
virtual const io::path& getPath() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Add as a file or folder to the list
|
||||
/** \param fullPath The file name including path, from the root of the file list.
|
||||
\param isDirectory True if this is a directory rather than a file.
|
||||
\param offset The file offset inside an archive
|
||||
\param size The size of the file in bytes.
|
||||
\param id The ID of the file in the archive which owns it */
|
||||
virtual u32 addItem(const io::path& fullPath, u32 offset, u32 size, bool isDirectory, u32 id=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sorts the file list. You should call this after adding any items to the file list
|
||||
virtual void sort() = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
} // end namespace io
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,385 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_FILE_SYSTEM_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_FILE_SYSTEM_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "IXMLReader.h"
|
||||
#include "IFileArchive.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IVideoDriver;
|
||||
} // end namespace video
|
||||
namespace io
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class IReadFile;
|
||||
class IWriteFile;
|
||||
class IFileList;
|
||||
class IXMLWriter;
|
||||
class IAttributes;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! The FileSystem manages files and archives and provides access to them.
|
||||
/** It manages where files are, so that modules which use the the IO do not
|
||||
need to know where every file is located. A file could be in a .zip-Archive or
|
||||
as file on disk, using the IFileSystem makes no difference to this. */
|
||||
class IFileSystem : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Opens a file for read access.
|
||||
/** \param filename: Name of file to open.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created file interface.
|
||||
The returned pointer should be dropped when no longer needed.
|
||||
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IReadFile* createAndOpenFile(const path& filename) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates an IReadFile interface for accessing memory like a file.
|
||||
/** This allows you to use a pointer to memory where an IReadFile is requested.
|
||||
\param memory: A pointer to the start of the file in memory
|
||||
\param len: The length of the memory in bytes
|
||||
\param fileName: The name given to this file
|
||||
\param deleteMemoryWhenDropped: True if the memory should be deleted
|
||||
along with the IReadFile when it is dropped.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created file interface.
|
||||
The returned pointer should be dropped when no longer needed.
|
||||
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual IReadFile* createMemoryReadFile(void* memory, s32 len, const path& fileName, bool deleteMemoryWhenDropped=false) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates an IReadFile interface for accessing files inside files.
|
||||
/** This is useful e.g. for archives.
|
||||
\param fileName: The name given to this file
|
||||
\param alreadyOpenedFile: Pointer to the enclosing file
|
||||
\param pos: Start of the file inside alreadyOpenedFile
|
||||
\param areaSize: The length of the file
|
||||
\return A pointer to the created file interface.
|
||||
The returned pointer should be dropped when no longer needed.
|
||||
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual IReadFile* createLimitReadFile(const path& fileName,
|
||||
IReadFile* alreadyOpenedFile, long pos, long areaSize) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates an IWriteFile interface for accessing memory like a file.
|
||||
/** This allows you to use a pointer to memory where an IWriteFile is requested.
|
||||
You are responsible for allocating enough memory.
|
||||
\param memory: A pointer to the start of the file in memory (allocated by you)
|
||||
\param len: The length of the memory in bytes
|
||||
\param fileName: The name given to this file
|
||||
\param deleteMemoryWhenDropped: True if the memory should be deleted
|
||||
along with the IWriteFile when it is dropped.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created file interface.
|
||||
The returned pointer should be dropped when no longer needed.
|
||||
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual IWriteFile* createMemoryWriteFile(void* memory, s32 len, const path& fileName, bool deleteMemoryWhenDropped=false) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Opens a file for write access.
|
||||
/** \param filename: Name of file to open.
|
||||
\param append: If the file already exist, all write operations are
|
||||
appended to the file.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created file interface. 0 is returned, if the
|
||||
file could not created or opened for writing.
|
||||
The returned pointer should be dropped when no longer needed.
|
||||
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IWriteFile* createAndWriteFile(const path& filename, bool append=false) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an archive to the file system.
|
||||
/** After calling this, the Irrlicht Engine will also search and open
|
||||
files directly from this archive. This is useful for hiding data from
|
||||
the end user, speeding up file access and making it possible to access
|
||||
for example Quake3 .pk3 files, which are just renamed .zip files. By
|
||||
default Irrlicht supports ZIP, PAK, TAR, PNK, and directories as
|
||||
archives. You can provide your own archive types by implementing
|
||||
IArchiveLoader and passing an instance to addArchiveLoader.
|
||||
Irrlicht supports AES-encrypted zip files, and the advanced compression
|
||||
techniques lzma and bzip2.
|
||||
\param filename: Filename of the archive to add to the file system.
|
||||
\param ignoreCase: If set to true, files in the archive can be accessed without
|
||||
writing all letters in the right case.
|
||||
\param ignorePaths: If set to true, files in the added archive can be accessed
|
||||
without its complete path.
|
||||
\param archiveType: If no specific E_FILE_ARCHIVE_TYPE is selected then
|
||||
the type of archive will depend on the extension of the file name. If
|
||||
you use a different extension then you can use this parameter to force
|
||||
a specific type of archive.
|
||||
\param password An optional password, which is used in case of encrypted archives.
|
||||
\param retArchive A pointer that will be set to the archive that is added.
|
||||
\return True if the archive was added successfully, false if not. */
|
||||
virtual bool addFileArchive(const path& filename, bool ignoreCase=true,
|
||||
bool ignorePaths=true,
|
||||
E_FILE_ARCHIVE_TYPE archiveType=EFAT_UNKNOWN,
|
||||
const core::stringc& password="",
|
||||
IFileArchive** retArchive=0) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an archive to the file system.
|
||||
/** After calling this, the Irrlicht Engine will also search and open
|
||||
files directly from this archive. This is useful for hiding data from
|
||||
the end user, speeding up file access and making it possible to access
|
||||
for example Quake3 .pk3 files, which are just renamed .zip files. By
|
||||
default Irrlicht supports ZIP, PAK, TAR, PNK, and directories as
|
||||
archives. You can provide your own archive types by implementing
|
||||
IArchiveLoader and passing an instance to addArchiveLoader.
|
||||
Irrlicht supports AES-encrypted zip files, and the advanced compression
|
||||
techniques lzma and bzip2.
|
||||
If you want to add a directory as an archive, prefix its name with a
|
||||
slash in order to let Irrlicht recognize it as a folder mount (mypath/).
|
||||
Using this technique one can build up a search order, because archives
|
||||
are read first, and can be used more easily with relative filenames.
|
||||
\param file: Archive to add to the file system.
|
||||
\param ignoreCase: If set to true, files in the archive can be accessed without
|
||||
writing all letters in the right case.
|
||||
\param ignorePaths: If set to true, files in the added archive can be accessed
|
||||
without its complete path.
|
||||
\param archiveType: If no specific E_FILE_ARCHIVE_TYPE is selected then
|
||||
the type of archive will depend on the extension of the file name. If
|
||||
you use a different extension then you can use this parameter to force
|
||||
a specific type of archive.
|
||||
\param password An optional password, which is used in case of encrypted archives.
|
||||
\param retArchive A pointer that will be set to the archive that is added.
|
||||
\return True if the archive was added successfully, false if not. */
|
||||
virtual bool addFileArchive(IReadFile* file, bool ignoreCase=true,
|
||||
bool ignorePaths=true,
|
||||
E_FILE_ARCHIVE_TYPE archiveType=EFAT_UNKNOWN,
|
||||
const core::stringc& password="",
|
||||
IFileArchive** retArchive=0) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an archive to the file system.
|
||||
/** \param archive: The archive to add to the file system.
|
||||
\return True if the archive was added successfully, false if not. */
|
||||
virtual bool addFileArchive(IFileArchive* archive) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the number of archives currently attached to the file system
|
||||
virtual u32 getFileArchiveCount() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Removes an archive from the file system.
|
||||
/** This will close the archive and free any file handles, but will not
|
||||
close resources which have already been loaded and are now cached, for
|
||||
example textures and meshes.
|
||||
\param index: The index of the archive to remove
|
||||
\return True on success, false on failure */
|
||||
virtual bool removeFileArchive(u32 index) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Removes an archive from the file system.
|
||||
/** This will close the archive and free any file handles, but will not
|
||||
close resources which have already been loaded and are now cached, for
|
||||
example textures and meshes. Note that a relative filename might be
|
||||
interpreted differently on each call, depending on the current working
|
||||
directory. In case you want to remove an archive that was added using
|
||||
a relative path name, you have to change to the same working directory
|
||||
again. This means, that the filename given on creation is not an
|
||||
identifier for the archive, but just a usual filename that is used for
|
||||
locating the archive to work with.
|
||||
\param filename The archive pointed to by the name will be removed
|
||||
\return True on success, false on failure */
|
||||
virtual bool removeFileArchive(const path& filename) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Removes an archive from the file system.
|
||||
/** This will close the archive and free any file handles, but will not
|
||||
close resources which have already been loaded and are now cached, for
|
||||
example textures and meshes.
|
||||
\param archive The archive to remove.
|
||||
\return True on success, false on failure */
|
||||
virtual bool removeFileArchive(const IFileArchive* archive) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Changes the search order of attached archives.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
\param sourceIndex: The index of the archive to change
|
||||
\param relative: The relative change in position, archives with a lower index are searched first */
|
||||
virtual bool moveFileArchive(u32 sourceIndex, s32 relative) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the archive at a given index.
|
||||
virtual IFileArchive* getFileArchive(u32 index) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an external archive loader to the engine.
|
||||
/** Use this function to add support for new archive types to the
|
||||
engine, for example proprietary or encrypted file storage. */
|
||||
virtual void addArchiveLoader(IArchiveLoader* loader) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the number of archive loaders currently added
|
||||
virtual u32 getArchiveLoaderCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Retrieve the given archive loader
|
||||
/** \param index The index of the loader to retrieve. This parameter is an 0-based
|
||||
array index.
|
||||
\return A pointer to the specified loader, 0 if the index is incorrect. */
|
||||
virtual IArchiveLoader* getArchiveLoader(u32 index) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a zip archive to the file system.
|
||||
/** \deprecated This function is provided for compatibility
|
||||
with older versions of Irrlicht and may be removed in Irrlicht 1.9,
|
||||
you should use addFileArchive instead.
|
||||
After calling this, the Irrlicht Engine will search and open files directly from this archive too.
|
||||
This is useful for hiding data from the end user, speeding up file access and making it possible to
|
||||
access for example Quake3 .pk3 files, which are no different than .zip files.
|
||||
\param filename: Filename of the zip archive to add to the file system.
|
||||
\param ignoreCase: If set to true, files in the archive can be accessed without
|
||||
writing all letters in the right case.
|
||||
\param ignorePaths: If set to true, files in the added archive can be accessed
|
||||
without its complete path.
|
||||
\return True if the archive was added successfully, false if not. */
|
||||
_IRR_DEPRECATED_ virtual bool addZipFileArchive(const c8* filename, bool ignoreCase=true, bool ignorePaths=true)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return addFileArchive(filename, ignoreCase, ignorePaths, EFAT_ZIP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an unzipped archive (or basedirectory with subdirectories..) to the file system.
|
||||
/** \deprecated This function is provided for compatibility
|
||||
with older versions of Irrlicht and may be removed in Irrlicht 1.9,
|
||||
you should use addFileArchive instead.
|
||||
Useful for handling data which will be in a zip file
|
||||
\param filename: Filename of the unzipped zip archive base directory to add to the file system.
|
||||
\param ignoreCase: If set to true, files in the archive can be accessed without
|
||||
writing all letters in the right case.
|
||||
\param ignorePaths: If set to true, files in the added archive can be accessed
|
||||
without its complete path.
|
||||
\return True if the archive was added successful, false if not. */
|
||||
_IRR_DEPRECATED_ virtual bool addFolderFileArchive(const c8* filename, bool ignoreCase=true, bool ignorePaths=true)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return addFileArchive(filename, ignoreCase, ignorePaths, EFAT_FOLDER);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a pak archive to the file system.
|
||||
/** \deprecated This function is provided for compatibility
|
||||
with older versions of Irrlicht and may be removed in Irrlicht 1.9,
|
||||
you should use addFileArchive instead.
|
||||
After calling this, the Irrlicht Engine will search and open files directly from this archive too.
|
||||
This is useful for hiding data from the end user, speeding up file access and making it possible to
|
||||
access for example Quake2/KingPin/Hexen2 .pak files
|
||||
\param filename: Filename of the pak archive to add to the file system.
|
||||
\param ignoreCase: If set to true, files in the archive can be accessed without
|
||||
writing all letters in the right case.
|
||||
\param ignorePaths: If set to true, files in the added archive can be accessed
|
||||
without its complete path.(should not use with Quake2 paks
|
||||
\return True if the archive was added successful, false if not. */
|
||||
_IRR_DEPRECATED_ virtual bool addPakFileArchive(const c8* filename, bool ignoreCase=true, bool ignorePaths=true)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return addFileArchive(filename, ignoreCase, ignorePaths, EFAT_PAK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the current working directory.
|
||||
/** \return Current working directory as a string. */
|
||||
virtual const path& getWorkingDirectory() =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Changes the current working directory.
|
||||
/** \param newDirectory: A string specifying the new working directory.
|
||||
The string is operating system dependent. Under Windows it has
|
||||
the form "<drive>:\<directory>\<sudirectory>\<..>". An example would be: "C:\Windows\"
|
||||
\return True if successful, otherwise false. */
|
||||
virtual bool changeWorkingDirectoryTo(const path& newDirectory) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Converts a relative path to an absolute (unique) path, resolving symbolic links if required
|
||||
/** \param filename Possibly relative file or directory name to query.
|
||||
\result Absolute filename which points to the same file. */
|
||||
virtual path getAbsolutePath(const path& filename) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the directory a file is located in.
|
||||
/** \param filename: The file to get the directory from.
|
||||
\return String containing the directory of the file. */
|
||||
virtual path getFileDir(const path& filename) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the base part of a filename, i.e. the name without the directory part.
|
||||
/** If no directory is prefixed, the full name is returned.
|
||||
\param filename: The file to get the basename from
|
||||
\param keepExtension True if filename with extension is returned otherwise everything
|
||||
after the final '.' is removed as well. */
|
||||
virtual path getFileBasename(const path& filename, bool keepExtension=true) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! flatten a path and file name for example: "/you/me/../." becomes "/you"
|
||||
virtual path& flattenFilename(path& directory, const path& root="/") const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the relative filename, relative to the given directory
|
||||
virtual path getRelativeFilename(const path& filename, const path& directory) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a list of files and directories in the current working directory and returns it.
|
||||
/** \return a Pointer to the created IFileList is returned. After the list has been used
|
||||
it has to be deleted using its IFileList::drop() method.
|
||||
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IFileList* createFileList() =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates an empty filelist
|
||||
/** \return a Pointer to the created IFileList is returned. After the list has been used
|
||||
it has to be deleted using its IFileList::drop() method.
|
||||
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IFileList* createEmptyFileList(const io::path& path, bool ignoreCase, bool ignorePaths) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the active type of file system.
|
||||
virtual EFileSystemType setFileListSystem(EFileSystemType listType) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Determines if a file exists and could be opened.
|
||||
/** \param filename is the string identifying the file which should be tested for existence.
|
||||
\return True if file exists, and false if it does not exist or an error occured. */
|
||||
virtual bool existFile(const path& filename) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a XML Reader from a file which returns all parsed strings as wide characters (wchar_t*).
|
||||
/** Use createXMLReaderUTF8() if you prefer char* instead of wchar_t*. See IIrrXMLReader for
|
||||
more information on how to use the parser.
|
||||
\return 0, if file could not be opened, otherwise a pointer to the created
|
||||
IXMLReader is returned. After use, the reader
|
||||
has to be deleted using its IXMLReader::drop() method.
|
||||
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IXMLReader* createXMLReader(const path& filename) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a XML Reader from a file which returns all parsed strings as wide characters (wchar_t*).
|
||||
/** Use createXMLReaderUTF8() if you prefer char* instead of wchar_t*. See IIrrXMLReader for
|
||||
more information on how to use the parser.
|
||||
\return 0, if file could not be opened, otherwise a pointer to the created
|
||||
IXMLReader is returned. After use, the reader
|
||||
has to be deleted using its IXMLReader::drop() method.
|
||||
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IXMLReader* createXMLReader(IReadFile* file) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a XML Reader from a file which returns all parsed strings as ASCII/UTF-8 characters (char*).
|
||||
/** Use createXMLReader() if you prefer wchar_t* instead of char*. See IIrrXMLReader for
|
||||
more information on how to use the parser.
|
||||
\return 0, if file could not be opened, otherwise a pointer to the created
|
||||
IXMLReader is returned. After use, the reader
|
||||
has to be deleted using its IXMLReaderUTF8::drop() method.
|
||||
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IXMLReaderUTF8* createXMLReaderUTF8(const path& filename) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a XML Reader from a file which returns all parsed strings as ASCII/UTF-8 characters (char*).
|
||||
/** Use createXMLReader() if you prefer wchar_t* instead of char*. See IIrrXMLReader for
|
||||
more information on how to use the parser.
|
||||
\return 0, if file could not be opened, otherwise a pointer to the created
|
||||
IXMLReader is returned. After use, the reader
|
||||
has to be deleted using its IXMLReaderUTF8::drop() method.
|
||||
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IXMLReaderUTF8* createXMLReaderUTF8(IReadFile* file) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a XML Writer from a file.
|
||||
/** \return 0, if file could not be opened, otherwise a pointer to the created
|
||||
IXMLWriter is returned. After use, the reader
|
||||
has to be deleted using its IXMLWriter::drop() method.
|
||||
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IXMLWriter* createXMLWriter(const path& filename) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a XML Writer from a file.
|
||||
/** \return 0, if file could not be opened, otherwise a pointer to the created
|
||||
IXMLWriter is returned. After use, the reader
|
||||
has to be deleted using its IXMLWriter::drop() method.
|
||||
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IXMLWriter* createXMLWriter(IWriteFile* file) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a new empty collection of attributes, usable for serialization and more.
|
||||
/** \param driver: Video driver to be used to load textures when specified as attribute values.
|
||||
Can be null to prevent automatic texture loading by attributes.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created object.
|
||||
If you no longer need the object, you should call IAttributes::drop().
|
||||
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IAttributes* createEmptyAttributes(video::IVideoDriver* driver=0) =0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace io
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,474 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GPU_PROGRAMMING_SERVICES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GPU_PROGRAMMING_SERVICES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "EShaderTypes.h"
|
||||
#include "EMaterialTypes.h"
|
||||
#include "EPrimitiveTypes.h"
|
||||
#include "path.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
namespace io
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IReadFile;
|
||||
} // end namespace io
|
||||
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class IVideoDriver;
|
||||
class IShaderConstantSetCallBack;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Enumeration for different types of shading languages
|
||||
enum E_GPU_SHADING_LANGUAGE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! The default language, so HLSL for Direct3D and GLSL for OpenGL.
|
||||
EGSL_DEFAULT = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Cg shading language.*/
|
||||
EGSL_CG
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Interface making it possible to create and use programs running on the GPU.
|
||||
class IGPUProgrammingServices
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Destructor
|
||||
virtual ~IGPUProgrammingServices() {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a new high-level shading material renderer to the VideoDriver.
|
||||
/** Currently only HLSL/D3D9 and GLSL/OpenGL are supported.
|
||||
\param vertexShaderProgram String containing the source of the vertex
|
||||
shader program. This can be 0 if no vertex program shall be used.
|
||||
\param vertexShaderEntryPointName Name of the entry function of the
|
||||
vertexShaderProgram (p.e. "main")
|
||||
\param vsCompileTarget Vertex shader version the high level shader
|
||||
shall be compiled to.
|
||||
\param pixelShaderProgram String containing the source of the pixel
|
||||
shader program. This can be 0 if no pixel shader shall be used.
|
||||
\param pixelShaderEntryPointName Entry name of the function of the
|
||||
pixelShaderProgram (p.e. "main")
|
||||
\param psCompileTarget Pixel shader version the high level shader
|
||||
shall be compiled to.
|
||||
\param geometryShaderProgram String containing the source of the
|
||||
geometry shader program. This can be 0 if no geometry shader shall be
|
||||
used.
|
||||
\param geometryShaderEntryPointName Entry name of the function of the
|
||||
geometryShaderProgram (p.e. "main")
|
||||
\param gsCompileTarget Geometry shader version the high level shader
|
||||
shall be compiled to.
|
||||
\param inType Type of vertices passed to geometry shader
|
||||
\param outType Type of vertices created by geometry shader
|
||||
\param verticesOut Maximal number of vertices created by geometry
|
||||
shader. If 0, maximal number supported is assumed.
|
||||
\param callback Pointer to an implementation of
|
||||
IShaderConstantSetCallBack in which you can set the needed vertex,
|
||||
pixel, and geometry shader program constants. Set this to 0 if you
|
||||
don't need this.
|
||||
\param baseMaterial Base material which renderstates will be used to
|
||||
shade the material.
|
||||
\param userData a user data int. This int can be set to any value and
|
||||
will be set as parameter in the callback method when calling
|
||||
OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to use the same
|
||||
callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them
|
||||
during the call.
|
||||
\param shaderLang a type of shading language used in current shader.
|
||||
\return Number of the material type which can be set in
|
||||
SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer. -1 is returned if an error
|
||||
occured, e.g. if a shader program could not be compiled or a compile
|
||||
target is not reachable. The error strings are then printed to the
|
||||
error log and can be catched with a custom event receiver. */
|
||||
virtual s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterial(
|
||||
const c8* vertexShaderProgram,
|
||||
const c8* vertexShaderEntryPointName,
|
||||
E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE vsCompileTarget,
|
||||
const c8* pixelShaderProgram,
|
||||
const c8* pixelShaderEntryPointName,
|
||||
E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE psCompileTarget,
|
||||
const c8* geometryShaderProgram,
|
||||
const c8* geometryShaderEntryPointName = "main",
|
||||
E_GEOMETRY_SHADER_TYPE gsCompileTarget = EGST_GS_4_0,
|
||||
scene::E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE inType = scene::EPT_TRIANGLES,
|
||||
scene::E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE outType = scene::EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP,
|
||||
u32 verticesOut = 0,
|
||||
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
|
||||
E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
|
||||
s32 userData = 0,
|
||||
E_GPU_SHADING_LANGUAGE shadingLang = EGSL_DEFAULT) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! convenience function for use without geometry shaders
|
||||
s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterial(
|
||||
const c8* vertexShaderProgram,
|
||||
const c8* vertexShaderEntryPointName="main",
|
||||
E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE vsCompileTarget=EVST_VS_1_1,
|
||||
const c8* pixelShaderProgram=0,
|
||||
const c8* pixelShaderEntryPointName="main",
|
||||
E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE psCompileTarget=EPST_PS_1_1,
|
||||
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback=0,
|
||||
E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial=video::EMT_SOLID,
|
||||
s32 userData=0,
|
||||
E_GPU_SHADING_LANGUAGE shadingLang=EGSL_DEFAULT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return addHighLevelShaderMaterial(
|
||||
vertexShaderProgram, vertexShaderEntryPointName,
|
||||
vsCompileTarget, pixelShaderProgram,
|
||||
pixelShaderEntryPointName, psCompileTarget,
|
||||
0, "main", EGST_GS_4_0,
|
||||
scene::EPT_TRIANGLES, scene::EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP, 0,
|
||||
callback, baseMaterial, userData, shadingLang);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! convenience function for use with many defaults, without geometry shader
|
||||
/** All shader names are set to "main" and compile targets are shader
|
||||
type 1.1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterial(
|
||||
const c8* vertexShaderProgram,
|
||||
const c8* pixelShaderProgram=0,
|
||||
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback=0,
|
||||
E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
|
||||
s32 userData=0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return addHighLevelShaderMaterial(
|
||||
vertexShaderProgram, "main",
|
||||
EVST_VS_1_1, pixelShaderProgram,
|
||||
"main", EPST_PS_1_1,
|
||||
0, "main", EGST_GS_4_0,
|
||||
scene::EPT_TRIANGLES, scene::EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP, 0,
|
||||
callback, baseMaterial, userData);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! convenience function for use with many defaults, with geometry shader
|
||||
/** All shader names are set to "main" and compile targets are shader
|
||||
type 1.1 and geometry shader 4.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterial(
|
||||
const c8* vertexShaderProgram,
|
||||
const c8* pixelShaderProgram = 0,
|
||||
const c8* geometryShaderProgram = 0,
|
||||
scene::E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE inType = scene::EPT_TRIANGLES,
|
||||
scene::E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE outType = scene::EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP,
|
||||
u32 verticesOut = 0,
|
||||
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
|
||||
E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
|
||||
s32 userData = 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return addHighLevelShaderMaterial(
|
||||
vertexShaderProgram, "main",
|
||||
EVST_VS_1_1, pixelShaderProgram,
|
||||
"main", EPST_PS_1_1,
|
||||
geometryShaderProgram, "main", EGST_GS_4_0,
|
||||
inType, outType, verticesOut,
|
||||
callback, baseMaterial, userData);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Like IGPUProgrammingServices::addShaderMaterial(), but loads from files.
|
||||
/** \param vertexShaderProgramFileName Text file containing the source
|
||||
of the vertex shader program. Set to empty string if no vertex shader
|
||||
shall be created.
|
||||
\param vertexShaderEntryPointName Name of the entry function of the
|
||||
vertexShaderProgram (p.e. "main")
|
||||
\param vsCompileTarget Vertex shader version the high level shader
|
||||
shall be compiled to.
|
||||
\param pixelShaderProgramFileName Text file containing the source of
|
||||
the pixel shader program. Set to empty string if no pixel shader shall
|
||||
be created.
|
||||
\param pixelShaderEntryPointName Entry name of the function of the
|
||||
pixelShaderProgram (p.e. "main")
|
||||
\param psCompileTarget Pixel shader version the high level shader
|
||||
shall be compiled to.
|
||||
\param geometryShaderProgramFileName Name of the source of
|
||||
the geometry shader program. Set to empty string if no geometry shader
|
||||
shall be created.
|
||||
\param geometryShaderEntryPointName Entry name of the function of the
|
||||
geometryShaderProgram (p.e. "main")
|
||||
\param gsCompileTarget Geometry shader version the high level shader
|
||||
shall be compiled to.
|
||||
\param inType Type of vertices passed to geometry shader
|
||||
\param outType Type of vertices created by geometry shader
|
||||
\param verticesOut Maximal number of vertices created by geometry
|
||||
shader. If 0, maximal number supported is assumed.
|
||||
\param callback Pointer to an implementation of
|
||||
IShaderConstantSetCallBack in which you can set the needed vertex,
|
||||
pixel, and geometry shader program constants. Set this to 0 if you
|
||||
don't need this.
|
||||
\param baseMaterial Base material which renderstates will be used to
|
||||
shade the material.
|
||||
\param userData a user data int. This int can be set to any value and
|
||||
will be set as parameter in the callback method when calling
|
||||
OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to use the same
|
||||
callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them
|
||||
during the call.
|
||||
\param shaderLang a type of shading language used in current shader.
|
||||
\return Number of the material type which can be set in
|
||||
SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer. -1 is returned if an error
|
||||
occured, e.g. if a shader program could not be compiled or a compile
|
||||
target is not reachable. The error strings are then printed to the
|
||||
error log and can be catched with a custom event receiver. */
|
||||
virtual s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
|
||||
const io::path& vertexShaderProgramFileName,
|
||||
const c8* vertexShaderEntryPointName,
|
||||
E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE vsCompileTarget,
|
||||
const io::path& pixelShaderProgramFileName,
|
||||
const c8* pixelShaderEntryPointName,
|
||||
E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE psCompileTarget,
|
||||
const io::path& geometryShaderProgramFileName,
|
||||
const c8* geometryShaderEntryPointName = "main",
|
||||
E_GEOMETRY_SHADER_TYPE gsCompileTarget = EGST_GS_4_0,
|
||||
scene::E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE inType = scene::EPT_TRIANGLES,
|
||||
scene::E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE outType = scene::EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP,
|
||||
u32 verticesOut = 0,
|
||||
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
|
||||
E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
|
||||
s32 userData = 0,
|
||||
E_GPU_SHADING_LANGUAGE shadingLang = EGSL_DEFAULT) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! convenience function for use without geometry shaders
|
||||
s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
|
||||
const io::path& vertexShaderProgramFileName,
|
||||
const c8* vertexShaderEntryPointName = "main",
|
||||
E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE vsCompileTarget = EVST_VS_1_1,
|
||||
const io::path& pixelShaderProgramFileName = "",
|
||||
const c8* pixelShaderEntryPointName = "main",
|
||||
E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE psCompileTarget = EPST_PS_1_1,
|
||||
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
|
||||
E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
|
||||
s32 userData = 0,
|
||||
E_GPU_SHADING_LANGUAGE shadingLang = EGSL_DEFAULT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
|
||||
vertexShaderProgramFileName, vertexShaderEntryPointName,
|
||||
vsCompileTarget, pixelShaderProgramFileName,
|
||||
pixelShaderEntryPointName, psCompileTarget,
|
||||
"", "main", EGST_GS_4_0,
|
||||
scene::EPT_TRIANGLES, scene::EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP, 0,
|
||||
callback, baseMaterial, userData, shadingLang);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! convenience function for use with many defaults, without geometry shader
|
||||
/** All shader names are set to "main" and compile targets are shader
|
||||
type 1.1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
|
||||
const io::path& vertexShaderProgramFileName,
|
||||
const io::path& pixelShaderProgramFileName = "",
|
||||
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
|
||||
E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
|
||||
s32 userData = 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
|
||||
vertexShaderProgramFileName, "main",
|
||||
EVST_VS_1_1, pixelShaderProgramFileName,
|
||||
"main", EPST_PS_1_1,
|
||||
"", "main", EGST_GS_4_0,
|
||||
scene::EPT_TRIANGLES, scene::EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP, 0,
|
||||
callback, baseMaterial, userData);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! convenience function for use with many defaults, with geometry shader
|
||||
/** All shader names are set to "main" and compile targets are shader
|
||||
type 1.1 and geometry shader 4.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
|
||||
const io::path& vertexShaderProgramFileName,
|
||||
const io::path& pixelShaderProgramFileName = "",
|
||||
const io::path& geometryShaderProgramFileName = "",
|
||||
scene::E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE inType = scene::EPT_TRIANGLES,
|
||||
scene::E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE outType = scene::EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP,
|
||||
u32 verticesOut = 0,
|
||||
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
|
||||
E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
|
||||
s32 userData = 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
|
||||
vertexShaderProgramFileName, "main",
|
||||
EVST_VS_1_1, pixelShaderProgramFileName,
|
||||
"main", EPST_PS_1_1,
|
||||
geometryShaderProgramFileName, "main", EGST_GS_4_0,
|
||||
inType, outType, verticesOut,
|
||||
callback, baseMaterial, userData);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Like IGPUProgrammingServices::addShaderMaterial(), but loads from files.
|
||||
/** \param vertexShaderProgram Text file handle containing the source
|
||||
of the vertex shader program. Set to 0 if no vertex shader shall be
|
||||
created.
|
||||
\param vertexShaderEntryPointName Name of the entry function of the
|
||||
vertexShaderProgram
|
||||
\param vsCompileTarget Vertex shader version the high level shader
|
||||
shall be compiled to.
|
||||
\param pixelShaderProgram Text file handle containing the source of
|
||||
the pixel shader program. Set to 0 if no pixel shader shall be created.
|
||||
\param pixelShaderEntryPointName Entry name of the function of the
|
||||
pixelShaderProgram (p.e. "main")
|
||||
\param psCompileTarget Pixel shader version the high level shader
|
||||
shall be compiled to.
|
||||
\param geometryShaderProgram Text file handle containing the source of
|
||||
the geometry shader program. Set to 0 if no geometry shader shall be
|
||||
created.
|
||||
\param geometryShaderEntryPointName Entry name of the function of the
|
||||
geometryShaderProgram (p.e. "main")
|
||||
\param gsCompileTarget Geometry shader version the high level shader
|
||||
shall be compiled to.
|
||||
\param inType Type of vertices passed to geometry shader
|
||||
\param outType Type of vertices created by geometry shader
|
||||
\param verticesOut Maximal number of vertices created by geometry
|
||||
shader. If 0, maximal number supported is assumed.
|
||||
\param callback Pointer to an implementation of
|
||||
IShaderConstantSetCallBack in which you can set the needed vertex and
|
||||
pixel shader program constants. Set this to 0 if you don't need this.
|
||||
\param baseMaterial Base material which renderstates will be used to
|
||||
shade the material.
|
||||
\param userData a user data int. This int can be set to any value and
|
||||
will be set as parameter in the callback method when calling
|
||||
OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to use the same
|
||||
callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them
|
||||
during the call.
|
||||
\param shaderLang a type of shading language used in current shader.
|
||||
\return Number of the material type which can be set in
|
||||
SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer. -1 is returned if an
|
||||
error occured, e.g. if a shader program could not be compiled or a
|
||||
compile target is not reachable. The error strings are then printed to
|
||||
the error log and can be catched with a custom event receiver. */
|
||||
virtual s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
|
||||
io::IReadFile* vertexShaderProgram,
|
||||
const c8* vertexShaderEntryPointName,
|
||||
E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE vsCompileTarget,
|
||||
io::IReadFile* pixelShaderProgram,
|
||||
const c8* pixelShaderEntryPointName,
|
||||
E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE psCompileTarget,
|
||||
io::IReadFile* geometryShaderProgram,
|
||||
const c8* geometryShaderEntryPointName = "main",
|
||||
E_GEOMETRY_SHADER_TYPE gsCompileTarget = EGST_GS_4_0,
|
||||
scene::E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE inType = scene::EPT_TRIANGLES,
|
||||
scene::E_PRIMITIVE_TYPE outType = scene::EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP,
|
||||
u32 verticesOut = 0,
|
||||
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
|
||||
E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
|
||||
s32 userData = 0,
|
||||
E_GPU_SHADING_LANGUAGE shadingLang = EGSL_DEFAULT) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! convenience function for use without geometry shaders
|
||||
s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
|
||||
io::IReadFile* vertexShaderProgram,
|
||||
const c8* vertexShaderEntryPointName = "main",
|
||||
E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE vsCompileTarget = EVST_VS_1_1,
|
||||
io::IReadFile* pixelShaderProgram = 0,
|
||||
const c8* pixelShaderEntryPointName = "main",
|
||||
E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE psCompileTarget = EPST_PS_1_1,
|
||||
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
|
||||
E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
|
||||
s32 userData = 0,
|
||||
E_GPU_SHADING_LANGUAGE shadingLang = EGSL_DEFAULT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
|
||||
vertexShaderProgram, vertexShaderEntryPointName,
|
||||
vsCompileTarget, pixelShaderProgram,
|
||||
pixelShaderEntryPointName, psCompileTarget,
|
||||
0, "main", EGST_GS_4_0,
|
||||
scene::EPT_TRIANGLES, scene::EPT_TRIANGLE_STRIP, 0,
|
||||
callback, baseMaterial, userData, shadingLang);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a new ASM shader material renderer to the VideoDriver
|
||||
/** Note that it is a good idea to call IVideoDriver::queryFeature() in
|
||||
advance to check if the IVideoDriver supports the vertex and/or pixel
|
||||
shader version your are using.
|
||||
|
||||
The material is added to the VideoDriver like with
|
||||
IVideoDriver::addMaterialRenderer() and can be used like it had been
|
||||
added with that method.
|
||||
\param vertexShaderProgram String containing the source of the vertex
|
||||
shader program. This can be 0 if no vertex program shall be used.
|
||||
|
||||
For DX8 programs, the will always input registers look like this: v0:
|
||||
position, v1: normal, v2: color, v3: texture cooridnates, v4: texture
|
||||
coordinates 2 if available.
|
||||
|
||||
For DX9 programs, you can manually set the registers using the dcl_
|
||||
statements.
|
||||
\param pixelShaderProgram String containing the source of the pixel
|
||||
shader program. This can be 0 if you don't want to use a pixel shader.
|
||||
\param callback Pointer to an implementation of
|
||||
IShaderConstantSetCallBack in which you can set the needed vertex and
|
||||
pixel shader program constants. Set this to 0 if you don't need this.
|
||||
\param baseMaterial Base material which renderstates will be used to
|
||||
shade the material.
|
||||
\param userData a user data int. This int can be set to any value and
|
||||
will be set as parameter in the callback method when calling
|
||||
OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to use the same
|
||||
callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them
|
||||
during the call.
|
||||
\return Returns the number of the material type which can be set in
|
||||
SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer. -1 is returned if an
|
||||
error occured. -1 is returned for example if a vertex or pixel shader
|
||||
program could not be compiled, the error strings are then printed out
|
||||
into the error log, and can be catched with a custom event receiver. */
|
||||
virtual s32 addShaderMaterial(const c8* vertexShaderProgram = 0,
|
||||
const c8* pixelShaderProgram = 0,
|
||||
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
|
||||
E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
|
||||
s32 userData = 0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Like IGPUProgrammingServices::addShaderMaterial(), but loads from files.
|
||||
/** \param vertexShaderProgram Text file containing the source of the
|
||||
vertex shader program. Set to 0 if no shader shall be created.
|
||||
\param pixelShaderProgram Text file containing the source of the pixel
|
||||
shader program. Set to 0 if no shader shall be created.
|
||||
\param callback Pointer to an IShaderConstantSetCallback object to
|
||||
which the OnSetConstants function is called.
|
||||
\param baseMaterial baseMaterial
|
||||
\param userData a user data int. This int can be set to any value and
|
||||
will be set as parameter in the callback method when calling
|
||||
OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to use the same
|
||||
callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them
|
||||
during the call.
|
||||
\return Returns the number of the material type which can be set in
|
||||
SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer. -1 is returned if an
|
||||
error occured. -1 is returned for example if a vertex or pixel shader
|
||||
program could not be compiled, the error strings are then printed out
|
||||
into the error log, and can be catched with a custom event receiver. */
|
||||
virtual s32 addShaderMaterialFromFiles(io::IReadFile* vertexShaderProgram,
|
||||
io::IReadFile* pixelShaderProgram,
|
||||
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
|
||||
E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
|
||||
s32 userData = 0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Like IGPUProgrammingServices::addShaderMaterial(), but loads from files.
|
||||
/** \param vertexShaderProgramFileName Text file name containing the
|
||||
source of the vertex shader program. Set to 0 if no shader shall be
|
||||
created.
|
||||
\param pixelShaderProgramFileName Text file name containing the source
|
||||
of the pixel shader program. Set to 0 if no shader shall be created.
|
||||
\param callback Pointer to an IShaderConstantSetCallback object on
|
||||
which the OnSetConstants function is called.
|
||||
\param baseMaterial baseMaterial
|
||||
\param userData a user data int. This int can be set to any value and
|
||||
will be set as parameter in the callback method when calling
|
||||
OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to use the same
|
||||
callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them
|
||||
during the call.
|
||||
\return Returns the number of the material type which can be set in
|
||||
SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer. -1 is returned if an
|
||||
error occured. -1 is returned for example if a vertex or pixel shader
|
||||
program could not be compiled, the error strings are then printed out
|
||||
into the error log, and can be catched with a custom event receiver. */
|
||||
virtual s32 addShaderMaterialFromFiles(const io::path& vertexShaderProgramFileName,
|
||||
const io::path& pixelShaderProgramFileName,
|
||||
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
|
||||
E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
|
||||
s32 userData = 0) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace video
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_BUTTON_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_BUTTON_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIElement.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
class ITexture;
|
||||
} // end namespace video
|
||||
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IGUIFont;
|
||||
class IGUISpriteBank;
|
||||
|
||||
enum EGUI_BUTTON_STATE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! The button is not pressed
|
||||
EGBS_BUTTON_UP=0,
|
||||
//! The button is currently pressed down
|
||||
EGBS_BUTTON_DOWN,
|
||||
//! The mouse cursor is over the button
|
||||
EGBS_BUTTON_MOUSE_OVER,
|
||||
//! The mouse cursor is not over the button
|
||||
EGBS_BUTTON_MOUSE_OFF,
|
||||
//! The button has the focus
|
||||
EGBS_BUTTON_FOCUSED,
|
||||
//! The button doesn't have the focus
|
||||
EGBS_BUTTON_NOT_FOCUSED,
|
||||
//! not used, counts the number of enumerated items
|
||||
EGBS_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Names for gui button state icons
|
||||
const c8* const GUIButtonStateNames[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"buttonUp",
|
||||
"buttonDown",
|
||||
"buttonMouseOver",
|
||||
"buttonMouseOff",
|
||||
"buttonFocused",
|
||||
"buttonNotFocused",
|
||||
0,
|
||||
0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! GUI Button interface.
|
||||
/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
|
||||
\li EGET_BUTTON_CLICKED
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IGUIButton : public IGUIElement
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IGUIButton(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
|
||||
: IGUIElement(EGUIET_BUTTON, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets another skin independent font.
|
||||
/** If this is set to zero, the button uses the font of the skin.
|
||||
\param font: New font to set. */
|
||||
virtual void setOverrideFont(IGUIFont* font=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the override font (if any)
|
||||
/** \return The override font (may be 0) */
|
||||
virtual IGUIFont* getOverrideFont(void) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the font which is used right now for drawing
|
||||
/** Currently this is the override font when one is set and the
|
||||
font of the active skin otherwise */
|
||||
virtual IGUIFont* getActiveFont() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an image which should be displayed on the button when it is in normal state.
|
||||
/** \param image: Image to be displayed */
|
||||
virtual void setImage(video::ITexture* image=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a background image for the button when it is in normal state.
|
||||
/** \param image: Texture containing the image to be displayed
|
||||
\param pos: Position in the texture, where the image is located */
|
||||
virtual void setImage(video::ITexture* image, const core::rect<s32>& pos) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a background image for the button when it is in pressed state.
|
||||
/** If no images is specified for the pressed state via
|
||||
setPressedImage(), this image is also drawn in pressed state.
|
||||
\param image: Image to be displayed */
|
||||
virtual void setPressedImage(video::ITexture* image=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an image which should be displayed on the button when it is in pressed state.
|
||||
/** \param image: Texture containing the image to be displayed
|
||||
\param pos: Position in the texture, where the image is located */
|
||||
virtual void setPressedImage(video::ITexture* image, const core::rect<s32>& pos) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the sprite bank used by the button
|
||||
virtual void setSpriteBank(IGUISpriteBank* bank=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the animated sprite for a specific button state
|
||||
/** \param index: Number of the sprite within the sprite bank, use -1 for no sprite
|
||||
\param state: State of the button to set the sprite for
|
||||
\param index: The sprite number from the current sprite bank
|
||||
\param color: The color of the sprite
|
||||
\param loop: True if the animation should loop, false if not
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void setSprite(EGUI_BUTTON_STATE state, s32 index,
|
||||
video::SColor color=video::SColor(255,255,255,255), bool loop=false) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets if the button should behave like a push button.
|
||||
/** Which means it can be in two states: Normal or Pressed. With a click on the button,
|
||||
the user can change the state of the button. */
|
||||
virtual void setIsPushButton(bool isPushButton=true) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the pressed state of the button if this is a pushbutton
|
||||
virtual void setPressed(bool pressed=true) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns if the button is currently pressed
|
||||
virtual bool isPressed() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets if the alpha channel should be used for drawing background images on the button (default is false)
|
||||
virtual void setUseAlphaChannel(bool useAlphaChannel=true) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns if the alpha channel should be used for drawing background images on the button
|
||||
virtual bool isAlphaChannelUsed() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns whether the button is a push button
|
||||
virtual bool isPushButton() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets if the button should use the skin to draw its border and button face (default is true)
|
||||
virtual void setDrawBorder(bool border=true) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns if the border and button face are being drawn using the skin
|
||||
virtual bool isDrawingBorder() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets if the button should scale the button images to fit
|
||||
virtual void setScaleImage(bool scaleImage=true) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Checks whether the button scales the used images
|
||||
virtual bool isScalingImage() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_CHECKBOX_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_CHECKBOX_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIElement.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! GUI Check box interface.
|
||||
/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
|
||||
\li EGET_CHECKBOX_CHANGED
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IGUICheckBox : public IGUIElement
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IGUICheckBox(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
|
||||
: IGUIElement(EGUIET_CHECK_BOX, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set if box is checked.
|
||||
virtual void setChecked(bool checked) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns true if box is checked.
|
||||
virtual bool isChecked() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_COLOR_SELECT_DIALOG_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_COLOR_SELECT_DIALOG_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIElement.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Standard color chooser dialog.
|
||||
class IGUIColorSelectDialog : public IGUIElement
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IGUIColorSelectDialog(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
|
||||
: IGUIElement(EGUIET_COLOR_SELECT_DIALOG, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_COMBO_BOX_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_COMBO_BOX_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIElement.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Combobox widget
|
||||
/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
|
||||
\li EGET_COMBO_BOX_CHANGED
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IGUIComboBox : public IGUIElement
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IGUIComboBox(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
|
||||
: IGUIElement(EGUIET_COMBO_BOX, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns amount of items in box
|
||||
virtual u32 getItemCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns string of an item. the idx may be a value from 0 to itemCount-1
|
||||
virtual const wchar_t* getItem(u32 idx) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns item data of an item. the idx may be a value from 0 to itemCount-1
|
||||
virtual u32 getItemData(u32 idx) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns index based on item data
|
||||
virtual s32 getIndexForItemData(u32 data ) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an item and returns the index of it
|
||||
virtual u32 addItem(const wchar_t* text, u32 data = 0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Removes an item from the combo box.
|
||||
/** Warning. This will change the index of all following items */
|
||||
virtual void removeItem(u32 idx) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Deletes all items in the combo box
|
||||
virtual void clear() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns id of selected item. returns -1 if no item is selected.
|
||||
virtual s32 getSelected() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the selected item. Set this to -1 if no item should be selected
|
||||
virtual void setSelected(s32 idx) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets text justification of the text area
|
||||
/** \param horizontal: EGUIA_UPPERLEFT for left justified (default),
|
||||
EGUIA_LOWEERRIGHT for right justified, or EGUIA_CENTER for centered text.
|
||||
\param vertical: EGUIA_UPPERLEFT to align with top edge,
|
||||
EGUIA_LOWEERRIGHT for bottom edge, or EGUIA_CENTER for centered text (default). */
|
||||
virtual void setTextAlignment(EGUI_ALIGNMENT horizontal, EGUI_ALIGNMENT vertical) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the maximal number of rows for the selection listbox
|
||||
virtual void setMaxSelectionRows(u32 max) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the maximimal number of rows for the selection listbox
|
||||
virtual u32 getMaxSelectionRows() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_CONTEXT_MENU_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_CONTEXT_MENU_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIElement.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Close behavior.
|
||||
//! Default is ECMC_REMOVE
|
||||
enum ECONTEXT_MENU_CLOSE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! do nothing - menu stays open
|
||||
ECMC_IGNORE = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! remove the gui element
|
||||
ECMC_REMOVE = 1,
|
||||
|
||||
//! call setVisible(false)
|
||||
ECMC_HIDE = 2
|
||||
|
||||
// note to implementors - this is planned as bitset, so continue with 4 if you need to add further flags.
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! GUI Context menu interface.
|
||||
/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
|
||||
\li EGET_ELEMENT_CLOSED
|
||||
\li EGET_MENU_ITEM_SELECTED
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IGUIContextMenu : public IGUIElement
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IGUIContextMenu(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
|
||||
: IGUIElement(EGUIET_CONTEXT_MENU, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! set behavior when menus are closed
|
||||
virtual void setCloseHandling(ECONTEXT_MENU_CLOSE onClose) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! get current behavior when the menu will be closed
|
||||
virtual ECONTEXT_MENU_CLOSE getCloseHandling() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get amount of menu items
|
||||
virtual u32 getItemCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a menu item.
|
||||
/** \param text: Text of menu item. Set this to 0 to create
|
||||
an separator instead of a real item, which is the same like
|
||||
calling addSeparator();
|
||||
\param commandId: Command id of menu item, a simple id you may
|
||||
set to whatever you want.
|
||||
\param enabled: Specifies if the menu item should be enabled.
|
||||
\param hasSubMenu: Set this to true if there should be a submenu
|
||||
at this item. You can access this submenu via getSubMenu().
|
||||
\param checked: Specifies if the menu item should be initially checked.
|
||||
\param autoChecking: Specifies if the item should be checked by clicking
|
||||
\return Returns the index of the new item */
|
||||
virtual u32 addItem(const wchar_t* text, s32 commandId=-1, bool enabled=true,
|
||||
bool hasSubMenu=false, bool checked=false, bool autoChecking=false) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Insert a menu item at specified position.
|
||||
/** \param idx: Position to insert the new element,
|
||||
should be smaller than itemcount otherwise the item is added to the end.
|
||||
\param text: Text of menu item. Set this to 0 to create
|
||||
an separator instead of a real item, which is the same like
|
||||
calling addSeparator();
|
||||
\param commandId: Command id of menu item, a simple id you may
|
||||
set to whatever you want.
|
||||
\param enabled: Specifies if the menu item should be enabled.
|
||||
\param hasSubMenu: Set this to true if there should be a submenu
|
||||
at this item. You can access this submenu via getSubMenu().
|
||||
\param checked: Specifies if the menu item should be initially checked.
|
||||
\param autoChecking: Specifies if the item should be checked by clicking
|
||||
\return Returns the index of the new item */
|
||||
virtual u32 insertItem(u32 idx, const wchar_t* text, s32 commandId=-1, bool enabled=true,
|
||||
bool hasSubMenu=false, bool checked=false, bool autoChecking=false) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Find an item by it's CommandID
|
||||
/**
|
||||
\param commandId: We are looking for the first item which has this commandID
|
||||
\param idxStartSearch: Start searching from this index.
|
||||
\return Returns the index of the item when found or otherwise -1. */
|
||||
virtual s32 findItemWithCommandId(s32 commandId, u32 idxStartSearch=0) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a separator item to the menu
|
||||
virtual void addSeparator() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get text of the menu item.
|
||||
/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item */
|
||||
virtual const wchar_t* getItemText(u32 idx) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets text of the menu item.
|
||||
/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item
|
||||
\param text: New text of the item. */
|
||||
virtual void setItemText(u32 idx, const wchar_t* text) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Check if a menu item is enabled
|
||||
/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item */
|
||||
virtual bool isItemEnabled(u32 idx) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets if the menu item should be enabled.
|
||||
/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item
|
||||
\param enabled: True if it is enabled, otherwise false. */
|
||||
virtual void setItemEnabled(u32 idx, bool enabled) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets if the menu item should be checked.
|
||||
/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item
|
||||
\param enabled: True if it is enabled, otherwise false. */
|
||||
virtual void setItemChecked(u32 idx, bool enabled) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Check if a menu item is checked
|
||||
/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item */
|
||||
virtual bool isItemChecked(u32 idx) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Removes a menu item
|
||||
/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item */
|
||||
virtual void removeItem(u32 idx) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Removes all menu items
|
||||
virtual void removeAllItems() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the selected item in the menu
|
||||
/** \return Index of the selected item, -1 if none selected. */
|
||||
virtual s32 getSelectedItem() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the command id of a menu item
|
||||
/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item */
|
||||
virtual s32 getItemCommandId(u32 idx) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the command id of a menu item
|
||||
/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item
|
||||
\param id: Command id of menu item, a simple id you may
|
||||
set to whatever you want. */
|
||||
virtual void setItemCommandId(u32 idx, s32 id) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get a pointer to the submenu of an item.
|
||||
/** 0 is returned if there is no submenu
|
||||
\param idx: Zero based index of the menu item
|
||||
\return Returns a pointer to the submenu of an item. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIContextMenu* getSubMenu(u32 idx) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! should the element change the checked status on clicking
|
||||
virtual void setItemAutoChecking(u32 idx, bool autoChecking) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! does the element change the checked status on clicking
|
||||
virtual bool getItemAutoChecking(u32 idx) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! When an eventparent is set it receives events instead of the usual parent element
|
||||
virtual void setEventParent(IGUIElement *parent) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_EDIT_BOX_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_EDIT_BOX_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIElement.h"
|
||||
#include "SColor.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IGUIFont;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Single line edit box for editing simple text.
|
||||
/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
|
||||
\li EGET_EDITBOX_ENTER
|
||||
\li EGET_EDITBOX_CHANGED
|
||||
\li EGET_EDITBOX_MARKING_CHANGED
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IGUIEditBox : public IGUIElement
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IGUIEditBox(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
|
||||
: IGUIElement(EGUIET_EDIT_BOX, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets another skin independent font.
|
||||
/** If this is set to zero, the button uses the font of the skin.
|
||||
\param font: New font to set. */
|
||||
virtual void setOverrideFont(IGUIFont* font=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the override font (if any)
|
||||
/** \return The override font (may be 0) */
|
||||
virtual IGUIFont* getOverrideFont() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the font which is used right now for drawing
|
||||
/** Currently this is the override font when one is set and the
|
||||
font of the active skin otherwise */
|
||||
virtual IGUIFont* getActiveFont() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets another color for the text.
|
||||
/** If set, the edit box does not use the EGDC_BUTTON_TEXT color defined
|
||||
in the skin, but the set color instead. You don't need to call
|
||||
IGUIEditBox::enableOverrrideColor(true) after this, this is done
|
||||
by this function.
|
||||
If you set a color, and you want the text displayed with the color
|
||||
of the skin again, call IGUIEditBox::enableOverrideColor(false);
|
||||
\param color: New color of the text. */
|
||||
virtual void setOverrideColor(video::SColor color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the override color
|
||||
virtual video::SColor getOverrideColor() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets if the text should use the override color or the color in the gui skin.
|
||||
/** \param enable: If set to true, the override color, which can be set
|
||||
with IGUIEditBox::setOverrideColor is used, otherwise the
|
||||
EGDC_BUTTON_TEXT color of the skin. */
|
||||
virtual void enableOverrideColor(bool enable) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Checks if an override color is enabled
|
||||
/** \return true if the override color is enabled, false otherwise */
|
||||
virtual bool isOverrideColorEnabled(void) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets whether to draw the background
|
||||
virtual void setDrawBackground(bool draw) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Turns the border on or off
|
||||
/** \param border: true if you want the border to be drawn, false if not */
|
||||
virtual void setDrawBorder(bool border) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets text justification mode
|
||||
/** \param horizontal: EGUIA_UPPERLEFT for left justified (default),
|
||||
EGUIA_LOWERRIGHT for right justified, or EGUIA_CENTER for centered text.
|
||||
\param vertical: EGUIA_UPPERLEFT to align with top edge,
|
||||
EGUIA_LOWERRIGHT for bottom edge, or EGUIA_CENTER for centered text (default). */
|
||||
virtual void setTextAlignment(EGUI_ALIGNMENT horizontal, EGUI_ALIGNMENT vertical) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Enables or disables word wrap.
|
||||
/** \param enable: If set to true, words going over one line are
|
||||
broken to the next line. */
|
||||
virtual void setWordWrap(bool enable) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Checks if word wrap is enabled
|
||||
/** \return true if word wrap is enabled, false otherwise */
|
||||
virtual bool isWordWrapEnabled() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Enables or disables newlines.
|
||||
/** \param enable: If set to true, the EGET_EDITBOX_ENTER event will not be fired,
|
||||
instead a newline character will be inserted. */
|
||||
virtual void setMultiLine(bool enable) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Checks if multi line editing is enabled
|
||||
/** \return true if multi-line is enabled, false otherwise */
|
||||
virtual bool isMultiLineEnabled() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Enables or disables automatic scrolling with cursor position
|
||||
/** \param enable: If set to true, the text will move around with the cursor position */
|
||||
virtual void setAutoScroll(bool enable) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Checks to see if automatic scrolling is enabled
|
||||
/** \return true if automatic scrolling is enabled, false if not */
|
||||
virtual bool isAutoScrollEnabled() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets whether the edit box is a password box. Setting this to true will
|
||||
/** disable MultiLine, WordWrap and the ability to copy with ctrl+c or ctrl+x
|
||||
\param passwordBox: true to enable password, false to disable
|
||||
\param passwordChar: the character that is displayed instead of letters */
|
||||
virtual void setPasswordBox(bool passwordBox, wchar_t passwordChar = L'*') = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns true if the edit box is currently a password box.
|
||||
virtual bool isPasswordBox() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the size area of the text in the edit box
|
||||
/** \return The size in pixels of the text */
|
||||
virtual core::dimension2du getTextDimension() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the maximum amount of characters which may be entered in the box.
|
||||
/** \param max: Maximum amount of characters. If 0, the character amount is
|
||||
infinity. */
|
||||
virtual void setMax(u32 max) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns maximum amount of characters, previously set by setMax();
|
||||
virtual u32 getMax() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_ELEMENT_FACTORY_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_ELEMENT_FACTORY_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "EGUIElementTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IGUIElement;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Interface making it possible to dynamically create GUI elements
|
||||
/** To be able to add custom elements to Irrlicht and to make it possible for the
|
||||
scene manager to save and load them, simply implement this interface and register it
|
||||
in your gui environment via IGUIEnvironment::registerGUIElementFactory.
|
||||
Note: When implementing your own element factory, don't call IGUIEnvironment::grab() to
|
||||
increase the reference counter of the environment. This is not necessary because the
|
||||
it will grab() the factory anyway, and otherwise cyclic references will be created.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IGUIElementFactory : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! adds an element to the gui environment based on its type id
|
||||
/** \param type: Type of the element to add.
|
||||
\param parent: Parent scene node of the new element, can be null to add to the root.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the new element or null if not successful. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIElement* addGUIElement(EGUI_ELEMENT_TYPE type, IGUIElement* parent=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! adds a GUI element to the GUI Environment based on its type name
|
||||
/** \param typeName: Type name of the element to add.
|
||||
\param parent: Parent scene node of the new element, can be null to add it to the root.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the new element or null if not successful. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIElement* addGUIElement(const c8* typeName, IGUIElement* parent=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get amount of GUI element types this factory is able to create
|
||||
virtual s32 getCreatableGUIElementTypeCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get type of a createable element type
|
||||
/** \param idx: Index of the element type in this factory. Must be a value between 0 and
|
||||
getCreatableGUIElementTypeCount() */
|
||||
virtual EGUI_ELEMENT_TYPE getCreateableGUIElementType(s32 idx) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get type name of a createable GUI element type by index
|
||||
/** \param idx: Index of the type in this factory. Must be a value between 0 and
|
||||
getCreatableGUIElementTypeCount() */
|
||||
virtual const c8* getCreateableGUIElementTypeName(s32 idx) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns type name of a createable GUI element
|
||||
/** \param type: Type of GUI element.
|
||||
\return Name of the type if this factory can create the type, otherwise 0. */
|
||||
virtual const c8* getCreateableGUIElementTypeName(EGUI_ELEMENT_TYPE type) const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __I_GUI_ELEMENT_FACTORY_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
@ -1,620 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_ENVIRONMENT_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_ENVIRONMENT_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "IGUISkin.h"
|
||||
#include "rect.h"
|
||||
#include "EMessageBoxFlags.h"
|
||||
#include "IEventReceiver.h"
|
||||
#include "IXMLReader.h"
|
||||
#include "path.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IOSOperator;
|
||||
class IEventReceiver;
|
||||
|
||||
namespace io
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IXMLWriter;
|
||||
class IReadFile;
|
||||
class IWriteFile;
|
||||
class IFileSystem;
|
||||
} // end namespace io
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IVideoDriver;
|
||||
class ITexture;
|
||||
} // end namespace video
|
||||
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class IGUIElement;
|
||||
class IGUIFont;
|
||||
class IGUISpriteBank;
|
||||
class IGUIScrollBar;
|
||||
class IGUIImage;
|
||||
class IGUIMeshViewer;
|
||||
class IGUICheckBox;
|
||||
class IGUIListBox;
|
||||
class IGUITreeView;
|
||||
class IGUIImageList;
|
||||
class IGUIFileOpenDialog;
|
||||
class IGUIColorSelectDialog;
|
||||
class IGUIInOutFader;
|
||||
class IGUIStaticText;
|
||||
class IGUIEditBox;
|
||||
class IGUISpinBox;
|
||||
class IGUITabControl;
|
||||
class IGUITab;
|
||||
class IGUITable;
|
||||
class IGUIContextMenu;
|
||||
class IGUIComboBox;
|
||||
class IGUIToolBar;
|
||||
class IGUIButton;
|
||||
class IGUIWindow;
|
||||
class IGUIElementFactory;
|
||||
|
||||
//! GUI Environment. Used as factory and manager of all other GUI elements.
|
||||
/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE (which are passed on to focused sub-elements):
|
||||
\li EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUS_LOST
|
||||
\li EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUSED
|
||||
\li EGET_ELEMENT_LEFT
|
||||
\li EGET_ELEMENT_HOVERED
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IGUIEnvironment : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Draws all gui elements by traversing the GUI environment starting at the root node.
|
||||
virtual void drawAll() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the focus to an element.
|
||||
/** Causes a EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUS_LOST event followed by a
|
||||
EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUSED event. If someone absorbed either of the events,
|
||||
then the focus will not be changed.
|
||||
\param element Pointer to the element which shall get the focus.
|
||||
\return True on success, false on failure */
|
||||
virtual bool setFocus(IGUIElement* element) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the element which holds the focus.
|
||||
/** \return Pointer to the element with focus. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIElement* getFocus() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the element which was last under the mouse cursor
|
||||
/** NOTE: This information is updated _after_ the user-eventreceiver
|
||||
received it's mouse-events. To find the hovered element while catching
|
||||
mouse events you have to use instead:
|
||||
IGUIEnvironment::getRootGUIElement()->getElementFromPoint(mousePos);
|
||||
\return Pointer to the element under the mouse. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIElement* getHovered() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Removes the focus from an element.
|
||||
/** Causes a EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUS_LOST event. If the event is absorbed
|
||||
then the focus will not be changed.
|
||||
\param element Pointer to the element which shall lose the focus.
|
||||
\return True on success, false on failure */
|
||||
virtual bool removeFocus(IGUIElement* element) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns whether the element has focus
|
||||
/** \param element Pointer to the element which is tested.
|
||||
\return True if the element has focus, else false. */
|
||||
virtual bool hasFocus(IGUIElement* element) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the current video driver.
|
||||
/** \return Pointer to the video driver. */
|
||||
virtual video::IVideoDriver* getVideoDriver() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the file system.
|
||||
/** \return Pointer to the file system. */
|
||||
virtual io::IFileSystem* getFileSystem() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns a pointer to the OS operator
|
||||
/** \return Pointer to the OS operator. */
|
||||
virtual IOSOperator* getOSOperator() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Removes all elements from the environment.
|
||||
virtual void clear() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Posts an input event to the environment.
|
||||
/** Usually you do not have to
|
||||
use this method, it is used by the engine internally.
|
||||
\param event The event to post.
|
||||
\return True if succeeded, else false. */
|
||||
virtual bool postEventFromUser(const SEvent& event) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! This sets a new event receiver for gui events.
|
||||
/** Usually you do not have to
|
||||
use this method, it is used by the engine internally.
|
||||
\param evr Pointer to the new receiver. */
|
||||
virtual void setUserEventReceiver(IEventReceiver* evr) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns pointer to the current gui skin.
|
||||
/** \return Pointer to the GUI skin. */
|
||||
virtual IGUISkin* getSkin() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a new GUI Skin
|
||||
/** You can use this to change the appearance of the whole GUI
|
||||
Environment. You can set one of the built-in skins or implement your
|
||||
own class derived from IGUISkin and enable it using this method.
|
||||
To set for example the built-in Windows classic skin, use the following
|
||||
code:
|
||||
\code
|
||||
gui::IGUISkin* newskin = environment->createSkin(gui::EGST_WINDOWS_CLASSIC);
|
||||
environment->setSkin(newskin);
|
||||
newskin->drop();
|
||||
\endcode
|
||||
\param skin New skin to use.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void setSkin(IGUISkin* skin) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a new GUI Skin based on a template.
|
||||
/** Use setSkin() to set the created skin.
|
||||
\param type The type of the new skin.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created skin.
|
||||
If you no longer need it, you should call IGUISkin::drop().
|
||||
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUISkin* createSkin(EGUI_SKIN_TYPE type) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates the image list from the given texture.
|
||||
/** \param texture Texture to split into images
|
||||
\param imageSize Dimension of each image
|
||||
\param useAlphaChannel Flag whether alpha channel of the texture should be honored.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the font. Returns 0 if the font could not be loaded.
|
||||
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
|
||||
more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIImageList* createImageList( video::ITexture* texture,
|
||||
core::dimension2d<s32> imageSize,
|
||||
bool useAlphaChannel ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns pointer to the font with the specified filename.
|
||||
/** Loads the font if it was not loaded before.
|
||||
\param filename Filename of the Font.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the font. Returns 0 if the font could not be loaded.
|
||||
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
|
||||
more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIFont* getFont(const io::path& filename) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an externally loaded font to the font list.
|
||||
/** This method allows to attach an already loaded font to the list of
|
||||
existing fonts. The font is grabbed if non-null and adding was successful.
|
||||
\param name Name the font should be stored as.
|
||||
\param font Pointer to font to add.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the font stored. This can differ from given parameter if the name previously existed. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIFont* addFont(const io::path& name, IGUIFont* font) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! remove loaded font
|
||||
virtual void removeFont(IGUIFont* font) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the default built-in font.
|
||||
/** \return Pointer to the default built-in font.
|
||||
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
|
||||
more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIFont* getBuiltInFont() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns pointer to the sprite bank with the specified file name.
|
||||
/** Loads the bank if it was not loaded before.
|
||||
\param filename Filename of the sprite bank's origin.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the sprite bank. Returns 0 if it could not be loaded.
|
||||
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUISpriteBank* getSpriteBank(const io::path& filename) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an empty sprite bank to the manager
|
||||
/** \param name Name of the new sprite bank.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the sprite bank.
|
||||
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUISpriteBank* addEmptySpriteBank(const io::path& name) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the root gui element.
|
||||
/** This is the first gui element, the (direct or indirect) parent of all
|
||||
other gui elements. It is a valid IGUIElement, with dimensions the same
|
||||
size as the screen.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the root element of the GUI. The returned pointer
|
||||
should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more
|
||||
information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIElement* getRootGUIElement() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a button element.
|
||||
/** \param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the button.
|
||||
\param parent Parent gui element of the button.
|
||||
\param id Id with which the gui element can be identified.
|
||||
\param text Text displayed on the button.
|
||||
\param tooltiptext Text displayed in the tooltip.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created button. Returns 0 if an error occurred.
|
||||
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
|
||||
more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIButton* addButton(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
|
||||
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, const wchar_t* text=0, const wchar_t* tooltiptext = 0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an empty window element.
|
||||
/** \param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the window.
|
||||
\param modal Defines if the dialog is modal. This means, that all other
|
||||
gui elements which were created before the window cannot be used until
|
||||
it is removed.
|
||||
\param text Text displayed as the window title.
|
||||
\param parent Parent gui element of the window.
|
||||
\param id Id with which the gui element can be identified.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created window. Returns 0 if an error occurred.
|
||||
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
|
||||
more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIWindow* addWindow(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle, bool modal = false,
|
||||
const wchar_t* text=0, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a modal screen.
|
||||
/** This control stops its parent's members from being able to receive
|
||||
input until its last child is removed, it then deletes itself.
|
||||
\param parent Parent gui element of the modal.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created modal. Returns 0 if an error occurred.
|
||||
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
|
||||
more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIElement* addModalScreen(IGUIElement* parent) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a message box.
|
||||
/** \param caption Text to be displayed the title of the message box.
|
||||
\param text Text to be displayed in the body of the message box.
|
||||
\param modal Defines if the dialog is modal. This means, that all other
|
||||
gui elements which were created before the message box cannot be used
|
||||
until this messagebox is removed.
|
||||
\param flags Flags specifying the layout of the message box. For example
|
||||
to create a message box with an OK and a CANCEL button on it, set this
|
||||
to (EMBF_OK | EMBF_CANCEL).
|
||||
\param parent Parent gui element of the message box.
|
||||
\param id Id with which the gui element can be identified.
|
||||
\param image Optional texture which will be displayed beside the text as an image
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created message box. Returns 0 if an error
|
||||
occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIWindow* addMessageBox(const wchar_t* caption, const wchar_t* text=0,
|
||||
bool modal = true, s32 flags = EMBF_OK, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, video::ITexture* image=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a scrollbar.
|
||||
/** \param horizontal Specifies if the scroll bar is drawn horizontal
|
||||
or vertical.
|
||||
\param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the scrollbar.
|
||||
\param parent Parent gui element of the scroll bar.
|
||||
\param id Id to identify the gui element.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created scrollbar. Returns 0 if an error
|
||||
occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIScrollBar* addScrollBar(bool horizontal, const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
|
||||
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an image element.
|
||||
/** \param image Image to be displayed.
|
||||
\param pos Position of the image. The width and height of the image is
|
||||
taken from the image.
|
||||
\param useAlphaChannel Sets if the image should use the alpha channel
|
||||
of the texture to draw itself.
|
||||
\param parent Parent gui element of the image.
|
||||
\param id Id to identify the gui element.
|
||||
\param text Title text of the image.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created image element. Returns 0 if an error
|
||||
occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIImage* addImage(video::ITexture* image, core::position2d<s32> pos,
|
||||
bool useAlphaChannel=true, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, const wchar_t* text=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an image element.
|
||||
/** Use IGUIImage::setImage later to set the image to be displayed.
|
||||
\param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the image.
|
||||
\param parent Parent gui element of the image.
|
||||
\param id Id to identify the gui element.
|
||||
\param text Title text of the image.
|
||||
\param useAlphaChannel Sets if the image should use the alpha channel
|
||||
of the texture to draw itself.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created image element. Returns 0 if an error
|
||||
occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIImage* addImage(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
|
||||
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, const wchar_t* text=0, bool useAlphaChannel=true) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a checkbox element.
|
||||
/** \param checked Define the initial state of the check box.
|
||||
\param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the check box.
|
||||
\param parent Parent gui element of the check box.
|
||||
\param id Id to identify the gui element.
|
||||
\param text Title text of the check box.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created check box. Returns 0 if an error
|
||||
occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUICheckBox* addCheckBox(bool checked, const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
|
||||
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, const wchar_t* text=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a list box element.
|
||||
/** \param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the list box.
|
||||
\param parent Parent gui element of the list box.
|
||||
\param id Id to identify the gui element.
|
||||
\param drawBackground Flag whether the background should be drawn.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created list box. Returns 0 if an error occurred.
|
||||
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
|
||||
more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIListBox* addListBox(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
|
||||
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, bool drawBackground=false) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a tree view element.
|
||||
/** \param rectangle Position and dimension of list box.
|
||||
\param parent Parent gui element of the list box.
|
||||
\param id Id to identify the gui element.
|
||||
\param drawBackground Flag whether the background should be drawn.
|
||||
\param scrollBarVertical Flag whether a vertical scrollbar should be used
|
||||
\param scrollBarHorizontal Flag whether a horizontal scrollbar should be used
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created list box. Returns 0 if an error occurred.
|
||||
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
|
||||
more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUITreeView* addTreeView(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
|
||||
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, bool drawBackground=false,
|
||||
bool scrollBarVertical = true, bool scrollBarHorizontal = false) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a mesh viewer. Not 100% implemented yet.
|
||||
/** \param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the mesh viewer.
|
||||
\param parent Parent gui element of the mesh viewer.
|
||||
\param id Id to identify the gui element.
|
||||
\param text Title text of the mesh viewer.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created mesh viewer. Returns 0 if an error
|
||||
occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIMeshViewer* addMeshViewer(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
|
||||
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, const wchar_t* text=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a file open dialog.
|
||||
/** \param title Text to be displayed as the title of the dialog.
|
||||
\param modal Defines if the dialog is modal. This means, that all other
|
||||
gui elements which were created before the message box cannot be used
|
||||
until this messagebox is removed.
|
||||
\param parent Parent gui element of the dialog.
|
||||
\param id Id to identify the gui element.
|
||||
\param restoreCWD If set to true, the current workingn directory will be
|
||||
restored after the dialog is closed in some way. Otherwise the working
|
||||
directory will be the one that the file dialog was last showing.
|
||||
\param startDir Optional path for which the file dialog will be opened.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created file open dialog. Returns 0 if an error
|
||||
occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIFileOpenDialog* addFileOpenDialog(const wchar_t* title=0,
|
||||
bool modal=true, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1,
|
||||
bool restoreCWD=false, io::path::char_type* startDir=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a color select dialog.
|
||||
/** \param title The title of the dialog.
|
||||
\param modal Defines if the dialog is modal. This means, that all other
|
||||
gui elements which were created before the dialog cannot be used
|
||||
until it is removed.
|
||||
\param parent The parent of the dialog.
|
||||
\param id The ID of the dialog.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created file open dialog. Returns 0 if an error
|
||||
occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIColorSelectDialog* addColorSelectDialog(const wchar_t* title = 0,
|
||||
bool modal=true, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a static text.
|
||||
/** \param text Text to be displayed. Can be altered after creation by SetText().
|
||||
\param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the static text
|
||||
\param border Set to true if the static text should have a 3d border.
|
||||
\param wordWrap Enable if the text should wrap into multiple lines.
|
||||
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
|
||||
\param id The ID of the element.
|
||||
\param fillBackground Enable if the background shall be filled.
|
||||
Defaults to false.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created static text. Returns 0 if an error
|
||||
occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIStaticText* addStaticText(const wchar_t* text, const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
|
||||
bool border=false, bool wordWrap=true, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1,
|
||||
bool fillBackground = false) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an edit box.
|
||||
/** Supports unicode input from every keyboard around the world,
|
||||
scrolling, copying and pasting (exchanging data with the clipboard
|
||||
directly), maximum character amount, marking, and all shortcuts like
|
||||
ctrl+X, ctrl+V, ctrl+C, shift+Left, shift+Right, Home, End, and so on.
|
||||
\param text Text to be displayed. Can be altered after creation
|
||||
by setText().
|
||||
\param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the edit box.
|
||||
\param border Set to true if the edit box should have a 3d border.
|
||||
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
|
||||
Set it to 0 to place the edit box directly in the environment.
|
||||
\param id The ID of the element.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created edit box. Returns 0 if an error occurred.
|
||||
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
|
||||
more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIEditBox* addEditBox(const wchar_t* text, const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
|
||||
bool border=true, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a spin box.
|
||||
/** An edit box with up and down buttons
|
||||
\param text Text to be displayed. Can be altered after creation by setText().
|
||||
\param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the spin box.
|
||||
\param border Set to true if the spin box should have a 3d border.
|
||||
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
|
||||
Set it to 0 to place the spin box directly in the environment.
|
||||
\param id The ID of the element.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created spin box. Returns 0 if an error occurred.
|
||||
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
|
||||
more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUISpinBox* addSpinBox(const wchar_t* text, const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
|
||||
bool border=true,IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an element for fading in or out.
|
||||
/** \param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the fader.
|
||||
If the pointer is NULL, the whole screen is used.
|
||||
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
|
||||
\param id An identifier for the fader.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created in-out-fader. Returns 0 if an error
|
||||
occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIInOutFader* addInOutFader(const core::rect<s32>* rectangle=0, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a tab control to the environment.
|
||||
/** \param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the tab control.
|
||||
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
|
||||
Set it to 0 to place the tab control directly in the environment.
|
||||
\param fillbackground Specifies if the background of the tab control
|
||||
should be drawn.
|
||||
\param border Specifies if a flat 3d border should be drawn. This is
|
||||
usually not necessary unless you place the control directly into
|
||||
the environment without a window as parent.
|
||||
\param id An identifier for the tab control.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created tab control element. Returns 0 if an
|
||||
error occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUITabControl* addTabControl(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
|
||||
IGUIElement* parent=0, bool fillbackground=false,
|
||||
bool border=true, s32 id=-1) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds tab to the environment.
|
||||
/** You can use this element to group other elements. This is not used
|
||||
for creating tabs on tab controls, please use IGUITabControl::addTab()
|
||||
for this instead.
|
||||
\param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the tab.
|
||||
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
|
||||
Set it to 0 to place the tab directly in the environment.
|
||||
\param id An identifier for the tab.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created tab. Returns 0 if an
|
||||
error occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUITab* addTab(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
|
||||
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a context menu to the environment.
|
||||
/** \param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the menu.
|
||||
Note that the menu is resizing itself based on what items you add.
|
||||
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
|
||||
Set it to 0 to place the menu directly in the environment.
|
||||
\param id An identifier for the menu.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created context menu. Returns 0 if an
|
||||
error occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIContextMenu* addContextMenu(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
|
||||
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a menu to the environment.
|
||||
/** This is like the menu you can find on top of most windows in modern
|
||||
graphical user interfaces.
|
||||
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
|
||||
Set it to 0 to place the menu directly in the environment.
|
||||
\param id An identifier for the menu.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created menu. Returns 0 if an
|
||||
error occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIContextMenu* addMenu(IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a toolbar to the environment.
|
||||
/** It is like a menu that is always placed on top of its parent, and
|
||||
contains buttons.
|
||||
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
|
||||
Set it to 0 to place the tool bar directly in the environment.
|
||||
\param id An identifier for the tool bar.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created tool bar. Returns 0 if an
|
||||
error occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIToolBar* addToolBar(IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a combo box to the environment.
|
||||
/** \param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the combo box.
|
||||
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
|
||||
Set it to 0 to place the combo box directly in the environment.
|
||||
\param id An identifier for the combo box.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created combo box. Returns 0 if an
|
||||
error occurred. This pointer should not be dropped. See
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIComboBox* addComboBox(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
|
||||
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a table to the environment
|
||||
/** \param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the table.
|
||||
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window. Set it to 0
|
||||
to place the element directly in the environment.
|
||||
\param id An identifier for the table.
|
||||
\param drawBackground Flag whether the background should be drawn.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created table. Returns 0 if an error occurred.
|
||||
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
|
||||
more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUITable* addTable(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
|
||||
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, bool drawBackground=false) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the default element factory which can create all built-in elements
|
||||
/** \return Pointer to the factory.
|
||||
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
|
||||
more information. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIElementFactory* getDefaultGUIElementFactory() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds an element factory to the gui environment.
|
||||
/** Use this to extend the gui environment with new element types which
|
||||
it should be able to create automatically, for example when loading
|
||||
data from xml files.
|
||||
\param factoryToAdd Pointer to new factory. */
|
||||
virtual void registerGUIElementFactory(IGUIElementFactory* factoryToAdd) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get amount of registered gui element factories.
|
||||
/** \return Amount of registered gui element factories. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getRegisteredGUIElementFactoryCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get a gui element factory by index
|
||||
/** \param index Index of the factory.
|
||||
\return Factory at given index, or 0 if no such factory exists. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIElementFactory* getGUIElementFactory(u32 index) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a GUI element by its name
|
||||
/** Each factory is checked if it can create an element of the given
|
||||
name. The first match will be created.
|
||||
\param elementName Name of the element to be created.
|
||||
\param parent Parent of the new element, if not 0.
|
||||
\return New GUI element, or 0 if no such element exists. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIElement* addGUIElement(const c8* elementName, IGUIElement* parent=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Saves the current gui into a file.
|
||||
/** \param filename Name of the file.
|
||||
\param start The GUIElement to start with. Root if 0.
|
||||
\return True if saving succeeded, else false. */
|
||||
virtual bool saveGUI(const io::path& filename, IGUIElement* start=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Saves the current gui into a file.
|
||||
/** \param file The file to write to.
|
||||
\param start The GUIElement to start with. Root if 0.
|
||||
\return True if saving succeeded, else false. */
|
||||
virtual bool saveGUI(io::IWriteFile* file, IGUIElement* start=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Loads the gui. Note that the current gui is not cleared before.
|
||||
/** When a parent is set the elements will be added below the parent, the parent itself does not deserialize.
|
||||
When the file contains skin-settings from the gui-environment those are always serialized into the
|
||||
guienvironment independent of the parent setting.
|
||||
\param filename Name of the file.
|
||||
\param parent Parent for the loaded GUI, root if 0.
|
||||
\return True if loading succeeded, else false. */
|
||||
virtual bool loadGUI(const io::path& filename, IGUIElement* parent=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Loads the gui. Note that the current gui is not cleared before.
|
||||
/** When a parent is set the elements will be added below the parent, the parent itself does not deserialize.
|
||||
When the file contains skin-settings from the gui-environment those are always serialized into the
|
||||
guienvironment independent of the parent setting.
|
||||
\param file The file to load from.
|
||||
\param parent Parent for the loaded GUI, root if 0.
|
||||
\return True if loading succeeded, else false. */
|
||||
virtual bool loadGUI(io::IReadFile* file, IGUIElement* parent=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Writes attributes of the gui environment
|
||||
virtual void serializeAttributes(io::IAttributes* out, io::SAttributeReadWriteOptions* options=0) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Reads attributes of the gui environment
|
||||
virtual void deserializeAttributes(io::IAttributes* in, io::SAttributeReadWriteOptions* options=0)=0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! writes an element
|
||||
virtual void writeGUIElement(io::IXMLWriter* writer, IGUIElement* node) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! reads an element
|
||||
virtual void readGUIElement(io::IXMLReader* reader, IGUIElement* node) =0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_FILE_OPEN_DIALOG_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_FILE_OPEN_DIALOG_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIElement.h"
|
||||
#include "path.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Standard file chooser dialog.
|
||||
/** \warning When the user selects a folder this does change the current working directory
|
||||
|
||||
\par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
|
||||
\li EGET_DIRECTORY_SELECTED
|
||||
\li EGET_FILE_SELECTED
|
||||
\li EGET_FILE_CHOOSE_DIALOG_CANCELLED
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IGUIFileOpenDialog : public IGUIElement
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IGUIFileOpenDialog(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
|
||||
: IGUIElement(EGUIET_FILE_OPEN_DIALOG, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the filename of the selected file. Returns NULL, if no file was selected.
|
||||
virtual const wchar_t* getFileName() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the directory of the selected file. Returns NULL, if no directory was selected.
|
||||
virtual const io::path& getDirectoryName() = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_FONT_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_FONT_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "SColor.h"
|
||||
#include "rect.h"
|
||||
#include "irrString.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! An enum for the different types of GUI font.
|
||||
enum EGUI_FONT_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Bitmap fonts loaded from an XML file or a texture.
|
||||
EGFT_BITMAP = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Scalable vector fonts loaded from an XML file.
|
||||
/** These fonts reside in system memory and use no video memory
|
||||
until they are displayed. These are slower than bitmap fonts
|
||||
but can be easily scaled and rotated. */
|
||||
EGFT_VECTOR,
|
||||
|
||||
//! A font which uses a the native API provided by the operating system.
|
||||
/** Currently not used. */
|
||||
EGFT_OS,
|
||||
|
||||
//! An external font type provided by the user.
|
||||
EGFT_CUSTOM
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Font interface.
|
||||
class IGUIFont : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Draws some text and clips it to the specified rectangle if wanted.
|
||||
/** \param text: Text to draw
|
||||
\param position: Rectangle specifying position where to draw the text.
|
||||
\param color: Color of the text
|
||||
\param hcenter: Specifies if the text should be centered horizontally into the rectangle.
|
||||
\param vcenter: Specifies if the text should be centered vertically into the rectangle.
|
||||
\param clip: Optional pointer to a rectangle against which the text will be clipped.
|
||||
If the pointer is null, no clipping will be done. */
|
||||
virtual void draw(const core::stringw& text, const core::rect<s32>& position,
|
||||
video::SColor color, bool hcenter=false, bool vcenter=false,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Calculates the width and height of a given string of text.
|
||||
/** \return Returns width and height of the area covered by the text if
|
||||
it would be drawn. */
|
||||
virtual core::dimension2d<u32> getDimension(const wchar_t* text) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Calculates the index of the character in the text which is on a specific position.
|
||||
/** \param text: Text string.
|
||||
\param pixel_x: X pixel position of which the index of the character will be returned.
|
||||
\return Returns zero based index of the character in the text, and -1 if no no character
|
||||
is on this position. (=the text is too short). */
|
||||
virtual s32 getCharacterFromPos(const wchar_t* text, s32 pixel_x) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the type of this font
|
||||
virtual EGUI_FONT_TYPE getType() const { return EGFT_CUSTOM; }
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets global kerning width for the font.
|
||||
virtual void setKerningWidth (s32 kerning) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets global kerning height for the font.
|
||||
virtual void setKerningHeight (s32 kerning) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets kerning values (distance between letters) for the font. If no parameters are provided,
|
||||
/** the global kerning distance is returned.
|
||||
\param thisLetter: If this parameter is provided, the left side kerning
|
||||
for this letter is added to the global kerning value. For example, a
|
||||
space might only be one pixel wide, but it may be displayed as several
|
||||
pixels.
|
||||
\param previousLetter: If provided, kerning is calculated for both
|
||||
letters and added to the global kerning value. For example, in a font
|
||||
which supports kerning pairs a string such as 'Wo' may have the 'o'
|
||||
tucked neatly under the 'W'.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual s32 getKerningWidth(const wchar_t* thisLetter=0, const wchar_t* previousLetter=0) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the distance between letters
|
||||
virtual s32 getKerningHeight() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Define which characters should not be drawn by the font.
|
||||
/** For example " " would not draw any space which is usually blank in
|
||||
most fonts.
|
||||
\param s String of symbols which are not send down to the videodriver
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void setInvisibleCharacters( const wchar_t *s ) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_FONT_BITMAP_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_FONT_BITMAP_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIFont.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IGUISpriteBank;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Font interface.
|
||||
class IGUIFontBitmap : public IGUIFont
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the type of this font
|
||||
virtual EGUI_FONT_TYPE getType() const { return EGFT_BITMAP; }
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns the parsed Symbol Information
|
||||
virtual IGUISpriteBank* getSpriteBank() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns the sprite number from a given character
|
||||
virtual u32 getSpriteNoFromChar(const wchar_t *c) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets kerning values (distance between letters) for the font. If no parameters are provided,
|
||||
/** the global kerning distance is returned.
|
||||
\param thisLetter: If this parameter is provided, the left side kerning for this letter is added
|
||||
to the global kerning value. For example, a space might only be one pixel wide, but it may
|
||||
be displayed as several pixels.
|
||||
\param previousLetter: If provided, kerning is calculated for both letters and added to the global
|
||||
kerning value. For example, EGFT_BITMAP will add the right kerning value of previousLetter to the
|
||||
left side kerning value of thisLetter, then add the global value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual s32 getKerningWidth(const wchar_t* thisLetter=0, const wchar_t* previousLetter=0) const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_IMAGE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_IMAGE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIElement.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
class ITexture;
|
||||
}
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! GUI element displaying an image.
|
||||
class IGUIImage : public IGUIElement
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IGUIImage(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
|
||||
: IGUIElement(EGUIET_IMAGE, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets an image texture
|
||||
virtual void setImage(video::ITexture* image) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the image texture
|
||||
virtual video::ITexture* getImage() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the color of the image
|
||||
virtual void setColor(video::SColor color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets if the image should scale to fit the element
|
||||
virtual void setScaleImage(bool scale) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets if the image should use its alpha channel to draw itself
|
||||
virtual void setUseAlphaChannel(bool use) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the color of the image
|
||||
virtual video::SColor getColor() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns true if the image is scaled to fit, false if not
|
||||
virtual bool isImageScaled() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns true if the image is using the alpha channel, false if not
|
||||
virtual bool isAlphaChannelUsed() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// written by Reinhard Ostermeier, reinhard@nospam.r-ostermeier.de
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_IMAGE_LIST_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_IMAGE_LIST_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIElement.h"
|
||||
#include "rect.h"
|
||||
#include "irrTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Font interface.
|
||||
class IGUIImageList : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Destructor
|
||||
virtual ~IGUIImageList() {};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Draws an image and clips it to the specified rectangle if wanted
|
||||
//! \param index: Index of the image
|
||||
//! \param destPos: Position of the image to draw
|
||||
//! \param clip: Optional pointer to a rectalgle against which the text will be clipped.
|
||||
//! If the pointer is null, no clipping will be done.
|
||||
virtual void draw(s32 index, const core::position2d<s32>& destPos,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>* clip = 0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the count of Images in the list.
|
||||
//! \return Returns the count of Images in the list.
|
||||
virtual s32 getImageCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the size of the images in the list.
|
||||
//! \return Returns the size of the images in the list.
|
||||
virtual core::dimension2d<s32> getImageSize() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_IN_OUT_FADER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_IN_OUT_FADER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIElement.h"
|
||||
#include "SColor.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Element for fading out or in
|
||||
/** Here is a small example on how the class is used. In this example we fade
|
||||
in from a total red screen in the beginning. As you can see, the fader is not
|
||||
only useful for dramatic in and out fading, but also to show that the player
|
||||
is hit in a first person shooter game for example.
|
||||
\code
|
||||
gui::IGUIInOutFader* fader = device->getGUIEnvironment()->addInOutFader();
|
||||
fader->setColor(video::SColor(0,255,0,0));
|
||||
fader->fadeIn(4000);
|
||||
\endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IGUIInOutFader : public IGUIElement
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IGUIInOutFader(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
|
||||
: IGUIElement(EGUIET_IN_OUT_FADER, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the color to fade out to or to fade in from.
|
||||
virtual video::SColor getColor() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the color to fade out to or to fade in from.
|
||||
/** \param color: Color to where it is faded out od from it is faded in. */
|
||||
virtual void setColor(video::SColor color) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void setColor(video::SColor source, video::SColor dest) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Starts the fade in process.
|
||||
/** In the beginning the whole rect is drawn by the set color
|
||||
(black by default) and at the end of the overgiven time the
|
||||
color has faded out.
|
||||
\param time: Time specifying how long it should need to fade in,
|
||||
in milliseconds. */
|
||||
virtual void fadeIn(u32 time) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Starts the fade out process.
|
||||
/** In the beginning everything is visible, and at the end of
|
||||
the time only the set color (black by the fault) will be drawn.
|
||||
\param time: Time specifying how long it should need to fade out,
|
||||
in milliseconds. */
|
||||
virtual void fadeOut(u32 time) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns if the fade in or out process is done.
|
||||
virtual bool isReady() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_LIST_BOX_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_LIST_BOX_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIElement.h"
|
||||
#include "SColor.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IGUISpriteBank;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Enumeration for listbox colors
|
||||
enum EGUI_LISTBOX_COLOR
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Color of text
|
||||
EGUI_LBC_TEXT=0,
|
||||
//! Color of selected text
|
||||
EGUI_LBC_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT,
|
||||
//! Color of icon
|
||||
EGUI_LBC_ICON,
|
||||
//! Color of selected icon
|
||||
EGUI_LBC_ICON_HIGHLIGHT,
|
||||
//! Not used, just counts the number of available colors
|
||||
EGUI_LBC_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Default list box GUI element.
|
||||
/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
|
||||
\li EGET_LISTBOX_CHANGED
|
||||
\li EGET_LISTBOX_SELECTED_AGAIN
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IGUIListBox : public IGUIElement
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IGUIListBox(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
|
||||
: IGUIElement(EGUIET_LIST_BOX, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns amount of list items
|
||||
virtual u32 getItemCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns string of a list item. the may id be a value from 0 to itemCount-1
|
||||
virtual const wchar_t* getListItem(u32 id) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! adds an list item, returns id of item
|
||||
virtual u32 addItem(const wchar_t* text) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! adds an list item with an icon
|
||||
/** \param text Text of list entry
|
||||
\param icon Sprite index of the Icon within the current sprite bank. Set it to -1 if you want no icon
|
||||
\return The id of the new created item */
|
||||
virtual u32 addItem(const wchar_t* text, s32 icon) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Removes an item from the list
|
||||
virtual void removeItem(u32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! get the the id of the item at the given absolute coordinates
|
||||
/** \return The id of the listitem or -1 when no item is at those coordinates*/
|
||||
virtual s32 getItemAt(s32 xpos, s32 ypos) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the icon of an item
|
||||
virtual s32 getIcon(u32 index) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the sprite bank which should be used to draw list icons.
|
||||
/** This font is set to the sprite bank of the built-in-font by
|
||||
default. A sprite can be displayed in front of every list item.
|
||||
An icon is an index within the icon sprite bank. Several
|
||||
default icons are available in the skin through getIcon. */
|
||||
virtual void setSpriteBank(IGUISpriteBank* bank) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! clears the list, deletes all items in the listbox
|
||||
virtual void clear() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns id of selected item. returns -1 if no item is selected.
|
||||
virtual s32 getSelected() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets the selected item. Set this to -1 if no item should be selected
|
||||
virtual void setSelected(s32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets the selected item. Set this to 0 if no item should be selected
|
||||
virtual void setSelected(const wchar_t *item) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! set whether the listbox should scroll to newly selected items
|
||||
virtual void setAutoScrollEnabled(bool scroll) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns true if automatic scrolling is enabled, false if not.
|
||||
virtual bool isAutoScrollEnabled() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! set all item colors at given index to color
|
||||
virtual void setItemOverrideColor(u32 index, video::SColor color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! set all item colors of specified type at given index to color
|
||||
virtual void setItemOverrideColor(u32 index, EGUI_LISTBOX_COLOR colorType, video::SColor color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! clear all item colors at index
|
||||
virtual void clearItemOverrideColor(u32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! clear item color at index for given colortype
|
||||
virtual void clearItemOverrideColor(u32 index, EGUI_LISTBOX_COLOR colorType) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! has the item at index its color overwritten?
|
||||
virtual bool hasItemOverrideColor(u32 index, EGUI_LISTBOX_COLOR colorType) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! return the overwrite color at given item index.
|
||||
virtual video::SColor getItemOverrideColor(u32 index, EGUI_LISTBOX_COLOR colorType) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! return the default color which is used for the given colorType
|
||||
virtual video::SColor getItemDefaultColor(EGUI_LISTBOX_COLOR colorType) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! set the item at the given index
|
||||
virtual void setItem(u32 index, const wchar_t* text, s32 icon) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Insert the item at the given index
|
||||
/** \return The index on success or -1 on failure. */
|
||||
virtual s32 insertItem(u32 index, const wchar_t* text, s32 icon) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Swap the items at the given indices
|
||||
virtual void swapItems(u32 index1, u32 index2) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! set global itemHeight
|
||||
virtual void setItemHeight( s32 height ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets whether to draw the background
|
||||
virtual void setDrawBackground(bool draw) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_MESH_VIEWER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_MESH_VIEWER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIElement.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
class SMaterial;
|
||||
} // end namespace video
|
||||
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IAnimatedMesh;
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! 3d mesh viewing GUI element.
|
||||
class IGUIMeshViewer : public IGUIElement
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IGUIMeshViewer(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
|
||||
: IGUIElement(EGUIET_MESH_VIEWER, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the mesh to be shown
|
||||
virtual void setMesh(scene::IAnimatedMesh* mesh) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the displayed mesh
|
||||
virtual scene::IAnimatedMesh* getMesh() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the material
|
||||
virtual void setMaterial(const video::SMaterial& material) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the material
|
||||
virtual const video::SMaterial& getMaterial() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_SCROLL_BAR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_SCROLL_BAR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIElement.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Default scroll bar GUI element.
|
||||
/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
|
||||
\li EGET_SCROLL_BAR_CHANGED
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IGUIScrollBar : public IGUIElement
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IGUIScrollBar(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
|
||||
: IGUIElement(EGUIET_SCROLL_BAR, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets the maximum value of the scrollbar.
|
||||
virtual void setMax(s32 max) = 0;
|
||||
//! gets the maximum value of the scrollbar.
|
||||
virtual s32 getMax() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets the minimum value of the scrollbar.
|
||||
virtual void setMin(s32 min) = 0;
|
||||
//! gets the minimum value of the scrollbar.
|
||||
virtual s32 getMin() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! gets the small step value
|
||||
virtual s32 getSmallStep() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the small step
|
||||
/** That is the amount that the value changes by when clicking
|
||||
on the buttons or using the cursor keys. */
|
||||
virtual void setSmallStep(s32 step) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! gets the large step value
|
||||
virtual s32 getLargeStep() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the large step
|
||||
/** That is the amount that the value changes by when clicking
|
||||
in the tray, or using the page up and page down keys. */
|
||||
virtual void setLargeStep(s32 step) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! gets the current position of the scrollbar
|
||||
virtual s32 getPos() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets the current position of the scrollbar
|
||||
virtual void setPos(s32 pos) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,574 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_SKIN_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_SKIN_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IAttributeExchangingObject.h"
|
||||
#include "EGUIAlignment.h"
|
||||
#include "SColor.h"
|
||||
#include "rect.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IGUIFont;
|
||||
class IGUISpriteBank;
|
||||
class IGUIElement;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Enumeration of available default skins.
|
||||
/** To set one of the skins, use the following code, for example to set
|
||||
the Windows classic skin:
|
||||
\code
|
||||
gui::IGUISkin* newskin = environment->createSkin(gui::EGST_WINDOWS_CLASSIC);
|
||||
environment->setSkin(newskin);
|
||||
newskin->drop();
|
||||
\endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum EGUI_SKIN_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Default windows look and feel
|
||||
EGST_WINDOWS_CLASSIC=0,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Like EGST_WINDOWS_CLASSIC, but with metallic shaded windows and buttons
|
||||
EGST_WINDOWS_METALLIC,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Burning's skin
|
||||
EGST_BURNING_SKIN,
|
||||
|
||||
//! An unknown skin, not serializable at present
|
||||
EGST_UNKNOWN,
|
||||
|
||||
//! this value is not used, it only specifies the number of skin types
|
||||
EGST_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Names for gui element types
|
||||
const c8* const GUISkinTypeNames[EGST_COUNT+1] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"windowsClassic",
|
||||
"windowsMetallic",
|
||||
"burning",
|
||||
"unknown",
|
||||
0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Enumeration for skin colors
|
||||
enum EGUI_DEFAULT_COLOR
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Dark shadow for three-dimensional display elements.
|
||||
EGDC_3D_DARK_SHADOW = 0,
|
||||
//! Shadow color for three-dimensional display elements (for edges facing away from the light source).
|
||||
EGDC_3D_SHADOW,
|
||||
//! Face color for three-dimensional display elements and for dialog box backgrounds.
|
||||
EGDC_3D_FACE,
|
||||
//! Highlight color for three-dimensional display elements (for edges facing the light source.)
|
||||
EGDC_3D_HIGH_LIGHT,
|
||||
//! Light color for three-dimensional display elements (for edges facing the light source.)
|
||||
EGDC_3D_LIGHT,
|
||||
//! Active window border.
|
||||
EGDC_ACTIVE_BORDER,
|
||||
//! Active window title bar text.
|
||||
EGDC_ACTIVE_CAPTION,
|
||||
//! Background color of multiple document interface (MDI) applications.
|
||||
EGDC_APP_WORKSPACE,
|
||||
//! Text on a button
|
||||
EGDC_BUTTON_TEXT,
|
||||
//! Grayed (disabled) text.
|
||||
EGDC_GRAY_TEXT,
|
||||
//! Item(s) selected in a control.
|
||||
EGDC_HIGH_LIGHT,
|
||||
//! Text of item(s) selected in a control.
|
||||
EGDC_HIGH_LIGHT_TEXT,
|
||||
//! Inactive window border.
|
||||
EGDC_INACTIVE_BORDER,
|
||||
//! Inactive window caption.
|
||||
EGDC_INACTIVE_CAPTION,
|
||||
//! Tool tip text color
|
||||
EGDC_TOOLTIP,
|
||||
//! Tool tip background color
|
||||
EGDC_TOOLTIP_BACKGROUND,
|
||||
//! Scrollbar gray area
|
||||
EGDC_SCROLLBAR,
|
||||
//! Window background
|
||||
EGDC_WINDOW,
|
||||
//! Window symbols like on close buttons, scroll bars and check boxes
|
||||
EGDC_WINDOW_SYMBOL,
|
||||
//! Icons in a list or tree
|
||||
EGDC_ICON,
|
||||
//! Selected icons in a list or tree
|
||||
EGDC_ICON_HIGH_LIGHT,
|
||||
//! Grayed (disabled) window symbols like on close buttons, scroll bars and check boxes
|
||||
EGDC_GRAY_WINDOW_SYMBOL,
|
||||
//! Window background for editable field (editbox, checkbox-field)
|
||||
EGDC_EDITABLE,
|
||||
//! Grayed (disabled) window background for editable field (editbox, checkbox-field)
|
||||
EGDC_GRAY_EDITABLE,
|
||||
//! Show focus of window background for editable field (editbox or when checkbox-field is pressed)
|
||||
EGDC_FOCUSED_EDITABLE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! this value is not used, it only specifies the amount of default colors
|
||||
//! available.
|
||||
EGDC_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Names for default skin colors
|
||||
const c8* const GUISkinColorNames[EGDC_COUNT+1] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"3DDarkShadow",
|
||||
"3DShadow",
|
||||
"3DFace",
|
||||
"3DHighlight",
|
||||
"3DLight",
|
||||
"ActiveBorder",
|
||||
"ActiveCaption",
|
||||
"AppWorkspace",
|
||||
"ButtonText",
|
||||
"GrayText",
|
||||
"Highlight",
|
||||
"HighlightText",
|
||||
"InactiveBorder",
|
||||
"InactiveCaption",
|
||||
"ToolTip",
|
||||
"ToolTipBackground",
|
||||
"ScrollBar",
|
||||
"Window",
|
||||
"WindowSymbol",
|
||||
"Icon",
|
||||
"IconHighlight",
|
||||
"GrayWindowSymbol",
|
||||
"Editable",
|
||||
"GrayEditable",
|
||||
"FocusedEditable",
|
||||
0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Enumeration for default sizes.
|
||||
enum EGUI_DEFAULT_SIZE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! default with / height of scrollbar
|
||||
EGDS_SCROLLBAR_SIZE = 0,
|
||||
//! height of menu
|
||||
EGDS_MENU_HEIGHT,
|
||||
//! width of a window button
|
||||
EGDS_WINDOW_BUTTON_WIDTH,
|
||||
//! width of a checkbox check
|
||||
EGDS_CHECK_BOX_WIDTH,
|
||||
//! \deprecated This may be removed by Irrlicht 1.9
|
||||
EGDS_MESSAGE_BOX_WIDTH,
|
||||
//! \deprecated This may be removed by Irrlicht 1.9
|
||||
EGDS_MESSAGE_BOX_HEIGHT,
|
||||
//! width of a default button
|
||||
EGDS_BUTTON_WIDTH,
|
||||
//! height of a default button
|
||||
EGDS_BUTTON_HEIGHT,
|
||||
//! distance for text from background
|
||||
EGDS_TEXT_DISTANCE_X,
|
||||
//! distance for text from background
|
||||
EGDS_TEXT_DISTANCE_Y,
|
||||
//! distance for text in the title bar, from the left of the window rect
|
||||
EGDS_TITLEBARTEXT_DISTANCE_X,
|
||||
//! distance for text in the title bar, from the top of the window rect
|
||||
EGDS_TITLEBARTEXT_DISTANCE_Y,
|
||||
//! free space in a messagebox between borders and contents on all sides
|
||||
EGDS_MESSAGE_BOX_GAP_SPACE,
|
||||
//! minimal space to reserve for messagebox text-width
|
||||
EGDS_MESSAGE_BOX_MIN_TEXT_WIDTH,
|
||||
//! maximal space to reserve for messagebox text-width
|
||||
EGDS_MESSAGE_BOX_MAX_TEXT_WIDTH,
|
||||
//! minimal space to reserve for messagebox text-height
|
||||
EGDS_MESSAGE_BOX_MIN_TEXT_HEIGHT,
|
||||
//! maximal space to reserve for messagebox text-height
|
||||
EGDS_MESSAGE_BOX_MAX_TEXT_HEIGHT,
|
||||
//! pixels to move the button image to the right when a pushbutton is pressed
|
||||
EGDS_BUTTON_PRESSED_IMAGE_OFFSET_X,
|
||||
//! pixels to move the button image down when a pushbutton is pressed
|
||||
EGDS_BUTTON_PRESSED_IMAGE_OFFSET_Y,
|
||||
//! pixels to move the button text to the right when a pushbutton is pressed
|
||||
EGDS_BUTTON_PRESSED_TEXT_OFFSET_X,
|
||||
//! pixels to move the button text down when a pushbutton is pressed
|
||||
EGDS_BUTTON_PRESSED_TEXT_OFFSET_Y,
|
||||
|
||||
//! this value is not used, it only specifies the amount of default sizes
|
||||
//! available.
|
||||
EGDS_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Names for default skin sizes
|
||||
const c8* const GUISkinSizeNames[EGDS_COUNT+1] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"ScrollBarSize",
|
||||
"MenuHeight",
|
||||
"WindowButtonWidth",
|
||||
"CheckBoxWidth",
|
||||
"MessageBoxWidth",
|
||||
"MessageBoxHeight",
|
||||
"ButtonWidth",
|
||||
"ButtonHeight",
|
||||
"TextDistanceX",
|
||||
"TextDistanceY",
|
||||
"TitleBarTextX",
|
||||
"TitleBarTextY",
|
||||
"MessageBoxGapSpace",
|
||||
"MessageBoxMinTextWidth",
|
||||
"MessageBoxMaxTextWidth",
|
||||
"MessageBoxMinTextHeight",
|
||||
"MessageBoxMaxTextHeight",
|
||||
"ButtonPressedImageOffsetX",
|
||||
"ButtonPressedImageOffsetY"
|
||||
"ButtonPressedTextOffsetX",
|
||||
"ButtonPressedTextOffsetY",
|
||||
0
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
enum EGUI_DEFAULT_TEXT
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Text for the OK button on a message box
|
||||
EGDT_MSG_BOX_OK = 0,
|
||||
//! Text for the Cancel button on a message box
|
||||
EGDT_MSG_BOX_CANCEL,
|
||||
//! Text for the Yes button on a message box
|
||||
EGDT_MSG_BOX_YES,
|
||||
//! Text for the No button on a message box
|
||||
EGDT_MSG_BOX_NO,
|
||||
//! Tooltip text for window close button
|
||||
EGDT_WINDOW_CLOSE,
|
||||
//! Tooltip text for window maximize button
|
||||
EGDT_WINDOW_MAXIMIZE,
|
||||
//! Tooltip text for window minimize button
|
||||
EGDT_WINDOW_MINIMIZE,
|
||||
//! Tooltip text for window restore button
|
||||
EGDT_WINDOW_RESTORE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! this value is not used, it only specifies the number of default texts
|
||||
EGDT_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Names for default skin sizes
|
||||
const c8* const GUISkinTextNames[EGDT_COUNT+1] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"MessageBoxOkay",
|
||||
"MessageBoxCancel",
|
||||
"MessageBoxYes",
|
||||
"MessageBoxNo",
|
||||
"WindowButtonClose",
|
||||
"WindowButtonMaximize",
|
||||
"WindowButtonMinimize",
|
||||
"WindowButtonRestore",
|
||||
0
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Customizable symbols for GUI
|
||||
enum EGUI_DEFAULT_ICON
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! maximize window button
|
||||
EGDI_WINDOW_MAXIMIZE = 0,
|
||||
//! restore window button
|
||||
EGDI_WINDOW_RESTORE,
|
||||
//! close window button
|
||||
EGDI_WINDOW_CLOSE,
|
||||
//! minimize window button
|
||||
EGDI_WINDOW_MINIMIZE,
|
||||
//! resize icon for bottom right corner of a window
|
||||
EGDI_WINDOW_RESIZE,
|
||||
//! scroll bar up button
|
||||
EGDI_CURSOR_UP,
|
||||
//! scroll bar down button
|
||||
EGDI_CURSOR_DOWN,
|
||||
//! scroll bar left button
|
||||
EGDI_CURSOR_LEFT,
|
||||
//! scroll bar right button
|
||||
EGDI_CURSOR_RIGHT,
|
||||
//! icon for menu children
|
||||
EGDI_MENU_MORE,
|
||||
//! tick for checkbox
|
||||
EGDI_CHECK_BOX_CHECKED,
|
||||
//! down arrow for dropdown menus
|
||||
EGDI_DROP_DOWN,
|
||||
//! smaller up arrow
|
||||
EGDI_SMALL_CURSOR_UP,
|
||||
//! smaller down arrow
|
||||
EGDI_SMALL_CURSOR_DOWN,
|
||||
//! selection dot in a radio button
|
||||
EGDI_RADIO_BUTTON_CHECKED,
|
||||
//! << icon indicating there is more content to the left
|
||||
EGDI_MORE_LEFT,
|
||||
//! >> icon indicating that there is more content to the right
|
||||
EGDI_MORE_RIGHT,
|
||||
//! icon indicating that there is more content above
|
||||
EGDI_MORE_UP,
|
||||
//! icon indicating that there is more content below
|
||||
EGDI_MORE_DOWN,
|
||||
//! plus icon for trees
|
||||
EGDI_EXPAND,
|
||||
|
||||
//! minus icon for trees
|
||||
EGDI_COLLAPSE,
|
||||
//! file icon for file selection
|
||||
EGDI_FILE,
|
||||
//! folder icon for file selection
|
||||
EGDI_DIRECTORY,
|
||||
|
||||
//! value not used, it only specifies the number of icons
|
||||
EGDI_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
const c8* const GUISkinIconNames[EGDI_COUNT+1] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"windowMaximize",
|
||||
"windowRestore",
|
||||
"windowClose",
|
||||
"windowMinimize",
|
||||
"windowResize",
|
||||
"cursorUp",
|
||||
"cursorDown",
|
||||
"cursorLeft",
|
||||
"cursorRight",
|
||||
"menuMore",
|
||||
"checkBoxChecked",
|
||||
"dropDown",
|
||||
"smallCursorUp",
|
||||
"smallCursorDown",
|
||||
"radioButtonChecked",
|
||||
"moreLeft",
|
||||
"moreRight",
|
||||
"moreUp",
|
||||
"moreDown",
|
||||
"expand",
|
||||
"collapse",
|
||||
"file",
|
||||
"directory",
|
||||
0
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// Customizable fonts
|
||||
enum EGUI_DEFAULT_FONT
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! For static text, edit boxes, lists and most other places
|
||||
EGDF_DEFAULT=0,
|
||||
//! Font for buttons
|
||||
EGDF_BUTTON,
|
||||
//! Font for window title bars
|
||||
EGDF_WINDOW,
|
||||
//! Font for menu items
|
||||
EGDF_MENU,
|
||||
//! Font for tooltips
|
||||
EGDF_TOOLTIP,
|
||||
//! this value is not used, it only specifies the amount of default fonts
|
||||
//! available.
|
||||
EGDF_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
const c8* const GUISkinFontNames[EGDF_COUNT+1] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"defaultFont",
|
||||
"buttonFont",
|
||||
"windowFont",
|
||||
"menuFont",
|
||||
"tooltipFont",
|
||||
0
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! A skin modifies the look of the GUI elements.
|
||||
class IGUISkin : public virtual io::IAttributeExchangingObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns default color
|
||||
virtual video::SColor getColor(EGUI_DEFAULT_COLOR color) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets a default color
|
||||
virtual void setColor(EGUI_DEFAULT_COLOR which, video::SColor newColor) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns size for the given size type
|
||||
virtual s32 getSize(EGUI_DEFAULT_SIZE size) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns a default text.
|
||||
/** For example for Message box button captions:
|
||||
"OK", "Cancel", "Yes", "No" and so on. */
|
||||
virtual const wchar_t* getDefaultText(EGUI_DEFAULT_TEXT text) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a default text.
|
||||
/** For example for Message box button captions:
|
||||
"OK", "Cancel", "Yes", "No" and so on. */
|
||||
virtual void setDefaultText(EGUI_DEFAULT_TEXT which, const wchar_t* newText) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets a default size
|
||||
virtual void setSize(EGUI_DEFAULT_SIZE which, s32 size) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns the default font
|
||||
virtual IGUIFont* getFont(EGUI_DEFAULT_FONT which=EGDF_DEFAULT) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets a default font
|
||||
virtual void setFont(IGUIFont* font, EGUI_DEFAULT_FONT which=EGDF_DEFAULT) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns the sprite bank
|
||||
virtual IGUISpriteBank* getSpriteBank() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets the sprite bank
|
||||
virtual void setSpriteBank(IGUISpriteBank* bank) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns a default icon
|
||||
/** Returns the sprite index within the sprite bank */
|
||||
virtual u32 getIcon(EGUI_DEFAULT_ICON icon) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a default icon
|
||||
/** Sets the sprite index used for drawing icons like arrows,
|
||||
close buttons and ticks in checkboxes
|
||||
\param icon: Enum specifying which icon to change
|
||||
\param index: The sprite index used to draw this icon */
|
||||
virtual void setIcon(EGUI_DEFAULT_ICON icon, u32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! draws a standard 3d button pane
|
||||
/** Used for drawing for example buttons in normal state.
|
||||
It uses the colors EGDC_3D_DARK_SHADOW, EGDC_3D_HIGH_LIGHT, EGDC_3D_SHADOW and
|
||||
EGDC_3D_FACE for this. See EGUI_DEFAULT_COLOR for details.
|
||||
\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
|
||||
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
|
||||
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
|
||||
\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
|
||||
\param clip: Clip area. */
|
||||
virtual void draw3DButtonPaneStandard(IGUIElement* element,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>& rect,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! draws a pressed 3d button pane
|
||||
/** Used for drawing for example buttons in pressed state.
|
||||
It uses the colors EGDC_3D_DARK_SHADOW, EGDC_3D_HIGH_LIGHT, EGDC_3D_SHADOW and
|
||||
EGDC_3D_FACE for this. See EGUI_DEFAULT_COLOR for details.
|
||||
\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
|
||||
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
|
||||
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
|
||||
\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
|
||||
\param clip: Clip area. */
|
||||
virtual void draw3DButtonPanePressed(IGUIElement* element,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>& rect,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! draws a sunken 3d pane
|
||||
/** Used for drawing the background of edit, combo or check boxes.
|
||||
\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
|
||||
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
|
||||
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
|
||||
\param bgcolor: Background color.
|
||||
\param flat: Specifies if the sunken pane should be flat or displayed as sunken
|
||||
deep into the ground.
|
||||
\param fillBackGround: Specifies if the background should be filled with the background
|
||||
color or not be drawn at all.
|
||||
\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
|
||||
\param clip: Clip area. */
|
||||
virtual void draw3DSunkenPane(IGUIElement* element,
|
||||
video::SColor bgcolor, bool flat, bool fillBackGround,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>& rect,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! draws a window background
|
||||
/** Used for drawing the background of dialogs and windows.
|
||||
\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
|
||||
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
|
||||
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
|
||||
\param titleBarColor: Title color.
|
||||
\param drawTitleBar: True to enable title drawing.
|
||||
\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
|
||||
\param clip: Clip area.
|
||||
\param checkClientArea: When set to non-null the function will not draw anything,
|
||||
but will instead return the clientArea which can be used for drawing by the calling window.
|
||||
That is the area without borders and without titlebar.
|
||||
\return Returns rect where it would be good to draw title bar text. This will
|
||||
work even when checkClientArea is set to a non-null value.*/
|
||||
virtual core::rect<s32> draw3DWindowBackground(IGUIElement* element,
|
||||
bool drawTitleBar, video::SColor titleBarColor,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>& rect,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>* clip=0,
|
||||
core::rect<s32>* checkClientArea=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! draws a standard 3d menu pane
|
||||
/** Used for drawing for menus and context menus.
|
||||
It uses the colors EGDC_3D_DARK_SHADOW, EGDC_3D_HIGH_LIGHT, EGDC_3D_SHADOW and
|
||||
EGDC_3D_FACE for this. See EGUI_DEFAULT_COLOR for details.
|
||||
\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
|
||||
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
|
||||
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
|
||||
\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
|
||||
\param clip: Clip area. */
|
||||
virtual void draw3DMenuPane(IGUIElement* element,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>& rect,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! draws a standard 3d tool bar
|
||||
/** Used for drawing for toolbars and menus.
|
||||
\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
|
||||
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
|
||||
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
|
||||
\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
|
||||
\param clip: Clip area. */
|
||||
virtual void draw3DToolBar(IGUIElement* element,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>& rect,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! draws a tab button
|
||||
/** Used for drawing for tab buttons on top of tabs.
|
||||
\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
|
||||
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
|
||||
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
|
||||
\param active: Specifies if the tab is currently active.
|
||||
\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
|
||||
\param clip: Clip area.
|
||||
\param alignment Alignment of GUI element. */
|
||||
virtual void draw3DTabButton(IGUIElement* element, bool active,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>& rect, const core::rect<s32>* clip=0, gui::EGUI_ALIGNMENT alignment=EGUIA_UPPERLEFT) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! draws a tab control body
|
||||
/** \param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
|
||||
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
|
||||
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
|
||||
\param border: Specifies if the border should be drawn.
|
||||
\param background: Specifies if the background should be drawn.
|
||||
\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
|
||||
\param clip: Clip area.
|
||||
\param tabHeight Height of tab.
|
||||
\param alignment Alignment of GUI element. */
|
||||
virtual void draw3DTabBody(IGUIElement* element, bool border, bool background,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>& rect, const core::rect<s32>* clip=0, s32 tabHeight=-1, gui::EGUI_ALIGNMENT alignment=EGUIA_UPPERLEFT ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! draws an icon, usually from the skin's sprite bank
|
||||
/** \param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this icon.
|
||||
This parameter is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example
|
||||
by more complex implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
|
||||
\param icon: Specifies the icon to be drawn.
|
||||
\param position: The position to draw the icon
|
||||
\param starttime: The time at the start of the animation
|
||||
\param currenttime: The present time, used to calculate the frame number
|
||||
\param loop: Whether the animation should loop or not
|
||||
\param clip: Clip area. */
|
||||
virtual void drawIcon(IGUIElement* element, EGUI_DEFAULT_ICON icon,
|
||||
const core::position2di position, u32 starttime=0, u32 currenttime=0,
|
||||
bool loop=false, const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! draws a 2d rectangle.
|
||||
/** \param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this icon.
|
||||
This parameter is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example
|
||||
by more complex implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
|
||||
\param color: Color of the rectangle to draw. The alpha component specifies how
|
||||
transparent the rectangle will be.
|
||||
\param pos: Position of the rectangle.
|
||||
\param clip: Pointer to rectangle against which the rectangle will be clipped.
|
||||
If the pointer is null, no clipping will be performed. */
|
||||
virtual void draw2DRectangle(IGUIElement* element, const video::SColor &color,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>& pos, const core::rect<s32>* clip = 0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! get the type of this skin
|
||||
virtual EGUI_SKIN_TYPE getType() const { return EGST_UNKNOWN; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Michael Zeilfelder
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_SPIN_BOX_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_SPIN_BOX_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIElement.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IGUIEditBox;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Single line edit box + spin buttons
|
||||
/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
|
||||
\li EGET_SPINBOX_CHANGED
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IGUISpinBox : public IGUIElement
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IGUISpinBox(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent,
|
||||
s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
|
||||
: IGUIElement(EGUIET_SPIN_BOX, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Access the edit box used in the spin control
|
||||
virtual IGUIEditBox* getEditBox() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! set the current value of the spinbox
|
||||
/** \param val: value to be set in the spinbox */
|
||||
virtual void setValue(f32 val) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the current value of the spinbox
|
||||
virtual f32 getValue() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! set the range of values which can be used in the spinbox
|
||||
/** \param min: minimum value
|
||||
\param max: maximum value */
|
||||
virtual void setRange(f32 min, f32 max) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! get the minimum value which can be used in the spinbox
|
||||
virtual f32 getMin() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! get the maximum value which can be used in the spinbox
|
||||
virtual f32 getMax() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Step size by which values are changed when pressing the spinbuttons
|
||||
/** The step size also determines the number of decimal places to display
|
||||
\param step: stepsize used for value changes when pressing spinbuttons */
|
||||
virtual void setStepSize(f32 step=1.f) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the number of decimal places to display.
|
||||
//! Note that this also rounds the range to the same number of decimal places.
|
||||
/** \param places: The number of decimal places to display, use -1 to reset */
|
||||
virtual void setDecimalPlaces(s32 places) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! get the current step size
|
||||
virtual f32 getStepSize() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __I_GUI_SPIN_BOX_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_SPRITE_BANK_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_SPRITE_BANK_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "irrArray.h"
|
||||
#include "SColor.h"
|
||||
#include "rect.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
class ITexture;
|
||||
} // end namespace video
|
||||
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! A single sprite frame.
|
||||
struct SGUISpriteFrame
|
||||
{
|
||||
u32 textureNumber;
|
||||
u32 rectNumber;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! A sprite composed of several frames.
|
||||
struct SGUISprite
|
||||
{
|
||||
SGUISprite() : Frames(), frameTime(0) {}
|
||||
|
||||
core::array<SGUISpriteFrame> Frames;
|
||||
u32 frameTime;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sprite bank interface.
|
||||
/** See http://irrlicht.sourceforge.net/phpBB2/viewtopic.php?t=25742&highlight=spritebank
|
||||
* for more information how to use the spritebank.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IGUISpriteBank : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the list of rectangles held by the sprite bank
|
||||
virtual core::array< core::rect<s32> >& getPositions() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the array of animated sprites within the sprite bank
|
||||
virtual core::array< SGUISprite >& getSprites() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the number of textures held by the sprite bank
|
||||
virtual u32 getTextureCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the texture with the specified index
|
||||
virtual video::ITexture* getTexture(u32 index) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a texture to the sprite bank
|
||||
virtual void addTexture(video::ITexture* texture) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Changes one of the textures in the sprite bank
|
||||
virtual void setTexture(u32 index, video::ITexture* texture) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Add the texture and use it for a single non-animated sprite.
|
||||
//! The texture and the corresponding rectangle and sprite will all be added to the end of each array.
|
||||
//! returns the index of the sprite or -1 on failure
|
||||
virtual s32 addTextureAsSprite(video::ITexture* texture) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! clears sprites, rectangles and textures
|
||||
virtual void clear() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Draws a sprite in 2d with position and color
|
||||
virtual void draw2DSprite(u32 index, const core::position2di& pos,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>* clip=0,
|
||||
const video::SColor& color= video::SColor(255,255,255,255),
|
||||
u32 starttime=0, u32 currenttime=0,
|
||||
bool loop=true, bool center=false) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Draws a sprite batch in 2d using an array of positions and a color
|
||||
virtual void draw2DSpriteBatch(const core::array<u32>& indices, const core::array<core::position2di>& pos,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>* clip=0,
|
||||
const video::SColor& color= video::SColor(255,255,255,255),
|
||||
u32 starttime=0, u32 currenttime=0,
|
||||
bool loop=true, bool center=false) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __I_GUI_SPRITE_BANK_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_STATIC_TEXT_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_STATIC_TEXT_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIElement.h"
|
||||
#include "SColor.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IGUIFont;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Multi or single line text label.
|
||||
class IGUIStaticText : public IGUIElement
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IGUIStaticText(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
|
||||
: IGUIElement(EGUIET_STATIC_TEXT, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets another skin independent font.
|
||||
/** If this is set to zero, the button uses the font of the skin.
|
||||
\param font: New font to set. */
|
||||
virtual void setOverrideFont(IGUIFont* font=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the override font (if any)
|
||||
/** \return The override font (may be 0) */
|
||||
virtual IGUIFont* getOverrideFont(void) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the font which is used right now for drawing
|
||||
/** Currently this is the override font when one is set and the
|
||||
font of the active skin otherwise */
|
||||
virtual IGUIFont* getActiveFont() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets another color for the text.
|
||||
/** If set, the static text does not use the EGDC_BUTTON_TEXT color defined
|
||||
in the skin, but the set color instead. You don't need to call
|
||||
IGUIStaticText::enableOverrrideColor(true) after this, this is done
|
||||
by this function.
|
||||
If you set a color, and you want the text displayed with the color
|
||||
of the skin again, call IGUIStaticText::enableOverrideColor(false);
|
||||
\param color: New color of the text. */
|
||||
virtual void setOverrideColor(video::SColor color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the override color
|
||||
/** \return: The override color */
|
||||
virtual video::SColor getOverrideColor(void) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets if the static text should use the overide color or the color in the gui skin.
|
||||
/** \param enable: If set to true, the override color, which can be set
|
||||
with IGUIStaticText::setOverrideColor is used, otherwise the
|
||||
EGDC_BUTTON_TEXT color of the skin. */
|
||||
virtual void enableOverrideColor(bool enable) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Checks if an override color is enabled
|
||||
/** \return true if the override color is enabled, false otherwise */
|
||||
virtual bool isOverrideColorEnabled(void) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets another color for the background.
|
||||
virtual void setBackgroundColor(video::SColor color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets whether to draw the background
|
||||
virtual void setDrawBackground(bool draw) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the background color
|
||||
/** \return: The background color */
|
||||
virtual video::SColor getBackgroundColor() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Checks if background drawing is enabled
|
||||
/** \return true if background drawing is enabled, false otherwise */
|
||||
virtual bool isDrawBackgroundEnabled() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets whether to draw the border
|
||||
virtual void setDrawBorder(bool draw) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Checks if border drawing is enabled
|
||||
/** \return true if border drawing is enabled, false otherwise */
|
||||
virtual bool isDrawBorderEnabled() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets text justification mode
|
||||
/** \param horizontal: EGUIA_UPPERLEFT for left justified (default),
|
||||
EGUIA_LOWEERRIGHT for right justified, or EGUIA_CENTER for centered text.
|
||||
\param vertical: EGUIA_UPPERLEFT to align with top edge,
|
||||
EGUIA_LOWEERRIGHT for bottom edge, or EGUIA_CENTER for centered text (default). */
|
||||
virtual void setTextAlignment(EGUI_ALIGNMENT horizontal, EGUI_ALIGNMENT vertical) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Enables or disables word wrap for using the static text as multiline text control.
|
||||
/** \param enable: If set to true, words going over one line are
|
||||
broken on to the next line. */
|
||||
virtual void setWordWrap(bool enable) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Checks if word wrap is enabled
|
||||
/** \return true if word wrap is enabled, false otherwise */
|
||||
virtual bool isWordWrapEnabled(void) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the height of the text in pixels when it is drawn.
|
||||
/** This is useful for adjusting the layout of gui elements based on the height
|
||||
of the multiline text in this element.
|
||||
\return Height of text in pixels. */
|
||||
virtual s32 getTextHeight() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the width of the current text, in the current font
|
||||
/** If the text is broken, this returns the width of the widest line
|
||||
\return The width of the text, or the widest broken line. */
|
||||
virtual s32 getTextWidth(void) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set whether the text in this label should be clipped if it goes outside bounds
|
||||
virtual void setTextRestrainedInside(bool restrainedInside) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Checks if the text in this label should be clipped if it goes outside bounds
|
||||
virtual bool isTextRestrainedInside() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set whether the string should be interpreted as right-to-left (RTL) text
|
||||
/** \note This component does not implement the Unicode bidi standard, the
|
||||
text of the component should be already RTL if you call this. The
|
||||
main difference when RTL is enabled is that the linebreaks for multiline
|
||||
elements are performed starting from the end.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void setRightToLeft(bool rtl) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Checks whether the text in this element should be interpreted as right-to-left
|
||||
virtual bool isRightToLeft() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_TAB_CONTROL_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_TAB_CONTROL_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIElement.h"
|
||||
#include "SColor.h"
|
||||
#include "IGUISkin.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! A tab-page, onto which other gui elements could be added.
|
||||
/** IGUITab refers to the page itself, not to the tab in the tabbar of an IGUITabControl. */
|
||||
class IGUITab : public IGUIElement
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IGUITab(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
|
||||
: IGUIElement(EGUIET_TAB, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns zero based index of tab if in tabcontrol.
|
||||
/** Can be accessed later IGUITabControl::getTab() by this number.
|
||||
Note that this number can change when other tabs are inserted or removed .
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual s32 getNumber() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets if the tab should draw its background
|
||||
virtual void setDrawBackground(bool draw=true) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets the color of the background, if it should be drawn.
|
||||
virtual void setBackgroundColor(video::SColor c) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns true if the tab is drawing its background, false if not
|
||||
virtual bool isDrawingBackground() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns the color of the background
|
||||
virtual video::SColor getBackgroundColor() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets the color of the text
|
||||
virtual void setTextColor(video::SColor c) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! gets the color of the text
|
||||
virtual video::SColor getTextColor() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! A standard tab control
|
||||
/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
|
||||
\li EGET_TAB_CHANGED
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IGUITabControl : public IGUIElement
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IGUITabControl(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
|
||||
: IGUIElement(EGUIET_TAB_CONTROL, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a tab
|
||||
virtual IGUITab* addTab(const wchar_t* caption, s32 id=-1) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Insert the tab at the given index
|
||||
/** \return The tab on success or NULL on failure. */
|
||||
virtual IGUITab* insertTab(s32 idx, const wchar_t* caption, s32 id=-1) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Removes a tab from the tabcontrol
|
||||
virtual void removeTab(s32 idx) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Clears the tabcontrol removing all tabs
|
||||
virtual void clear() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns amount of tabs in the tabcontrol
|
||||
virtual s32 getTabCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns a tab based on zero based index
|
||||
/** \param idx: zero based index of tab. Is a value betwenn 0 and getTabcount()-1;
|
||||
\return Returns pointer to the Tab. Returns 0 if no tab
|
||||
is corresponding to this tab. */
|
||||
virtual IGUITab* getTab(s32 idx) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Brings a tab to front.
|
||||
/** \param idx: number of the tab.
|
||||
\return Returns true if successful. */
|
||||
virtual bool setActiveTab(s32 idx) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Brings a tab to front.
|
||||
/** \param tab: pointer to the tab.
|
||||
\return Returns true if successful. */
|
||||
virtual bool setActiveTab(IGUITab *tab) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns which tab is currently active
|
||||
virtual s32 getActiveTab() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! get the the id of the tab at the given absolute coordinates
|
||||
/** \return The id of the tab or -1 when no tab is at those coordinates*/
|
||||
virtual s32 getTabAt(s32 xpos, s32 ypos) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the height of the tabs
|
||||
virtual void setTabHeight( s32 height ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the height of the tabs
|
||||
/** return Returns the height of the tabs */
|
||||
virtual s32 getTabHeight() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! set the maximal width of a tab. Per default width is 0 which means "no width restriction".
|
||||
virtual void setTabMaxWidth(s32 width ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! get the maximal width of a tab
|
||||
virtual s32 getTabMaxWidth() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the alignment of the tabs
|
||||
/** Use EGUIA_UPPERLEFT or EGUIA_LOWERRIGHT */
|
||||
virtual void setTabVerticalAlignment( gui::EGUI_ALIGNMENT alignment ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the alignment of the tabs
|
||||
/** return Returns the alignment of the tabs */
|
||||
virtual gui::EGUI_ALIGNMENT getTabVerticalAlignment() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the extra width added to tabs on each side of the text
|
||||
virtual void setTabExtraWidth( s32 extraWidth ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the extra width added to tabs on each side of the text
|
||||
/** return Returns the extra width of the tabs */
|
||||
virtual s32 getTabExtraWidth() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2003-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_TABLE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_TABLE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIElement.h"
|
||||
#include "irrTypes.h"
|
||||
#include "SColor.h"
|
||||
#include "IGUISkin.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! modes for ordering used when a column header is clicked
|
||||
enum EGUI_COLUMN_ORDERING
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Do not use ordering
|
||||
EGCO_NONE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Send a EGET_TABLE_HEADER_CHANGED message when a column header is clicked.
|
||||
EGCO_CUSTOM,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sort it ascending by it's ascii value like: a,b,c,...
|
||||
EGCO_ASCENDING,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sort it descending by it's ascii value like: z,x,y,...
|
||||
EGCO_DESCENDING,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sort it ascending on first click, descending on next, etc
|
||||
EGCO_FLIP_ASCENDING_DESCENDING,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Not used as mode, only to get maximum value for this enum
|
||||
EGCO_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Names for EGUI_COLUMN_ORDERING types
|
||||
const c8* const GUIColumnOrderingNames[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"none",
|
||||
"custom",
|
||||
"ascend",
|
||||
"descend",
|
||||
"ascend_descend",
|
||||
0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum EGUI_ORDERING_MODE
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! No element ordering
|
||||
EGOM_NONE,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Elements are ordered from the smallest to the largest.
|
||||
EGOM_ASCENDING,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Elements are ordered from the largest to the smallest.
|
||||
EGOM_DESCENDING,
|
||||
|
||||
//! this value is not used, it only specifies the amount of default ordering types
|
||||
//! available.
|
||||
EGOM_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
const c8* const GUIOrderingModeNames[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"none",
|
||||
"ascending",
|
||||
"descending",
|
||||
0
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum EGUI_TABLE_DRAW_FLAGS
|
||||
{
|
||||
EGTDF_ROWS = 1,
|
||||
EGTDF_COLUMNS = 2,
|
||||
EGTDF_ACTIVE_ROW = 4,
|
||||
EGTDF_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Default list box GUI element.
|
||||
/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
|
||||
\li EGET_TABLE_CHANGED
|
||||
\li EGET_TABLE_SELECTED_AGAIN
|
||||
\li EGET_TABLE_HEADER_CHANGED
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IGUITable : public IGUIElement
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IGUITable(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
|
||||
: IGUIElement(EGUIET_TABLE, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a column
|
||||
/** If columnIndex is outside the current range, do push new colum at the end */
|
||||
virtual void addColumn(const wchar_t* caption, s32 columnIndex=-1) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! remove a column from the table
|
||||
virtual void removeColumn(u32 columnIndex) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the number of columns in the table control
|
||||
virtual s32 getColumnCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Makes a column active. This will trigger an ordering process.
|
||||
/** \param idx: The id of the column to make active.
|
||||
\param doOrder: Do also the ordering which depending on mode for active column
|
||||
\return True if successful. */
|
||||
virtual bool setActiveColumn(s32 idx, bool doOrder=false) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns which header is currently active
|
||||
virtual s32 getActiveColumn() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the ordering used by the currently active column
|
||||
virtual EGUI_ORDERING_MODE getActiveColumnOrdering() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the width of a column
|
||||
virtual void setColumnWidth(u32 columnIndex, u32 width) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the width of a column
|
||||
virtual u32 getColumnWidth(u32 columnIndex) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! columns can be resized by drag 'n drop
|
||||
virtual void setResizableColumns(bool resizable) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! can columns be resized by dran 'n drop?
|
||||
virtual bool hasResizableColumns() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! This tells the table control which ordering mode should be used when a column header is clicked.
|
||||
/** \param columnIndex The index of the column header.
|
||||
\param mode: One of the modes defined in EGUI_COLUMN_ORDERING */
|
||||
virtual void setColumnOrdering(u32 columnIndex, EGUI_COLUMN_ORDERING mode) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns which row is currently selected
|
||||
virtual s32 getSelected() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! set wich row is currently selected
|
||||
virtual void setSelected( s32 index ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get amount of rows in the tabcontrol
|
||||
virtual s32 getRowCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! adds a row to the table
|
||||
/** \param rowIndex Zero based index of rows. The row will be
|
||||
inserted at this position, if a row already exist there, it
|
||||
will be placed after it. If the row is larger than the actual
|
||||
number of row by more than one, it won't be created. Note that
|
||||
if you create a row that's not at the end, there might be
|
||||
performance issues.
|
||||
\return index of inserted row. */
|
||||
virtual u32 addRow(u32 rowIndex) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Remove a row from the table
|
||||
virtual void removeRow(u32 rowIndex) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! clears the table rows, but keeps the columns intact
|
||||
virtual void clearRows() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Swap two row positions.
|
||||
virtual void swapRows(u32 rowIndexA, u32 rowIndexB) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! This tells the table to start ordering all the rows.
|
||||
/** You need to explicitly tell the table to re order the rows
|
||||
when a new row is added or the cells data is changed. This
|
||||
makes the system more flexible and doesn't make you pay the
|
||||
cost of ordering when adding a lot of rows.
|
||||
\param columnIndex: When set to -1 the active column is used.
|
||||
\param mode Ordering mode of the rows. */
|
||||
virtual void orderRows(s32 columnIndex=-1, EGUI_ORDERING_MODE mode=EGOM_NONE) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the text of a cell
|
||||
virtual void setCellText(u32 rowIndex, u32 columnIndex, const core::stringw& text) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the text of a cell, and set a color of this cell.
|
||||
virtual void setCellText(u32 rowIndex, u32 columnIndex, const core::stringw& text, video::SColor color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the data of a cell
|
||||
virtual void setCellData(u32 rowIndex, u32 columnIndex, void *data) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the color of a cell text
|
||||
virtual void setCellColor(u32 rowIndex, u32 columnIndex, video::SColor color) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the text of a cell
|
||||
virtual const wchar_t* getCellText(u32 rowIndex, u32 columnIndex ) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the data of a cell
|
||||
virtual void* getCellData(u32 rowIndex, u32 columnIndex ) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! clears the table, deletes all items in the table
|
||||
virtual void clear() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set flags, as defined in EGUI_TABLE_DRAW_FLAGS, which influence the layout
|
||||
virtual void setDrawFlags(s32 flags) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the flags, as defined in EGUI_TABLE_DRAW_FLAGS, which influence the layout
|
||||
virtual s32 getDrawFlags() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_TOOL_BAR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_TOOL_BAR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIElement.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
class ITexture;
|
||||
} // end namespace video
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IGUIButton;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Stays at the top of its parent like the menu bar and contains tool buttons
|
||||
class IGUIToolBar : public IGUIElement
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IGUIToolBar(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
|
||||
: IGUIElement(EGUIET_TOOL_BAR, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a button to the tool bar
|
||||
virtual IGUIButton* addButton(s32 id=-1, const wchar_t* text=0,const wchar_t* tooltiptext=0,
|
||||
video::ITexture* img=0, video::ITexture* pressedimg=0,
|
||||
bool isPushButton=false, bool useAlphaChannel=false) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,278 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// written by Reinhard Ostermeier, reinhard@nospam.r-ostermeier.de
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_TREE_VIEW_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_TREE_VIEW_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIElement.h"
|
||||
#include "IGUIImageList.h"
|
||||
#include "irrTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IGUIFont;
|
||||
class IGUITreeView;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Node for gui tree view
|
||||
/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
|
||||
\li EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_EXPAND
|
||||
\li EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_COLLAPS
|
||||
\li EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_DESELECT
|
||||
\li EGET_TREEVIEW_NODE_SELECT
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IGUITreeViewNode : public IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
//! returns the owner (tree view) of this node
|
||||
virtual IGUITreeView* getOwner() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the parent node of this node.
|
||||
/** For the root node this will return 0. */
|
||||
virtual IGUITreeViewNode* getParent() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns the text of the node
|
||||
virtual const wchar_t* getText() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets the text of the node
|
||||
virtual void setText( const wchar_t* text ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns the icon text of the node
|
||||
virtual const wchar_t* getIcon() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets the icon text of the node
|
||||
virtual void setIcon( const wchar_t* icon ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns the image index of the node
|
||||
virtual u32 getImageIndex() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets the image index of the node
|
||||
virtual void setImageIndex( u32 imageIndex ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns the image index of the node
|
||||
virtual u32 getSelectedImageIndex() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets the image index of the node
|
||||
virtual void setSelectedImageIndex( u32 imageIndex ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns the user data (void*) of this node
|
||||
virtual void* getData() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets the user data (void*) of this node
|
||||
virtual void setData( void* data ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns the user data2 (IReferenceCounted) of this node
|
||||
virtual IReferenceCounted* getData2() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets the user data2 (IReferenceCounted) of this node
|
||||
virtual void setData2( IReferenceCounted* data ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns the child item count
|
||||
virtual u32 getChildCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! removes all children (recursive) from this node
|
||||
virtual void clearChildren() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! removes all children (recursive) from this node
|
||||
/** \deprecated Deprecated in 1.8, use clearChildren() instead.
|
||||
This method may be removed by Irrlicht 1.9 */
|
||||
_IRR_DEPRECATED_ void clearChilds()
|
||||
{
|
||||
return clearChildren();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns true if this node has child nodes
|
||||
virtual bool hasChildren() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns true if this node has child nodes
|
||||
/** \deprecated Deprecated in 1.8, use hasChildren() instead.
|
||||
This method may be removed by Irrlicht 1.9 */
|
||||
_IRR_DEPRECATED_ bool hasChilds() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hasChildren();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a new node behind the last child node.
|
||||
/** \param text text of the new node
|
||||
\param icon icon text of the new node
|
||||
\param imageIndex index of the image for the new node (-1 = none)
|
||||
\param selectedImageIndex index of the selected image for the new node (-1 = same as imageIndex)
|
||||
\param data user data (void*) of the new node
|
||||
\param data2 user data2 (IReferenceCounted*) of the new node
|
||||
\return The new node
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual IGUITreeViewNode* addChildBack(
|
||||
const wchar_t* text, const wchar_t* icon = 0,
|
||||
s32 imageIndex=-1, s32 selectedImageIndex=-1,
|
||||
void* data=0, IReferenceCounted* data2=0) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a new node before the first child node.
|
||||
/** \param text text of the new node
|
||||
\param icon icon text of the new node
|
||||
\param imageIndex index of the image for the new node (-1 = none)
|
||||
\param selectedImageIndex index of the selected image for the new node (-1 = same as imageIndex)
|
||||
\param data user data (void*) of the new node
|
||||
\param data2 user data2 (IReferenceCounted*) of the new node
|
||||
\return The new node
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual IGUITreeViewNode* addChildFront(
|
||||
const wchar_t* text, const wchar_t* icon = 0,
|
||||
s32 imageIndex=-1, s32 selectedImageIndex=-1,
|
||||
void* data=0, IReferenceCounted* data2=0 ) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a new node behind the other node.
|
||||
/** The other node has also te be a child node from this node.
|
||||
\param other Node to insert after
|
||||
\param text text of the new node
|
||||
\param icon icon text of the new node
|
||||
\param imageIndex index of the image for the new node (-1 = none)
|
||||
\param selectedImageIndex index of the selected image for the new node (-1 = same as imageIndex)
|
||||
\param data user data (void*) of the new node
|
||||
\param data2 user data2 (IReferenceCounted*) of the new node
|
||||
\return The new node or 0 if other is no child node from this
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual IGUITreeViewNode* insertChildAfter(
|
||||
IGUITreeViewNode* other,
|
||||
const wchar_t* text, const wchar_t* icon = 0,
|
||||
s32 imageIndex=-1, s32 selectedImageIndex=-1,
|
||||
void* data=0, IReferenceCounted* data2=0) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a new node before the other node.
|
||||
/** The other node has also te be a child node from this node.
|
||||
\param other Node to insert before
|
||||
\param text text of the new node
|
||||
\param icon icon text of the new node
|
||||
\param imageIndex index of the image for the new node (-1 = none)
|
||||
\param selectedImageIndex index of the selected image for the new node (-1 = same as imageIndex)
|
||||
\param data user data (void*) of the new node
|
||||
\param data2 user data2 (IReferenceCounted*) of the new node
|
||||
\return The new node or 0 if other is no child node from this
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual IGUITreeViewNode* insertChildBefore(
|
||||
IGUITreeViewNode* other,
|
||||
const wchar_t* text, const wchar_t* icon = 0,
|
||||
s32 imageIndex=-1, s32 selectedImageIndex=-1,
|
||||
void* data=0, IReferenceCounted* data2=0) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Return the first child node from this node.
|
||||
/** \return The first child node or 0 if this node has no children. */
|
||||
virtual IGUITreeViewNode* getFirstChild() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Return the last child node from this node.
|
||||
/** \return The last child node or 0 if this node has no children. */
|
||||
virtual IGUITreeViewNode* getLastChild() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the previous sibling node from this node.
|
||||
/** \return The previous sibling node from this node or 0 if this is
|
||||
the first node from the parent node.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual IGUITreeViewNode* getPrevSibling() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the next sibling node from this node.
|
||||
/** \return The next sibling node from this node or 0 if this is
|
||||
the last node from the parent node.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual IGUITreeViewNode* getNextSibling() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the next visible (expanded, may be out of scrolling) node from this node.
|
||||
/** \return The next visible node from this node or 0 if this is
|
||||
the last visible node. */
|
||||
virtual IGUITreeViewNode* getNextVisible() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Deletes a child node.
|
||||
/** \return Returns true if the node was found as a child and is deleted. */
|
||||
virtual bool deleteChild( IGUITreeViewNode* child ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Moves a child node one position up.
|
||||
/** \return True if the node was found as achild node and was not already the first child. */
|
||||
virtual bool moveChildUp( IGUITreeViewNode* child ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Moves a child node one position down.
|
||||
/** \return True if the node was found as achild node and was not already the last child. */
|
||||
virtual bool moveChildDown( IGUITreeViewNode* child ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns true if the node is expanded (children are visible).
|
||||
virtual bool getExpanded() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets if the node is expanded.
|
||||
virtual void setExpanded( bool expanded ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns true if the node is currently selected.
|
||||
virtual bool getSelected() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets this node as selected.
|
||||
virtual void setSelected( bool selected ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns true if this node is the root node.
|
||||
virtual bool isRoot() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the level of this node.
|
||||
/** The root node has level 0. Direct children of the root has level 1 ... */
|
||||
virtual s32 getLevel() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns true if this node is visible (all parents are expanded).
|
||||
virtual bool isVisible() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Default tree view GUI element.
|
||||
/** Displays a windows like tree buttons to expand/collaps the child
|
||||
nodes of an node and optional tree lines. Each node consits of an
|
||||
text, an icon text and a void pointer for user data. */
|
||||
class IGUITreeView : public IGUIElement
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IGUITreeView(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent,
|
||||
s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
|
||||
: IGUIElement( EGUIET_TREE_VIEW, environment, parent, id, rectangle ) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns the root node (not visible) from the tree.
|
||||
virtual IGUITreeViewNode* getRoot() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns the selected node of the tree or 0 if none is selected
|
||||
virtual IGUITreeViewNode* getSelected() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns true if the tree lines are visible
|
||||
virtual bool getLinesVisible() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! sets if the tree lines are visible
|
||||
/** \param visible true for visible, false for invisible */
|
||||
virtual void setLinesVisible( bool visible ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the font which should be used as icon font.
|
||||
/** This font is set to the Irrlicht engine built-in-font by
|
||||
default. Icons can be displayed in front of every list item.
|
||||
An icon is a string, displayed with the icon font. When using
|
||||
the build-in-font of the Irrlicht engine as icon font, the icon
|
||||
strings defined in GUIIcons.h can be used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void setIconFont( IGUIFont* font ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the image list which should be used for the image and selected image of every node.
|
||||
/** The default is 0 (no images). */
|
||||
virtual void setImageList( IGUIImageList* imageList ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the image list which is used for the nodes.
|
||||
virtual IGUIImageList* getImageList() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets if the image is left of the icon. Default is true.
|
||||
virtual void setImageLeftOfIcon( bool bLeftOf ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns if the Image is left of the icon. Default is true.
|
||||
virtual bool getImageLeftOfIcon() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the node which is associated to the last event.
|
||||
/** This pointer is only valid inside the OnEvent call! */
|
||||
virtual IGUITreeViewNode* getLastEventNode() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GUI_WINDOW_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GUI_WINDOW_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IGUIElement.h"
|
||||
#include "EMessageBoxFlags.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace gui
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IGUIButton;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Default moveable window GUI element with border, caption and close icons.
|
||||
/** \par This element can create the following events of type EGUI_EVENT_TYPE:
|
||||
\li EGET_ELEMENT_CLOSED
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IGUIWindow : public IGUIElement
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IGUIWindow(IGUIEnvironment* environment, IGUIElement* parent, s32 id, core::rect<s32> rectangle)
|
||||
: IGUIElement(EGUIET_WINDOW, environment, parent, id, rectangle) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns pointer to the close button
|
||||
/** You can hide the button by calling setVisible(false) on the result. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIButton* getCloseButton() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns pointer to the minimize button
|
||||
/** You can hide the button by calling setVisible(false) on the result. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIButton* getMinimizeButton() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns pointer to the maximize button
|
||||
/** You can hide the button by calling setVisible(false) on the result. */
|
||||
virtual IGUIButton* getMaximizeButton() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns true if the window can be dragged with the mouse, false if not
|
||||
virtual bool isDraggable() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets whether the window can be dragged by the mouse
|
||||
virtual void setDraggable(bool draggable) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set if the window background will be drawn
|
||||
virtual void setDrawBackground(bool draw) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get if the window background will be drawn
|
||||
virtual bool getDrawBackground() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set if the window titlebar will be drawn
|
||||
//! Note: If the background is not drawn, then the titlebar is automatically also not drawn
|
||||
virtual void setDrawTitlebar(bool draw) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get if the window titlebar will be drawn
|
||||
virtual bool getDrawTitlebar() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the rectangle of the drawable area (without border and without titlebar)
|
||||
/** The coordinates are given relative to the top-left position of the gui element.<br>
|
||||
So to get absolute positions you have to add the resulting rectangle to getAbsolutePosition().UpperLeftCorner.<br>
|
||||
To get it relative to the parent element you have to add the resulting rectangle to getRelativePosition().UpperLeftCorner.
|
||||
Beware that adding a menu will not change the clientRect as menus are own gui elements, so in that case you might want to subtract
|
||||
the menu area additionally. */
|
||||
virtual core::rect<s32> getClientRect() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace gui
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,177 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_GEOMETRY_CREATOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_GEOMETRY_CREATOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "IMesh.h"
|
||||
#include "IImage.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IVideoDriver;
|
||||
class SMaterial;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Helper class for creating geometry on the fly.
|
||||
/** You can get an instance of this class through ISceneManager::getGeometryCreator() */
|
||||
class IGeometryCreator : public IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a simple cube mesh.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
\param size Dimensions of the cube.
|
||||
\return Generated mesh.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual IMesh* createCubeMesh(const core::vector3df& size=core::vector3df(5.f,5.f,5.f)) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Create a pseudo-random mesh representing a hilly terrain.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
\param tileSize The size of each tile.
|
||||
\param tileCount The number of tiles in each dimension.
|
||||
\param material The material to apply to the mesh.
|
||||
\param hillHeight The maximum height of the hills.
|
||||
\param countHills The number of hills along each dimension.
|
||||
\param textureRepeatCount The number of times to repeat the material texture along each dimension.
|
||||
\return Generated mesh.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual IMesh* createHillPlaneMesh(
|
||||
const core::dimension2d<f32>& tileSize,
|
||||
const core::dimension2d<u32>& tileCount,
|
||||
video::SMaterial* material, f32 hillHeight,
|
||||
const core::dimension2d<f32>& countHills,
|
||||
const core::dimension2d<f32>& textureRepeatCount) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Create a simple rectangular textured plane mesh.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
\param tileSize The size of each tile.
|
||||
\param tileCount The number of tiles in each dimension.
|
||||
\param material The material to apply to the mesh.
|
||||
\param textureRepeatCount The number of times to repeat the material texture along each dimension.
|
||||
\return Generated mesh.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
IMesh* createPlaneMesh(
|
||||
const core::dimension2d<f32>& tileSize,
|
||||
const core::dimension2d<u32>& tileCount=core::dimension2du(1,1),
|
||||
video::SMaterial* material=0,
|
||||
const core::dimension2df& textureRepeatCount=core::dimension2df(1.f,1.f)) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return createHillPlaneMesh(tileSize, tileCount, material, 0.f, core::dimension2df(), textureRepeatCount);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Create a terrain mesh from an image representing a heightfield.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
\param texture The texture to apply to the terrain.
|
||||
\param heightmap An image that will be interpreted as a heightmap. The
|
||||
brightness (average color) of each pixel is interpreted as a height,
|
||||
with a 255 brightness pixel producing the maximum height.
|
||||
\param stretchSize The size that each pixel will produce, i.e. a
|
||||
512x512 heightmap
|
||||
and a stretchSize of (10.f, 20.f) will produce a mesh of size
|
||||
5120.f x 10240.f
|
||||
\param maxHeight The maximum height of the terrain.
|
||||
\param driver The current video driver.
|
||||
\param defaultVertexBlockSize (to be documented)
|
||||
\param debugBorders (to be documented)
|
||||
\return Generated mesh.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual IMesh* createTerrainMesh(video::IImage* texture,
|
||||
video::IImage* heightmap,
|
||||
const core::dimension2d<f32>& stretchSize,
|
||||
f32 maxHeight, video::IVideoDriver* driver,
|
||||
const core::dimension2d<u32>& defaultVertexBlockSize,
|
||||
bool debugBorders=false) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Create an arrow mesh, composed of a cylinder and a cone.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
\param tesselationCylinder Number of quads composing the cylinder.
|
||||
\param tesselationCone Number of triangles composing the cone's roof.
|
||||
\param height Total height of the arrow
|
||||
\param cylinderHeight Total height of the cylinder, should be lesser
|
||||
than total height
|
||||
\param widthCylinder Diameter of the cylinder
|
||||
\param widthCone Diameter of the cone's base, should be not smaller
|
||||
than the cylinder's diameter
|
||||
\param colorCylinder color of the cylinder
|
||||
\param colorCone color of the cone
|
||||
\return Generated mesh.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual IMesh* createArrowMesh(const u32 tesselationCylinder = 4,
|
||||
const u32 tesselationCone = 8, const f32 height = 1.f,
|
||||
const f32 cylinderHeight = 0.6f, const f32 widthCylinder = 0.05f,
|
||||
const f32 widthCone = 0.3f, const video::SColor colorCylinder = 0xFFFFFFFF,
|
||||
const video::SColor colorCone = 0xFFFFFFFF) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Create a sphere mesh.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
\param radius Radius of the sphere
|
||||
\param polyCountX Number of quads used for the horizontal tiling
|
||||
\param polyCountY Number of quads used for the vertical tiling
|
||||
\return Generated mesh.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual IMesh* createSphereMesh(f32 radius = 5.f,
|
||||
u32 polyCountX = 16, u32 polyCountY = 16) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Create a cylinder mesh.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
\param radius Radius of the cylinder.
|
||||
\param length Length of the cylinder.
|
||||
\param tesselation Number of quads around the circumference of the cylinder.
|
||||
\param color The color of the cylinder.
|
||||
\param closeTop If true, close the ends of the cylinder, otherwise leave them open.
|
||||
\param oblique (to be documented)
|
||||
\return Generated mesh.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual IMesh* createCylinderMesh(f32 radius, f32 length,
|
||||
u32 tesselation,
|
||||
const video::SColor& color=video::SColor(0xffffffff),
|
||||
bool closeTop=true, f32 oblique=0.f) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Create a cone mesh.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
\param radius Radius of the cone.
|
||||
\param length Length of the cone.
|
||||
\param tesselation Number of quads around the circumference of the cone.
|
||||
\param colorTop The color of the top of the cone.
|
||||
\param colorBottom The color of the bottom of the cone.
|
||||
\param oblique (to be documented)
|
||||
\return Generated mesh.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual IMesh* createConeMesh(f32 radius, f32 length, u32 tesselation,
|
||||
const video::SColor& colorTop=video::SColor(0xffffffff),
|
||||
const video::SColor& colorBottom=video::SColor(0xffffffff),
|
||||
f32 oblique=0.f) const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Create a volume light mesh.
|
||||
/**
|
||||
\param subdivideU Horizontal patch count.
|
||||
\param subdivideV Vertical patch count.
|
||||
\param footColor Color at the bottom of the light.
|
||||
\param tailColor Color at the mid of the light.
|
||||
\param lpDistance Virtual distance of the light point for normals.
|
||||
\param lightDim Dimensions of the light.
|
||||
\return Generated mesh.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual IMesh* createVolumeLightMesh(
|
||||
const u32 subdivideU=32, const u32 subdivideV=32,
|
||||
const video::SColor footColor = 0xffffffff,
|
||||
const video::SColor tailColor = 0xffffffff,
|
||||
const f32 lpDistance = 8.f,
|
||||
const core::vector3df& lightDim = core::vector3df(1.f,1.2f,1.f)) const =0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __I_GEOMETRY_CREATOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_IMAGE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_IMAGE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "position2d.h"
|
||||
#include "rect.h"
|
||||
#include "SColor.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Interface for software image data.
|
||||
/** Image loaders create these images from files. IVideoDrivers convert
|
||||
these images into their (hardware) textures.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IImage : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Lock function. Use this to get a pointer to the image data.
|
||||
/** After you don't need the pointer anymore, you must call unlock().
|
||||
\return Pointer to the image data. What type of data is pointed to
|
||||
depends on the color format of the image. For example if the color
|
||||
format is ECF_A8R8G8B8, it is of u32. Be sure to call unlock() after
|
||||
you don't need the pointer any more. */
|
||||
virtual void* lock() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Unlock function.
|
||||
/** Should be called after the pointer received by lock() is not
|
||||
needed anymore. */
|
||||
virtual void unlock() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns width and height of image data.
|
||||
virtual const core::dimension2d<u32>& getDimension() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns bits per pixel.
|
||||
virtual u32 getBitsPerPixel() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns bytes per pixel
|
||||
virtual u32 getBytesPerPixel() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns image data size in bytes
|
||||
virtual u32 getImageDataSizeInBytes() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns image data size in pixels
|
||||
virtual u32 getImageDataSizeInPixels() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns a pixel
|
||||
virtual SColor getPixel(u32 x, u32 y) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a pixel
|
||||
virtual void setPixel(u32 x, u32 y, const SColor &color, bool blend = false ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the color format
|
||||
virtual ECOLOR_FORMAT getColorFormat() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns mask for red value of a pixel
|
||||
virtual u32 getRedMask() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns mask for green value of a pixel
|
||||
virtual u32 getGreenMask() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns mask for blue value of a pixel
|
||||
virtual u32 getBlueMask() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns mask for alpha value of a pixel
|
||||
virtual u32 getAlphaMask() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns pitch of image
|
||||
virtual u32 getPitch() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Copies the image into the target, scaling the image to fit
|
||||
virtual void copyToScaling(void* target, u32 width, u32 height, ECOLOR_FORMAT format=ECF_A8R8G8B8, u32 pitch=0) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Copies the image into the target, scaling the image to fit
|
||||
virtual void copyToScaling(IImage* target) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! copies this surface into another
|
||||
virtual void copyTo(IImage* target, const core::position2d<s32>& pos=core::position2d<s32>(0,0)) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! copies this surface into another
|
||||
virtual void copyTo(IImage* target, const core::position2d<s32>& pos, const core::rect<s32>& sourceRect, const core::rect<s32>* clipRect=0) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! copies this surface into another, using the alpha mask and cliprect and a color to add with
|
||||
virtual void copyToWithAlpha(IImage* target, const core::position2d<s32>& pos,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>& sourceRect, const SColor &color,
|
||||
const core::rect<s32>* clipRect = 0) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! copies this surface into another, scaling it to fit, appyling a box filter
|
||||
virtual void copyToScalingBoxFilter(IImage* target, s32 bias = 0, bool blend = false) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! fills the surface with given color
|
||||
virtual void fill(const SColor &color) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! get the amount of Bits per Pixel of the given color format
|
||||
static u32 getBitsPerPixelFromFormat(const ECOLOR_FORMAT format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch(format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case ECF_A1R5G5B5:
|
||||
return 16;
|
||||
case ECF_R5G6B5:
|
||||
return 16;
|
||||
case ECF_R8G8B8:
|
||||
return 24;
|
||||
case ECF_A8R8G8B8:
|
||||
return 32;
|
||||
case ECF_R16F:
|
||||
return 16;
|
||||
case ECF_G16R16F:
|
||||
return 32;
|
||||
case ECF_A16B16G16R16F:
|
||||
return 64;
|
||||
case ECF_R32F:
|
||||
return 32;
|
||||
case ECF_G32R32F:
|
||||
return 64;
|
||||
case ECF_A32B32G32R32F:
|
||||
return 128;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! test if the color format is only viable for RenderTarget textures
|
||||
/** Since we don't have support for e.g. floating point IImage formats
|
||||
one should test if the color format can be used for arbitrary usage, or
|
||||
if it is restricted to RTTs. */
|
||||
static bool isRenderTargetOnlyFormat(const ECOLOR_FORMAT format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch(format)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case ECF_A1R5G5B5:
|
||||
case ECF_R5G6B5:
|
||||
case ECF_R8G8B8:
|
||||
case ECF_A8R8G8B8:
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace video
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_SURFACE_LOADER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_SURFACE_LOADER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "IImage.h"
|
||||
#include "path.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace io
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IReadFile;
|
||||
} // end namespace io
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Class which is able to create a image from a file.
|
||||
/** If you want the Irrlicht Engine be able to load textures of
|
||||
currently unsupported file formats (e.g .gif), then implement
|
||||
this and add your new Surface loader with
|
||||
IVideoDriver::addExternalImageLoader() to the engine. */
|
||||
class IImageLoader : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Check if the file might be loaded by this class
|
||||
/** Check is based on the file extension (e.g. ".tga")
|
||||
\param filename Name of file to check.
|
||||
\return True if file seems to be loadable. */
|
||||
virtual bool isALoadableFileExtension(const io::path& filename) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Check if the file might be loaded by this class
|
||||
/** Check might look into the file.
|
||||
\param file File handle to check.
|
||||
\return True if file seems to be loadable. */
|
||||
virtual bool isALoadableFileFormat(io::IReadFile* file) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a surface from the file
|
||||
/** \param file File handle to check.
|
||||
\return Pointer to newly created image, or 0 upon error. */
|
||||
virtual IImage* loadImage(io::IReadFile* file) const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace video
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _I_IMAGE_WRITER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define _I_IMAGE_WRITER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "irrString.h"
|
||||
#include "coreutil.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace io
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IWriteFile;
|
||||
} // end namespace io
|
||||
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IImage;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Interface for writing software image data.
|
||||
class IImageWriter : public IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
//! Check if this writer can write a file with the given extension
|
||||
/** \param filename Name of the file to check.
|
||||
\return True if file extension specifies a writable type. */
|
||||
virtual bool isAWriteableFileExtension(const io::path& filename) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Write image to file
|
||||
/** \param file File handle to write to.
|
||||
\param image Image to write into file.
|
||||
\param param Writer specific parameter, influencing e.g. quality.
|
||||
\return True if image was successfully written. */
|
||||
virtual bool writeImage(io::IWriteFile *file, IImage *image, u32 param = 0) const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // namespace video
|
||||
} // namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // _I_IMAGE_WRITER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_INDEX_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_INDEX_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "irrArray.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "SVertexIndex.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class IIndexBuffer : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void* getData() =0;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual video::E_INDEX_TYPE getType() const =0;
|
||||
virtual void setType(video::E_INDEX_TYPE IndexType) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 stride() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual u32 size() const =0;
|
||||
virtual void push_back (const u32 &element) =0;
|
||||
virtual u32 operator [](u32 index) const =0;
|
||||
virtual u32 getLast() =0;
|
||||
virtual void setValue(u32 index, u32 value) =0;
|
||||
virtual void set_used(u32 usedNow) =0;
|
||||
virtual void reallocate(u32 new_size) =0;
|
||||
virtual u32 allocated_size() const=0;
|
||||
|
||||
virtual void* pointer() =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! get the current hardware mapping hint
|
||||
virtual E_HARDWARE_MAPPING getHardwareMappingHint() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! set the hardware mapping hint, for driver
|
||||
virtual void setHardwareMappingHint( E_HARDWARE_MAPPING NewMappingHint ) =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! flags the meshbuffer as changed, reloads hardware buffers
|
||||
virtual void setDirty() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the currently used ID for identification of changes.
|
||||
/** This shouldn't be used for anything outside the VideoDriver. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getChangedID() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Written by Colin MacDonald - all rights assigned to Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2008-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_LIGHT_MANAGER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_LIGHT_MANAGER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "irrArray.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
class ILightSceneNode;
|
||||
|
||||
//! ILightManager provides an interface for user applications to manipulate the list of lights in the scene.
|
||||
/** The light list can be trimmed or re-ordered before device/ hardware
|
||||
lights are created, and/or individual lights can be switched on and off
|
||||
before or after each scene node is rendered. It is assumed that the
|
||||
ILightManager implementation will store any data that it wishes to
|
||||
retain, i.e. the ISceneManager to which it is assigned, the lightList,
|
||||
the current render pass, and the current scene node. */
|
||||
class ILightManager : public IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
//! Called after the scene's light list has been built, but before rendering has begun.
|
||||
/** As actual device/hardware lights are not created until the
|
||||
ESNRP_LIGHT render pass, this provides an opportunity for the
|
||||
light manager to trim or re-order the light list, before any
|
||||
device/hardware lights have actually been created.
|
||||
\param lightList: the Scene Manager's light list, which
|
||||
the light manager may modify. This reference will remain valid
|
||||
until OnPostRender().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void OnPreRender(core::array<ISceneNode*> & lightList) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Called after the last scene node is rendered.
|
||||
/** After this call returns, the lightList passed to OnPreRender() becomes invalid. */
|
||||
virtual void OnPostRender(void) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Called before a render pass begins
|
||||
/** \param renderPass: the render pass that's about to begin */
|
||||
virtual void OnRenderPassPreRender(E_SCENE_NODE_RENDER_PASS renderPass) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Called after the render pass specified in OnRenderPassPreRender() ends
|
||||
/** \param[in] renderPass: the render pass that has finished */
|
||||
virtual void OnRenderPassPostRender(E_SCENE_NODE_RENDER_PASS renderPass) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Called before the given scene node is rendered
|
||||
/** \param[in] node: the scene node that's about to be rendered */
|
||||
virtual void OnNodePreRender(ISceneNode* node) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Called after the the node specified in OnNodePreRender() has been rendered
|
||||
/** \param[in] node: the scene node that has just been rendered */
|
||||
virtual void OnNodePostRender(ISceneNode* node) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_LIGHT_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_LIGHT_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ISceneNode.h"
|
||||
#include "SLight.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Scene node which is a dynamic light.
|
||||
/** You can switch the light on and off by making it visible or not. It can be
|
||||
animated by ordinary scene node animators. If the light type is directional or
|
||||
spot, the direction of the light source is defined by the rotation of the scene
|
||||
node (assuming (0,0,1) as the local direction of the light).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class ILightSceneNode : public ISceneNode
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
ILightSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
|
||||
const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0))
|
||||
: ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id, position) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the light data associated with this ILightSceneNode
|
||||
/** \param light The new light data. */
|
||||
virtual void setLightData(const video::SLight& light) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the light data associated with this ILightSceneNode
|
||||
/** \return The light data. */
|
||||
virtual const video::SLight& getLightData() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the light data associated with this ILightSceneNode
|
||||
/** \return The light data. */
|
||||
virtual video::SLight& getLightData() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets if the node should be visible or not.
|
||||
/** All children of this node won't be visible either, when set
|
||||
to true.
|
||||
\param isVisible If the node shall be visible. */
|
||||
virtual void setVisible(bool isVisible) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the light's radius of influence.
|
||||
/** Outside this radius the light won't lighten geometry and cast no
|
||||
shadows. Setting the radius will also influence the attenuation, setting
|
||||
it to (0,1/radius,0). If you want to override this behavior, set the
|
||||
attenuation after the radius.
|
||||
\param radius The new radius. */
|
||||
virtual void setRadius(f32 radius) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the light's radius of influence.
|
||||
/** \return The current radius. */
|
||||
virtual f32 getRadius() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the light type.
|
||||
/** \param type The new type. */
|
||||
virtual void setLightType(video::E_LIGHT_TYPE type) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the light type.
|
||||
/** \return The current light type. */
|
||||
virtual video::E_LIGHT_TYPE getLightType() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets whether this light casts shadows.
|
||||
/** Enabling this flag won't automatically cast shadows, the meshes
|
||||
will still need shadow scene nodes attached. But one can enable or
|
||||
disable distinct lights for shadow casting for performance reasons.
|
||||
\param shadow True if this light shall cast shadows. */
|
||||
virtual void enableCastShadow(bool shadow=true) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Check whether this light casts shadows.
|
||||
/** \return True if light would cast shadows, else false. */
|
||||
virtual bool getCastShadow() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_LOGGER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_LOGGER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Possible log levels.
|
||||
//! When used has filter ELL_DEBUG means => log everything and ELL_NONE means => log (nearly) nothing.
|
||||
//! When used to print logging information ELL_DEBUG will have lowest priority while ELL_NONE
|
||||
//! messages are never filtered and always printed.
|
||||
enum ELOG_LEVEL
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Used for printing information helpful in debugging
|
||||
ELL_DEBUG,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Useful information to print. For example hardware infos or something started/stopped.
|
||||
ELL_INFORMATION,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Warnings that something isn't as expected and can cause oddities
|
||||
ELL_WARNING,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Something did go wrong.
|
||||
ELL_ERROR,
|
||||
|
||||
//! Logs with ELL_NONE will never be filtered.
|
||||
//! And used as filter it will remove all logging except ELL_NONE messages.
|
||||
ELL_NONE
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Interface for logging messages, warnings and errors
|
||||
class ILogger : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Destructor
|
||||
virtual ~ILogger() {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the current set log level.
|
||||
virtual ELOG_LEVEL getLogLevel() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a new log level.
|
||||
/** With this value, texts which are sent to the logger are filtered
|
||||
out. For example setting this value to ELL_WARNING, only warnings and
|
||||
errors are printed out. Setting it to ELL_INFORMATION, which is the
|
||||
default setting, warnings, errors and informational texts are printed
|
||||
out.
|
||||
\param ll: new log level filter value. */
|
||||
virtual void setLogLevel(ELOG_LEVEL ll) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Prints out a text into the log
|
||||
/** \param text: Text to print out.
|
||||
\param ll: Log level of the text. If the text is an error, set
|
||||
it to ELL_ERROR, if it is warning set it to ELL_WARNING, and if it
|
||||
is just an informational text, set it to ELL_INFORMATION. Texts are
|
||||
filtered with these levels. If you want to be a text displayed,
|
||||
independent on what level filter is set, use ELL_NONE. */
|
||||
virtual void log(const c8* text, ELOG_LEVEL ll=ELL_INFORMATION) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Prints out a text into the log
|
||||
/** \param text: Text to print out.
|
||||
\param hint: Additional info. This string is added after a " :" to the
|
||||
string.
|
||||
\param ll: Log level of the text. If the text is an error, set
|
||||
it to ELL_ERROR, if it is warning set it to ELL_WARNING, and if it
|
||||
is just an informational text, set it to ELL_INFORMATION. Texts are
|
||||
filtered with these levels. If you want to be a text displayed,
|
||||
independent on what level filter is set, use ELL_NONE. */
|
||||
virtual void log(const c8* text, const c8* hint, ELOG_LEVEL ll=ELL_INFORMATION) = 0;
|
||||
virtual void log(const c8* text, const wchar_t* hint, ELOG_LEVEL ll=ELL_INFORMATION) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Prints out a text into the log
|
||||
/** \param text: Text to print out.
|
||||
\param hint: Additional info. This string is added after a " :" to the
|
||||
string.
|
||||
\param ll: Log level of the text. If the text is an error, set
|
||||
it to ELL_ERROR, if it is warning set it to ELL_WARNING, and if it
|
||||
is just an informational text, set it to ELL_INFORMATION. Texts are
|
||||
filtered with these levels. If you want to be a text displayed,
|
||||
independent on what level filter is set, use ELL_NONE. */
|
||||
virtual void log(const wchar_t* text, const wchar_t* hint, ELOG_LEVEL ll=ELL_INFORMATION) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Prints out a text into the log
|
||||
/** \param text: Text to print out.
|
||||
\param ll: Log level of the text. If the text is an error, set
|
||||
it to ELL_ERROR, if it is warning set it to ELL_WARNING, and if it
|
||||
is just an informational text, set it to ELL_INFORMATION. Texts are
|
||||
filtered with these levels. If you want to be a text displayed,
|
||||
independent on what level filter is set, use ELL_NONE. */
|
||||
virtual void log(const wchar_t* text, ELOG_LEVEL ll=ELL_INFORMATION) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_MATERIAL_RENDERER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_MATERIAL_RENDERER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "SMaterial.h"
|
||||
#include "S3DVertex.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class IVideoDriver;
|
||||
class IMaterialRendererServices;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Interface for material rendering.
|
||||
/** Can be used to extend the engine with new materials. Refer to
|
||||
IVideoDriver::addMaterialRenderer() for more informations on how to extend the
|
||||
engine with new materials. */
|
||||
class IMaterialRenderer : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Called by the IVideoDriver implementation the let the renderer set its needed render states.
|
||||
/** This is called during the IVideoDriver::setMaterial() call.
|
||||
When overriding this, you can set some renderstates or for example a
|
||||
vertex or pixel shader if you like.
|
||||
\param material: The new material parameters to be set. The renderer
|
||||
may change the material flags in this material. For example if this
|
||||
material does not accept the zbuffer = true, it can set it to false.
|
||||
This is useful, because in the next lastMaterial will be just the
|
||||
material in this call.
|
||||
\param lastMaterial: The material parameters which have been set before
|
||||
this material.
|
||||
\param resetAllRenderstates: True if all renderstates should really be
|
||||
reset. This is usually true if the last rendering mode was not a usual
|
||||
3d rendering mode, but for example a 2d rendering mode.
|
||||
You should reset really all renderstates if this is true, no matter if
|
||||
the lastMaterial had some similar settings. This is used because in
|
||||
most cases, some common renderstates are not changed if they are
|
||||
already there, for example bilinear filtering, wireframe,
|
||||
gouraudshading, lighting, zbuffer, zwriteenable, backfaceculling and
|
||||
fogenable.
|
||||
\param services: Interface providing some methods for changing
|
||||
advanced, internal states of a IVideoDriver. */
|
||||
virtual void OnSetMaterial(const SMaterial& material, const SMaterial& lastMaterial,
|
||||
bool resetAllRenderstates, IMaterialRendererServices* services) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Called every time before a new bunch of geometry is being drawn using this material with for example drawIndexedTriangleList() call.
|
||||
/** OnSetMaterial should normally only be called if the renderer decides
|
||||
that the renderstates should be changed, it won't be called if for
|
||||
example two drawIndexedTriangleList() will be called with the same
|
||||
material set. This method will be called every time. This is useful for
|
||||
example for materials with shaders, which don't only set new
|
||||
renderstates but also shader constants.
|
||||
\param service: Pointer to interface providing methos for setting
|
||||
constants and other things.
|
||||
\param vtxtype: Vertex type with which the next rendering will be done.
|
||||
This can be used by the material renderer to set some specific
|
||||
optimized shaders or if this is an incompatible vertex type for this
|
||||
renderer, to refuse rendering for example.
|
||||
\return Returns true if everything is ok, and false if nothing should
|
||||
be rendered. The material renderer can choose to return false for
|
||||
example if he doesn't support the specified vertex type. This is
|
||||
actually done in D3D8 and D3D9 when using a normal mapped material with
|
||||
a vertex type other than EVT_TANGENTS. */
|
||||
virtual bool OnRender(IMaterialRendererServices* service, E_VERTEX_TYPE vtxtype) { return true; }
|
||||
|
||||
//! Called by the IVideoDriver to unset this material.
|
||||
/** Called during the IVideoDriver::setMaterial() call before the new
|
||||
material will get the OnSetMaterial() call. */
|
||||
virtual void OnUnsetMaterial() {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns if the material is transparent.
|
||||
/** The scene managment needs to know this
|
||||
for being able to sort the materials by opaque and transparent. */
|
||||
virtual bool isTransparent() const { return false; }
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns the render capability of the material.
|
||||
/** Because some more complex materials
|
||||
are implemented in multiple ways and need special hardware capabilities, it is possible
|
||||
to query how the current material renderer is performing on the current hardware with this
|
||||
function.
|
||||
\return Returns 0 if everything is running fine. Any other value is material renderer
|
||||
specific and means for example that the renderer switched back to a fall back material because
|
||||
it cannot use the latest shaders. More specific examples:
|
||||
Fixed function pipeline materials should return 0 in most cases, parallax mapped
|
||||
material will only return 0 when at least pixel shader 1.4 is available on that machine. */
|
||||
virtual s32 getRenderCapability() const { return 0; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace video
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_MATERIAL_RENDERER_SERVICES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_MATERIAL_RENDERER_SERVICES_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "SMaterial.h"
|
||||
#include "S3DVertex.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace video
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class IVideoDriver;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Interface providing some methods for changing advanced, internal states of a IVideoDriver.
|
||||
class IMaterialRendererServices
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Destructor
|
||||
virtual ~IMaterialRendererServices() {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Can be called by an IMaterialRenderer to make its work easier.
|
||||
/** Sets all basic renderstates if needed.
|
||||
Basic render states are diffuse, ambient, specular, and emissive color,
|
||||
specular power, bilinear and trilinear filtering, wireframe mode,
|
||||
grouraudshading, lighting, zbuffer, zwriteenable, backfaceculling and
|
||||
fog enabling.
|
||||
\param material The new material to be used.
|
||||
\param lastMaterial The material used until now.
|
||||
\param resetAllRenderstates Set to true if all renderstates should be
|
||||
set, regardless of their current state. */
|
||||
virtual void setBasicRenderStates(const SMaterial& material,
|
||||
const SMaterial& lastMaterial,
|
||||
bool resetAllRenderstates) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a constant for the vertex shader based on a name.
|
||||
/** This can be used if you used a high level shader language like GLSL
|
||||
or HLSL to create a shader. Example: If you created a shader which has
|
||||
variables named 'mWorldViewProj' (containing the WorldViewProjection
|
||||
matrix) and another one named 'fTime' containing one float, you can set
|
||||
them in your IShaderConstantSetCallBack derived class like this:
|
||||
\code
|
||||
virtual void OnSetConstants(video::IMaterialRendererServices* services, s32 userData)
|
||||
{
|
||||
video::IVideoDriver* driver = services->getVideoDriver();
|
||||
|
||||
f32 time = (f32)os::Timer::getTime()/100000.0f;
|
||||
services->setVertexShaderConstant("fTime", &time, 1);
|
||||
|
||||
core::matrix4 worldViewProj(driver->getTransform(video::ETS_PROJECTION));
|
||||
worldViewProj *= driver->getTransform(video::ETS_VIEW);
|
||||
worldViewProj *= driver->getTransform(video::ETS_WORLD);
|
||||
services->setVertexShaderConstant("mWorldViewProj", worldViewProj.M, 16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
\endcode
|
||||
\param name Name of the variable
|
||||
\param floats Pointer to array of floats
|
||||
\param count Amount of floats in array.
|
||||
\return True if successful.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual bool setVertexShaderConstant(const c8* name, const f32* floats, int count) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Bool interface for the above.
|
||||
virtual bool setVertexShaderConstant(const c8* name, const bool* bools, int count) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Int interface for the above.
|
||||
virtual bool setVertexShaderConstant(const c8* name, const s32* ints, int count) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a vertex shader constant.
|
||||
/** Can be used if you created a shader using pixel/vertex shader
|
||||
assembler or ARB_fragment_program or ARB_vertex_program.
|
||||
\param data: Data to be set in the constants
|
||||
\param startRegister: First register to be set
|
||||
\param constantAmount: Amount of registers to be set. One register consists of 4 floats. */
|
||||
virtual void setVertexShaderConstant(const f32* data, s32 startRegister, s32 constantAmount=1) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a constant for the pixel shader based on a name.
|
||||
/** This can be used if you used a high level shader language like GLSL
|
||||
or HLSL to create a shader. See setVertexShaderConstant() for an
|
||||
example on how to use this.
|
||||
\param name Name of the variable
|
||||
\param floats Pointer to array of floats
|
||||
\param count Amount of floats in array.
|
||||
\return True if successful. */
|
||||
virtual bool setPixelShaderConstant(const c8* name, const f32* floats, int count) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Bool interface for the above.
|
||||
virtual bool setPixelShaderConstant(const c8* name, const bool* bools, int count) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Int interface for the above.
|
||||
virtual bool setPixelShaderConstant(const c8* name, const s32* ints, int count) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a pixel shader constant.
|
||||
/** Can be used if you created a shader using pixel/vertex shader
|
||||
assembler or ARB_fragment_program or ARB_vertex_program.
|
||||
\param data Data to be set in the constants
|
||||
\param startRegister First register to be set.
|
||||
\param constantAmount Amount of registers to be set. One register consists of 4 floats. */
|
||||
virtual void setPixelShaderConstant(const f32* data, s32 startRegister, s32 constantAmount=1) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get pointer to the IVideoDriver interface
|
||||
/** \return Pointer to the IVideoDriver interface */
|
||||
virtual IVideoDriver* getVideoDriver() = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace video
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_MESH_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_MESH_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "SMaterial.h"
|
||||
#include "EHardwareBufferFlags.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IMeshBuffer;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Class which holds the geometry of an object.
|
||||
/** An IMesh is nothing more than a collection of some mesh buffers
|
||||
(IMeshBuffer). SMesh is a simple implementation of an IMesh.
|
||||
A mesh is usually added to an IMeshSceneNode in order to be rendered.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IMesh : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the amount of mesh buffers.
|
||||
/** \return Amount of mesh buffers (IMeshBuffer) in this mesh. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getMeshBufferCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get pointer to a mesh buffer.
|
||||
/** \param nr: Zero based index of the mesh buffer. The maximum value is
|
||||
getMeshBufferCount() - 1;
|
||||
\return Pointer to the mesh buffer or 0 if there is no such
|
||||
mesh buffer. */
|
||||
virtual IMeshBuffer* getMeshBuffer(u32 nr) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get pointer to a mesh buffer which fits a material
|
||||
/** \param material: material to search for
|
||||
\return Pointer to the mesh buffer or 0 if there is no such
|
||||
mesh buffer. */
|
||||
virtual IMeshBuffer* getMeshBuffer( const video::SMaterial &material) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get an axis aligned bounding box of the mesh.
|
||||
/** \return Bounding box of this mesh. */
|
||||
virtual const core::aabbox3d<f32>& getBoundingBox() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set user-defined axis aligned bounding box
|
||||
/** \param box New bounding box to use for the mesh. */
|
||||
virtual void setBoundingBox( const core::aabbox3df& box) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a flag of all contained materials to a new value.
|
||||
/** \param flag: Flag to set in all materials.
|
||||
\param newvalue: New value to set in all materials. */
|
||||
virtual void setMaterialFlag(video::E_MATERIAL_FLAG flag, bool newvalue) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the hardware mapping hint
|
||||
/** This methods allows to define optimization hints for the
|
||||
hardware. This enables, e.g., the use of hardware buffers on
|
||||
pltforms that support this feature. This can lead to noticeable
|
||||
performance gains. */
|
||||
virtual void setHardwareMappingHint(E_HARDWARE_MAPPING newMappingHint, E_BUFFER_TYPE buffer=EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Flag the meshbuffer as changed, reloads hardware buffers
|
||||
/** This method has to be called every time the vertices or
|
||||
indices have changed. Otherwise, changes won't be updated
|
||||
on the GPU in the next render cycle. */
|
||||
virtual void setDirty(E_BUFFER_TYPE buffer=EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_MESH_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_MESH_BUFFER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "SMaterial.h"
|
||||
#include "aabbox3d.h"
|
||||
#include "S3DVertex.h"
|
||||
#include "SVertexIndex.h"
|
||||
#include "EHardwareBufferFlags.h"
|
||||
#include "EPrimitiveTypes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
//! Struct for holding a mesh with a single material.
|
||||
/** A part of an IMesh which has the same material on each face of that
|
||||
group. Logical groups of an IMesh need not be put into separate mesh
|
||||
buffers, but can be. Separately animated parts of the mesh must be put
|
||||
into separate mesh buffers.
|
||||
Some mesh buffer implementations have limitations on the number of
|
||||
vertices the buffer can hold. In that case, logical grouping can help.
|
||||
Moreover, the number of vertices should be optimized for the GPU upload,
|
||||
which often depends on the type of gfx card. Typial figures are
|
||||
1000-10000 vertices per buffer.
|
||||
SMeshBuffer is a simple implementation of a MeshBuffer, which supports
|
||||
up to 65535 vertices.
|
||||
|
||||
Since meshbuffers are used for drawing, and hence will be exposed
|
||||
to the driver, chances are high that they are grab()'ed from somewhere.
|
||||
It's therefore required to dynamically allocate meshbuffers which are
|
||||
passed to a video driver and only drop the buffer once it's not used in
|
||||
the current code block anymore.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IMeshBuffer : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the material of this meshbuffer
|
||||
/** \return Material of this buffer. */
|
||||
virtual video::SMaterial& getMaterial() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the material of this meshbuffer
|
||||
/** \return Material of this buffer. */
|
||||
virtual const video::SMaterial& getMaterial() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get type of vertex data which is stored in this meshbuffer.
|
||||
/** \return Vertex type of this buffer. */
|
||||
virtual video::E_VERTEX_TYPE getVertexType() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get access to vertex data. The data is an array of vertices.
|
||||
/** Which vertex type is used can be determined by getVertexType().
|
||||
\return Pointer to array of vertices. */
|
||||
virtual const void* getVertices() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get access to vertex data. The data is an array of vertices.
|
||||
/** Which vertex type is used can be determined by getVertexType().
|
||||
\return Pointer to array of vertices. */
|
||||
virtual void* getVertices() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get amount of vertices in meshbuffer.
|
||||
/** \return Number of vertices in this buffer. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getVertexCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get type of index data which is stored in this meshbuffer.
|
||||
/** \return Index type of this buffer. */
|
||||
virtual video::E_INDEX_TYPE getIndexType() const =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get access to Indices.
|
||||
/** \return Pointer to indices array. */
|
||||
virtual const u16* getIndices() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get access to Indices.
|
||||
/** \return Pointer to indices array. */
|
||||
virtual u16* getIndices() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get amount of indices in this meshbuffer.
|
||||
/** \return Number of indices in this buffer. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getIndexCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the axis aligned bounding box of this meshbuffer.
|
||||
/** \return Axis aligned bounding box of this buffer. */
|
||||
virtual const core::aabbox3df& getBoundingBox() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set axis aligned bounding box
|
||||
/** \param box User defined axis aligned bounding box to use
|
||||
for this buffer. */
|
||||
virtual void setBoundingBox(const core::aabbox3df& box) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Recalculates the bounding box. Should be called if the mesh changed.
|
||||
virtual void recalculateBoundingBox() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns position of vertex i
|
||||
virtual const core::vector3df& getPosition(u32 i) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns position of vertex i
|
||||
virtual core::vector3df& getPosition(u32 i) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns normal of vertex i
|
||||
virtual const core::vector3df& getNormal(u32 i) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns normal of vertex i
|
||||
virtual core::vector3df& getNormal(u32 i) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns texture coord of vertex i
|
||||
virtual const core::vector2df& getTCoords(u32 i) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! returns texture coord of vertex i
|
||||
virtual core::vector2df& getTCoords(u32 i) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Append the vertices and indices to the current buffer
|
||||
/** Only works for compatible vertex types.
|
||||
\param vertices Pointer to a vertex array.
|
||||
\param numVertices Number of vertices in the array.
|
||||
\param indices Pointer to index array.
|
||||
\param numIndices Number of indices in array. */
|
||||
virtual void append(const void* const vertices, u32 numVertices, const u16* const indices, u32 numIndices) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Append the meshbuffer to the current buffer
|
||||
/** Only works for compatible vertex types
|
||||
\param other Buffer to append to this one. */
|
||||
virtual void append(const IMeshBuffer* const other) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! get the current hardware mapping hint
|
||||
virtual E_HARDWARE_MAPPING getHardwareMappingHint_Vertex() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! get the current hardware mapping hint
|
||||
virtual E_HARDWARE_MAPPING getHardwareMappingHint_Index() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! set the hardware mapping hint, for driver
|
||||
virtual void setHardwareMappingHint( E_HARDWARE_MAPPING newMappingHint, E_BUFFER_TYPE buffer=EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! flags the meshbuffer as changed, reloads hardware buffers
|
||||
virtual void setDirty(E_BUFFER_TYPE buffer=EBT_VERTEX_AND_INDEX) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the currently used ID for identification of changes.
|
||||
/** This shouldn't be used for anything outside the VideoDriver. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getChangedID_Vertex() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the currently used ID for identification of changes.
|
||||
/** This shouldn't be used for anything outside the VideoDriver. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getChangedID_Index() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,177 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_MESH_CACHE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_MESH_CACHE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "path.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IMesh;
|
||||
class IAnimatedMesh;
|
||||
class IAnimatedMeshSceneNode;
|
||||
class IMeshLoader;
|
||||
|
||||
//! The mesh cache stores already loaded meshes and provides an interface to them.
|
||||
/** You can access it using ISceneManager::getMeshCache(). All existing
|
||||
scene managers will return a pointer to the same mesh cache, because it
|
||||
is shared between them. With this interface, it is possible to manually
|
||||
add new loaded meshes (if ISceneManager::getMesh() is not sufficient),
|
||||
to remove them and to iterate through already loaded meshes. */
|
||||
class IMeshCache : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Destructor
|
||||
virtual ~IMeshCache() {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a mesh to the internal list of loaded meshes.
|
||||
/** Usually, ISceneManager::getMesh() is called to load a mesh
|
||||
from a file. That method searches the list of loaded meshes if
|
||||
a mesh has already been loaded and returns a pointer to if it
|
||||
is in that list and already in memory. Otherwise it loads the
|
||||
mesh. With IMeshCache::addMesh(), it is possible to pretend
|
||||
that a mesh already has been loaded. This method can be used
|
||||
for example by mesh loaders who need to load more than one mesh
|
||||
with one call. They can add additional meshes with this method
|
||||
to the scene manager. The COLLADA loader for example uses this
|
||||
method.
|
||||
\param name Name of the mesh. When calling
|
||||
ISceneManager::getMesh() with this name it will return the mesh
|
||||
set by this method.
|
||||
\param mesh Pointer to a mesh which will now be referenced by
|
||||
this name. */
|
||||
virtual void addMesh(const io::path& name, IAnimatedMesh* mesh) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Removes the mesh from the cache.
|
||||
/** After loading a mesh with getMesh(), the mesh can be
|
||||
removed from the cache using this method, freeing a lot of
|
||||
memory.
|
||||
\param mesh Pointer to the mesh which shall be removed. */
|
||||
virtual void removeMesh(const IMesh* const mesh) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns amount of loaded meshes in the cache.
|
||||
/** You can load new meshes into the cache using getMesh() and
|
||||
addMesh(). If you ever need to access the internal mesh cache,
|
||||
you can do this using removeMesh(), getMeshNumber(),
|
||||
getMeshByIndex() and getMeshName().
|
||||
\return Number of meshes in cache. */
|
||||
virtual u32 getMeshCount() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns current index number of the mesh or -1 when not found.
|
||||
/** \param mesh Pointer to the mesh to search for.
|
||||
\return Index of the mesh in the cache, or -1 if not found. */
|
||||
virtual s32 getMeshIndex(const IMesh* const mesh) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns a mesh based on its index number.
|
||||
/** \param index: Index of the mesh, number between 0 and
|
||||
getMeshCount()-1.
|
||||
Note that this number is only valid until a new mesh is loaded
|
||||
or removed.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the mesh or 0 if there is none with this
|
||||
number. */
|
||||
virtual IAnimatedMesh* getMeshByIndex(u32 index) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns a mesh based on its name (often a filename).
|
||||
/** \deprecated Use getMeshByName() instead. This method may be removed by
|
||||
Irrlicht 1.9 */
|
||||
_IRR_DEPRECATED_ IAnimatedMesh* getMeshByFilename(const io::path& filename)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getMeshByName(filename);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the name of a loaded mesh, based on its index. (Name is often identical to the filename).
|
||||
/** \deprecated Use getMeshName() instead. This method may be removed by
|
||||
Irrlicht 1.9 */
|
||||
_IRR_DEPRECATED_ const io::path& getMeshFilename(u32 index) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getMeshName(index).getInternalName();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the name of a loaded mesh, if there is any. (Name is often identical to the filename).
|
||||
/** \deprecated Use getMeshName() instead. This method may be removed by
|
||||
Irrlicht 1.9 */
|
||||
_IRR_DEPRECATED_ const io::path& getMeshFilename(const IMesh* const mesh) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return getMeshName(mesh).getInternalName();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Renames a loaded mesh.
|
||||
/** \deprecated Use renameMesh() instead. This method may be removed by
|
||||
Irrlicht 1.9 */
|
||||
_IRR_DEPRECATED_ bool setMeshFilename(u32 index, const io::path& filename)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return renameMesh(index, filename);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Renames a loaded mesh.
|
||||
/** \deprecated Use renameMesh() instead. This method may be removed by
|
||||
Irrlicht 1.9 */
|
||||
_IRR_DEPRECATED_ bool setMeshFilename(const IMesh* const mesh, const io::path& filename)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return renameMesh(mesh, filename);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns a mesh based on its name.
|
||||
/** \param name Name of the mesh. Usually a filename.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the mesh or 0 if there is none with this number. */
|
||||
virtual IAnimatedMesh* getMeshByName(const io::path& name) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the name of a loaded mesh, based on its index.
|
||||
/** \param index: Index of the mesh, number between 0 and getMeshCount()-1.
|
||||
\return The name if mesh was found and has a name, else the path is empty. */
|
||||
virtual const io::SNamedPath& getMeshName(u32 index) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the name of the loaded mesh if there is any.
|
||||
/** \param mesh Pointer to mesh to query.
|
||||
\return The name if mesh was found and has a name, else the path is empty. */
|
||||
virtual const io::SNamedPath& getMeshName(const IMesh* const mesh) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Renames a loaded mesh.
|
||||
/** Note that renaming meshes might change the ordering of the
|
||||
meshes, and so the index of the meshes as returned by
|
||||
getMeshIndex() or taken by some methods will change.
|
||||
\param index The index of the mesh in the cache.
|
||||
\param name New name for the mesh.
|
||||
\return True if mesh was renamed. */
|
||||
virtual bool renameMesh(u32 index, const io::path& name) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Renames the loaded mesh
|
||||
/** Note that renaming meshes might change the ordering of the
|
||||
meshes, and so the index of the meshes as returned by
|
||||
getMeshIndex() or taken by some methods will change.
|
||||
\param mesh Mesh to be renamed.
|
||||
\param name New name for the mesh.
|
||||
\return True if mesh was renamed. */
|
||||
virtual bool renameMesh(const IMesh* const mesh, const io::path& name) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Check if a mesh was already loaded.
|
||||
/** \param name Name of the mesh. Usually a filename.
|
||||
\return True if the mesh has been loaded, else false. */
|
||||
virtual bool isMeshLoaded(const io::path& name) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Clears the whole mesh cache, removing all meshes.
|
||||
/** All meshes will be reloaded completely when using ISceneManager::getMesh()
|
||||
after calling this method.
|
||||
Warning: If you have pointers to meshes that were loaded with ISceneManager::getMesh()
|
||||
and you did not grab them, then they may become invalid. */
|
||||
virtual void clear() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Clears all meshes that are held in the mesh cache but not used anywhere else.
|
||||
/** Warning: If you have pointers to meshes that were loaded with ISceneManager::getMesh()
|
||||
and you did not grab them, then they may become invalid. */
|
||||
virtual void clearUnusedMeshes() = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_MESH_LOADER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_MESH_LOADER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "path.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace io
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IReadFile;
|
||||
} // end namespace io
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IAnimatedMesh;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Class which is able to load an animated mesh from a file.
|
||||
/** If you want Irrlicht be able to load meshes of
|
||||
currently unsupported file formats (e.g. .cob), then implement
|
||||
this and add your new Meshloader with
|
||||
ISceneManager::addExternalMeshLoader() to the engine. */
|
||||
class IMeshLoader : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Destructor
|
||||
virtual ~IMeshLoader() {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Returns true if the file might be loaded by this class.
|
||||
/** This decision should be based on the file extension (e.g. ".cob")
|
||||
only.
|
||||
\param filename Name of the file to test.
|
||||
\return True if the file might be loaded by this class. */
|
||||
virtual bool isALoadableFileExtension(const io::path& filename) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates/loads an animated mesh from the file.
|
||||
/** \param file File handler to load the file from.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created mesh. Returns 0 if loading failed.
|
||||
If you no longer need the mesh, you should call IAnimatedMesh::drop().
|
||||
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IAnimatedMesh* createMesh(io::IReadFile* file) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,393 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_MESH_MANIPULATOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_MESH_MANIPULATOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "vector3d.h"
|
||||
#include "aabbox3d.h"
|
||||
#include "matrix4.h"
|
||||
#include "IAnimatedMesh.h"
|
||||
#include "IMeshBuffer.h"
|
||||
#include "SVertexManipulator.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
struct SMesh;
|
||||
|
||||
//! An interface for easy manipulation of meshes.
|
||||
/** Scale, set alpha value, flip surfaces, and so on. This exists for
|
||||
fixing problems with wrong imported or exported meshes quickly after
|
||||
loading. It is not intended for doing mesh modifications and/or
|
||||
animations during runtime.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IMeshManipulator : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Flips the direction of surfaces.
|
||||
/** Changes backfacing triangles to frontfacing
|
||||
triangles and vice versa.
|
||||
\param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed. */
|
||||
virtual void flipSurfaces(IMesh* mesh) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the alpha vertex color value of the whole mesh to a new value.
|
||||
/** \param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed.
|
||||
\param alpha New alpha value. Must be a value between 0 and 255. */
|
||||
void setVertexColorAlpha(IMesh* mesh, s32 alpha) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
apply(scene::SVertexColorSetAlphaManipulator(alpha), mesh);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the alpha vertex color value of the whole mesh to a new value.
|
||||
/** \param buffer Meshbuffer on which the operation is performed.
|
||||
\param alpha New alpha value. Must be a value between 0 and 255. */
|
||||
void setVertexColorAlpha(IMeshBuffer* buffer, s32 alpha) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
apply(scene::SVertexColorSetAlphaManipulator(alpha), buffer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the colors of all vertices to one color
|
||||
/** \param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed.
|
||||
\param color New color. */
|
||||
void setVertexColors(IMesh* mesh, video::SColor color) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
apply(scene::SVertexColorSetManipulator(color), mesh);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the colors of all vertices to one color
|
||||
/** \param buffer Meshbuffer on which the operation is performed.
|
||||
\param color New color. */
|
||||
void setVertexColors(IMeshBuffer* buffer, video::SColor color) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
apply(scene::SVertexColorSetManipulator(color), buffer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Recalculates all normals of the mesh.
|
||||
/** \param mesh: Mesh on which the operation is performed.
|
||||
\param smooth: If the normals shall be smoothed.
|
||||
\param angleWeighted: If the normals shall be smoothed in relation to their angles. More expensive, but also higher precision. */
|
||||
virtual void recalculateNormals(IMesh* mesh, bool smooth = false,
|
||||
bool angleWeighted = false) const=0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Recalculates all normals of the mesh buffer.
|
||||
/** \param buffer: Mesh buffer on which the operation is performed.
|
||||
\param smooth: If the normals shall be smoothed.
|
||||
\param angleWeighted: If the normals shall be smoothed in relation to their angles. More expensive, but also higher precision. */
|
||||
virtual void recalculateNormals(IMeshBuffer* buffer,
|
||||
bool smooth = false, bool angleWeighted = false) const=0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Recalculates tangents, requires a tangent mesh
|
||||
/** \param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed.
|
||||
\param recalculateNormals If the normals shall be recalculated, otherwise original normals of the mesh are used unchanged.
|
||||
\param smooth If the normals shall be smoothed.
|
||||
\param angleWeighted If the normals shall be smoothed in relation to their angles. More expensive, but also higher precision.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void recalculateTangents(IMesh* mesh,
|
||||
bool recalculateNormals=false, bool smooth=false,
|
||||
bool angleWeighted=false) const=0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Recalculates tangents, requires a tangent mesh buffer
|
||||
/** \param buffer Meshbuffer on which the operation is performed.
|
||||
\param recalculateNormals If the normals shall be recalculated, otherwise original normals of the buffer are used unchanged.
|
||||
\param smooth If the normals shall be smoothed.
|
||||
\param angleWeighted If the normals shall be smoothed in relation to their angles. More expensive, but also higher precision.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void recalculateTangents(IMeshBuffer* buffer,
|
||||
bool recalculateNormals=false, bool smooth=false,
|
||||
bool angleWeighted=false) const=0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Scales the actual mesh, not a scene node.
|
||||
/** \param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed.
|
||||
\param factor Scale factor for each axis. */
|
||||
void scale(IMesh* mesh, const core::vector3df& factor) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
apply(SVertexPositionScaleManipulator(factor), mesh, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Scales the actual meshbuffer, not a scene node.
|
||||
/** \param buffer Meshbuffer on which the operation is performed.
|
||||
\param factor Scale factor for each axis. */
|
||||
void scale(IMeshBuffer* buffer, const core::vector3df& factor) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
apply(SVertexPositionScaleManipulator(factor), buffer, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Scales the actual mesh, not a scene node.
|
||||
/** \deprecated Use scale() instead. This method may be removed by Irrlicht 1.9
|
||||
\param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed.
|
||||
\param factor Scale factor for each axis. */
|
||||
_IRR_DEPRECATED_ void scaleMesh(IMesh* mesh, const core::vector3df& factor) const {return scale(mesh,factor);}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Scale the texture coords of a mesh.
|
||||
/** \param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed.
|
||||
\param factor Vector which defines the scale for each axis.
|
||||
\param level Number of texture coord, starting from 1. Support for level 2 exists for LightMap buffers. */
|
||||
void scaleTCoords(scene::IMesh* mesh, const core::vector2df& factor, u32 level=1) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
apply(SVertexTCoordsScaleManipulator(factor, level), mesh);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Scale the texture coords of a meshbuffer.
|
||||
/** \param buffer Meshbuffer on which the operation is performed.
|
||||
\param factor Vector which defines the scale for each axis.
|
||||
\param level Number of texture coord, starting from 1. Support for level 2 exists for LightMap buffers. */
|
||||
void scaleTCoords(scene::IMeshBuffer* buffer, const core::vector2df& factor, u32 level=1) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
apply(SVertexTCoordsScaleManipulator(factor, level), buffer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Applies a transformation to a mesh
|
||||
/** \param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed.
|
||||
\param m transformation matrix. */
|
||||
void transform(IMesh* mesh, const core::matrix4& m) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
apply(SVertexPositionTransformManipulator(m), mesh, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Applies a transformation to a meshbuffer
|
||||
/** \param buffer Meshbuffer on which the operation is performed.
|
||||
\param m transformation matrix. */
|
||||
void transform(IMeshBuffer* buffer, const core::matrix4& m) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
apply(SVertexPositionTransformManipulator(m), buffer, true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Applies a transformation to a mesh
|
||||
/** \deprecated Use transform() instead. This method may be removed by Irrlicht 1.9
|
||||
\param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed.
|
||||
\param m transformation matrix. */
|
||||
_IRR_DEPRECATED_ virtual void transformMesh(IMesh* mesh, const core::matrix4& m) const {return transform(mesh,m);}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a planar texture mapping on the mesh
|
||||
/** \param mesh: Mesh on which the operation is performed.
|
||||
\param resolution: resolution of the planar mapping. This is
|
||||
the value specifying which is the relation between world space
|
||||
and texture coordinate space. */
|
||||
virtual void makePlanarTextureMapping(IMesh* mesh, f32 resolution=0.001f) const=0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a planar texture mapping on the meshbuffer
|
||||
/** \param meshbuffer: Buffer on which the operation is performed.
|
||||
\param resolution: resolution of the planar mapping. This is
|
||||
the value specifying which is the relation between world space
|
||||
and texture coordinate space. */
|
||||
virtual void makePlanarTextureMapping(scene::IMeshBuffer* meshbuffer, f32 resolution=0.001f) const=0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a planar texture mapping on the buffer
|
||||
/** This method is currently implemented towards the LWO planar mapping. A more general biasing might be required.
|
||||
\param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed.
|
||||
\param resolutionS Resolution of the planar mapping in horizontal direction. This is the ratio between object space and texture space.
|
||||
\param resolutionT Resolution of the planar mapping in vertical direction. This is the ratio between object space and texture space.
|
||||
\param axis The axis along which the texture is projected. The allowed values are 0 (X), 1(Y), and 2(Z).
|
||||
\param offset Vector added to the vertex positions (in object coordinates).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void makePlanarTextureMapping(scene::IMesh* mesh,
|
||||
f32 resolutionS, f32 resolutionT,
|
||||
u8 axis, const core::vector3df& offset) const=0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a planar texture mapping on the meshbuffer
|
||||
/** This method is currently implemented towards the LWO planar mapping. A more general biasing might be required.
|
||||
\param buffer Buffer on which the operation is performed.
|
||||
\param resolutionS Resolution of the planar mapping in horizontal direction. This is the ratio between object space and texture space.
|
||||
\param resolutionT Resolution of the planar mapping in vertical direction. This is the ratio between object space and texture space.
|
||||
\param axis The axis along which the texture is projected. The allowed values are 0 (X), 1(Y), and 2(Z).
|
||||
\param offset Vector added to the vertex positions (in object coordinates).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
virtual void makePlanarTextureMapping(scene::IMeshBuffer* buffer,
|
||||
f32 resolutionS, f32 resolutionT,
|
||||
u8 axis, const core::vector3df& offset) const=0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Clones a static IMesh into a modifiable SMesh.
|
||||
/** All meshbuffers in the returned SMesh
|
||||
are of type SMeshBuffer or SMeshBufferLightMap.
|
||||
\param mesh Mesh to copy.
|
||||
\return Cloned mesh. If you no longer need the
|
||||
cloned mesh, you should call SMesh::drop(). See
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual SMesh* createMeshCopy(IMesh* mesh) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a copy of the mesh, which will only consist of S3DVertexTangents vertices.
|
||||
/** This is useful if you want to draw tangent space normal
|
||||
mapped geometry because it calculates the tangent and binormal
|
||||
data which is needed there.
|
||||
\param mesh Input mesh
|
||||
\param recalculateNormals The normals are recalculated if set,
|
||||
otherwise the original ones are kept. Note that keeping the
|
||||
normals may introduce inaccurate tangents if the normals are
|
||||
very different to those calculated from the faces.
|
||||
\param smooth The normals/tangents are smoothed across the
|
||||
meshbuffer's faces if this flag is set.
|
||||
\param angleWeighted Improved smoothing calculation used
|
||||
\param recalculateTangents Whether are actually calculated, or just the mesh with proper type is created.
|
||||
\return Mesh consisting only of S3DVertexTangents vertices. If
|
||||
you no longer need the cloned mesh, you should call
|
||||
IMesh::drop(). See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more
|
||||
information. */
|
||||
virtual IMesh* createMeshWithTangents(IMesh* mesh,
|
||||
bool recalculateNormals=false, bool smooth=false,
|
||||
bool angleWeighted=false, bool recalculateTangents=true) const=0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a copy of the mesh, which will only consist of S3DVertex2TCoord vertices.
|
||||
/** \param mesh Input mesh
|
||||
\return Mesh consisting only of S3DVertex2TCoord vertices. If
|
||||
you no longer need the cloned mesh, you should call
|
||||
IMesh::drop(). See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more
|
||||
information. */
|
||||
virtual IMesh* createMeshWith2TCoords(IMesh* mesh) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a copy of the mesh, which will only consist of S3DVertex vertices.
|
||||
/** \param mesh Input mesh
|
||||
\return Mesh consisting only of S3DVertex vertices. If
|
||||
you no longer need the cloned mesh, you should call
|
||||
IMesh::drop(). See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more
|
||||
information. */
|
||||
virtual IMesh* createMeshWith1TCoords(IMesh* mesh) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a copy of a mesh with all vertices unwelded
|
||||
/** \param mesh Input mesh
|
||||
\return Mesh consisting only of unique faces. All vertices
|
||||
which were previously shared are now duplicated. If you no
|
||||
longer need the cloned mesh, you should call IMesh::drop(). See
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IMesh* createMeshUniquePrimitives(IMesh* mesh) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a copy of a mesh with vertices welded
|
||||
/** \param mesh Input mesh
|
||||
\param tolerance The threshold for vertex comparisons.
|
||||
\return Mesh without redundant vertices. If you no longer need
|
||||
the cloned mesh, you should call IMesh::drop(). See
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IMesh* createMeshWelded(IMesh* mesh, f32 tolerance=core::ROUNDING_ERROR_f32) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get amount of polygons in mesh.
|
||||
/** \param mesh Input mesh
|
||||
\return Number of polygons in mesh. */
|
||||
virtual s32 getPolyCount(IMesh* mesh) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get amount of polygons in mesh.
|
||||
/** \param mesh Input mesh
|
||||
\return Number of polygons in mesh. */
|
||||
virtual s32 getPolyCount(IAnimatedMesh* mesh) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Create a new AnimatedMesh and adds the mesh to it
|
||||
/** \param mesh Input mesh
|
||||
\param type The type of the animated mesh to create.
|
||||
\return Newly created animated mesh with mesh as its only
|
||||
content. When you don't need the animated mesh anymore, you
|
||||
should call IAnimatedMesh::drop(). See
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IAnimatedMesh * createAnimatedMesh(IMesh* mesh,
|
||||
scene::E_ANIMATED_MESH_TYPE type = scene::EAMT_UNKNOWN) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Vertex cache optimization according to the Forsyth paper
|
||||
/** More information can be found at
|
||||
http://home.comcast.net/~tom_forsyth/papers/fast_vert_cache_opt.html
|
||||
|
||||
The function is thread-safe (read: you can optimize several
|
||||
meshes in different threads).
|
||||
|
||||
\param mesh Source mesh for the operation.
|
||||
\return A new mesh optimized for the vertex cache. */
|
||||
virtual IMesh* createForsythOptimizedMesh(const IMesh *mesh) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Apply a manipulator on the Meshbuffer
|
||||
/** \param func A functor defining the mesh manipulation.
|
||||
\param buffer The Meshbuffer to apply the manipulator to.
|
||||
\param boundingBoxUpdate Specifies if the bounding box should be updated during manipulation.
|
||||
\return True if the functor was successfully applied, else false. */
|
||||
template <typename Functor>
|
||||
bool apply(const Functor& func, IMeshBuffer* buffer, bool boundingBoxUpdate=false) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return apply_(func, buffer, boundingBoxUpdate, func);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Apply a manipulator on the Mesh
|
||||
/** \param func A functor defining the mesh manipulation.
|
||||
\param mesh The Mesh to apply the manipulator to.
|
||||
\param boundingBoxUpdate Specifies if the bounding box should be updated during manipulation.
|
||||
\return True if the functor was successfully applied, else false. */
|
||||
template <typename Functor>
|
||||
bool apply(const Functor& func, IMesh* mesh, bool boundingBoxUpdate=false) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!mesh)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
bool result = true;
|
||||
core::aabbox3df bufferbox;
|
||||
for (u32 i=0; i<mesh->getMeshBufferCount(); ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
result &= apply(func, mesh->getMeshBuffer(i), boundingBoxUpdate);
|
||||
if (boundingBoxUpdate)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (0==i)
|
||||
bufferbox.reset(mesh->getMeshBuffer(i)->getBoundingBox());
|
||||
else
|
||||
bufferbox.addInternalBox(mesh->getMeshBuffer(i)->getBoundingBox());
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (boundingBoxUpdate)
|
||||
mesh->setBoundingBox(bufferbox);
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
//! Apply a manipulator based on the type of the functor
|
||||
/** \param func A functor defining the mesh manipulation.
|
||||
\param buffer The Meshbuffer to apply the manipulator to.
|
||||
\param boundingBoxUpdate Specifies if the bounding box should be updated during manipulation.
|
||||
\param typeTest Unused parameter, which handles the proper call selection based on the type of the Functor which is passed in two times.
|
||||
\return True if the functor was successfully applied, else false. */
|
||||
template <typename Functor>
|
||||
bool apply_(const Functor& func, IMeshBuffer* buffer, bool boundingBoxUpdate, const IVertexManipulator& typeTest) const
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!buffer)
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
core::aabbox3df bufferbox;
|
||||
for (u32 i=0; i<buffer->getVertexCount(); ++i)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (buffer->getVertexType())
|
||||
{
|
||||
case video::EVT_STANDARD:
|
||||
{
|
||||
video::S3DVertex* verts = (video::S3DVertex*)buffer->getVertices();
|
||||
func(verts[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case video::EVT_2TCOORDS:
|
||||
{
|
||||
video::S3DVertex2TCoords* verts = (video::S3DVertex2TCoords*)buffer->getVertices();
|
||||
func(verts[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case video::EVT_TANGENTS:
|
||||
{
|
||||
video::S3DVertexTangents* verts = (video::S3DVertexTangents*)buffer->getVertices();
|
||||
func(verts[i]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (boundingBoxUpdate)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (0==i)
|
||||
bufferbox.reset(buffer->getPosition(0));
|
||||
else
|
||||
bufferbox.addInternalPoint(buffer->getPosition(i));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (boundingBoxUpdate)
|
||||
buffer->setBoundingBox(bufferbox);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_MESH_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_MESH_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ISceneNode.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
class IShadowVolumeSceneNode;
|
||||
class IMesh;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! A scene node displaying a static mesh
|
||||
class IMeshSceneNode : public ISceneNode
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Constructor
|
||||
/** Use setMesh() to set the mesh to display.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
IMeshSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
|
||||
const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
|
||||
const core::vector3df& rotation = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
|
||||
const core::vector3df& scale = core::vector3df(1,1,1))
|
||||
: ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id, position, rotation, scale) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets a new mesh to display
|
||||
/** \param mesh Mesh to display. */
|
||||
virtual void setMesh(IMesh* mesh) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the currently defined mesh for display.
|
||||
/** \return Pointer to mesh which is displayed by this node. */
|
||||
virtual IMesh* getMesh(void) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates shadow volume scene node as child of this node.
|
||||
/** The shadow can be rendered using the ZPass or the zfail
|
||||
method. ZPass is a little bit faster because the shadow volume
|
||||
creation is easier, but with this method there occur ugly
|
||||
looking artifacs when the camera is inside the shadow volume.
|
||||
These error do not occur with the ZFail method.
|
||||
\param shadowMesh: Optional custom mesh for shadow volume.
|
||||
\param id: Id of the shadow scene node. This id can be used to
|
||||
identify the node later.
|
||||
\param zfailmethod: If set to true, the shadow will use the
|
||||
zfail method, if not, zpass is used.
|
||||
\param infinity: Value used by the shadow volume algorithm to
|
||||
scale the shadow volume (for zfail shadow volume we support only
|
||||
finite shadows, so camera zfar must be larger than shadow back cap,
|
||||
which is depend on infinity parameter).
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created shadow scene node. This pointer
|
||||
should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more
|
||||
information. */
|
||||
virtual IShadowVolumeSceneNode* addShadowVolumeSceneNode(const IMesh* shadowMesh=0,
|
||||
s32 id=-1, bool zfailmethod=true, f32 infinity=1000.0f) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets if the scene node should not copy the materials of the mesh but use them in a read only style.
|
||||
/** In this way it is possible to change the materials of a mesh
|
||||
causing all mesh scene nodes referencing this mesh to change, too.
|
||||
\param readonly Flag if the materials shall be read-only. */
|
||||
virtual void setReadOnlyMaterials(bool readonly) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Check if the scene node should not copy the materials of the mesh but use them in a read only style
|
||||
/** This flag can be set by setReadOnlyMaterials().
|
||||
\return Whether the materials are read-only. */
|
||||
virtual bool isReadOnlyMaterials() const = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __IRR_I_MESH_WRITER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __IRR_I_MESH_WRITER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "EMeshWriterEnums.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace io
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IWriteFile;
|
||||
} // end namespace io
|
||||
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
class IMesh;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Interface for writing meshes
|
||||
class IMeshWriter : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Destructor
|
||||
virtual ~IMeshWriter() {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the type of the mesh writer
|
||||
/** For own implementations, use MAKE_IRR_ID as shown in the
|
||||
EMESH_WRITER_TYPE enumeration to return your own unique mesh
|
||||
type id.
|
||||
\return Type of the mesh writer. */
|
||||
virtual EMESH_WRITER_TYPE getType() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Write a static mesh.
|
||||
/** \param file File handle to write the mesh to.
|
||||
\param mesh Pointer to mesh to be written.
|
||||
\param flags Optional flags to set properties of the writer.
|
||||
\return True if sucessful */
|
||||
virtual bool writeMesh(io::IWriteFile* file, scene::IMesh* mesh,
|
||||
s32 flags=EMWF_NONE) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Writes an animated mesh
|
||||
// for future use, no writer is able to write animated meshes currently
|
||||
/* \return Returns true if sucessful */
|
||||
//virtual bool writeAnimatedMesh(io::IWriteFile* file,
|
||||
// scene::IAnimatedMesh* mesh,
|
||||
// s32 flags=EMWF_NONE) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace
|
||||
} // end namespace
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_META_TRIANGLE_SELECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_META_TRIANGLE_SELECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ITriangleSelector.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Interface for making multiple triangle selectors work as one big selector.
|
||||
/** This is nothing more than a collection of one or more triangle selectors
|
||||
providing together the interface of one triangle selector. In this way,
|
||||
collision tests can be done with different triangle soups in one pass.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IMetaTriangleSelector : public ITriangleSelector
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds a triangle selector to the collection of triangle selectors.
|
||||
/** \param toAdd: Pointer to an triangle selector to add to the list. */
|
||||
virtual void addTriangleSelector(ITriangleSelector* toAdd) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Removes a specific triangle selector from the collection.
|
||||
/** \param toRemove: Pointer to an triangle selector which is in the
|
||||
list but will be removed.
|
||||
\return True if successful, false if not. */
|
||||
virtual bool removeTriangleSelector(ITriangleSelector* toRemove) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Removes all triangle selectors from the collection.
|
||||
virtual void removeAllTriangleSelectors() = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_OS_OPERATOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_OS_OPERATOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IReferenceCounted.h"
|
||||
#include "irrString.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! The Operating system operator provides operation system specific methods and informations.
|
||||
class IOSOperator : public virtual IReferenceCounted
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
//! Get the current operation system version as string.
|
||||
virtual const core::stringc& getOperatingSystemVersion() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the current operation system version as string.
|
||||
/** \deprecated Use getOperatingSystemVersion instead. This method will be removed in Irrlicht 1.9. */
|
||||
_IRR_DEPRECATED_ const wchar_t* getOperationSystemVersion() const
|
||||
{
|
||||
return core::stringw(getOperatingSystemVersion()).c_str();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Copies text to the clipboard
|
||||
virtual void copyToClipboard(const c8* text) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get text from the clipboard
|
||||
/** \return Returns 0 if no string is in there. */
|
||||
virtual const c8* getTextFromClipboard() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the processor speed in megahertz
|
||||
/** \param MHz The integer variable to store the speed in.
|
||||
\return True if successful, false if not */
|
||||
virtual bool getProcessorSpeedMHz(u32* MHz) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the total and available system RAM
|
||||
/** \param Total: will contain the total system memory
|
||||
\param Avail: will contain the available memory
|
||||
\return True if successful, false if not */
|
||||
virtual bool getSystemMemory(u32* Total, u32* Avail) const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_PARTICLE_AFFECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_PARTICLE_AFFECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IAttributeExchangingObject.h"
|
||||
#include "SParticle.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Types of built in particle affectors
|
||||
enum E_PARTICLE_AFFECTOR_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
EPAT_NONE = 0,
|
||||
EPAT_ATTRACT,
|
||||
EPAT_FADE_OUT,
|
||||
EPAT_GRAVITY,
|
||||
EPAT_ROTATE,
|
||||
EPAT_SCALE,
|
||||
EPAT_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Names for built in particle affectors
|
||||
const c8* const ParticleAffectorTypeNames[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"None",
|
||||
"Attract",
|
||||
"FadeOut",
|
||||
"Gravity",
|
||||
"Rotate",
|
||||
"Scale",
|
||||
0
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! A particle affector modifies particles.
|
||||
class IParticleAffector : public virtual io::IAttributeExchangingObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! constructor
|
||||
IParticleAffector() : Enabled(true) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Affects an array of particles.
|
||||
/** \param now Current time. (Same as ITimer::getTime() would return)
|
||||
\param particlearray Array of particles.
|
||||
\param count Amount of particles in array. */
|
||||
virtual void affect(u32 now, SParticle* particlearray, u32 count) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets whether or not the affector is currently enabled.
|
||||
virtual void setEnabled(bool enabled) { Enabled = enabled; }
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets whether or not the affector is currently enabled.
|
||||
virtual bool getEnabled() const { return Enabled; }
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get emitter type
|
||||
virtual E_PARTICLE_AFFECTOR_TYPE getType() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
protected:
|
||||
bool Enabled;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_PARTICLE_ANIMATED_MESH_SCENE_NODE_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_PARTICLE_ANIMATED_MESH_SCENE_NODE_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IParticleEmitter.h"
|
||||
#include "IAnimatedMeshSceneNode.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! A particle emitter which emits particles from mesh vertices.
|
||||
class IParticleAnimatedMeshSceneNodeEmitter : public IParticleEmitter
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set Mesh to emit particles from
|
||||
virtual void setAnimatedMeshSceneNode( IAnimatedMeshSceneNode* node ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set whether to use vertex normal for direction, or direction specified
|
||||
virtual void setUseNormalDirection( bool useNormalDirection = true ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the amount that the normal is divided by for getting a particles direction
|
||||
virtual void setNormalDirectionModifier( f32 normalDirectionModifier ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets whether to emit min<->max particles for every vertex or to pick min<->max vertices
|
||||
virtual void setEveryMeshVertex( bool everyMeshVertex = true ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get mesh we're emitting particles from
|
||||
virtual const IAnimatedMeshSceneNode* getAnimatedMeshSceneNode() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get whether to use vertex normal for direction, or direction specified
|
||||
virtual bool isUsingNormalDirection() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the amount that the normal is divided by for getting a particles direction
|
||||
virtual f32 getNormalDirectionModifier() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets whether to emit min<->max particles for every vertex or to pick min<->max vertices
|
||||
virtual bool getEveryMeshVertex() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get emitter type
|
||||
virtual E_PARTICLE_EMITTER_TYPE getType() const { return EPET_ANIMATED_MESH; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __I_PARTICLE_ANIMATED_MESH_SCENE_NODE_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_PARTICLE_ATTRACTION_AFFECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_PARTICLE_ATTRACTION_AFFECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IParticleAffector.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! A particle affector which attracts or detracts particles.
|
||||
class IParticleAttractionAffector : public IParticleAffector
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the point that particles will attract to
|
||||
virtual void setPoint( const core::vector3df& point ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set whether or not the particles are attracting or detracting
|
||||
virtual void setAttract( bool attract ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set whether or not this will affect particles in the X direction
|
||||
virtual void setAffectX( bool affect ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set whether or not this will affect particles in the Y direction
|
||||
virtual void setAffectY( bool affect ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set whether or not this will affect particles in the Z direction
|
||||
virtual void setAffectZ( bool affect ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the point that particles are attracted to
|
||||
virtual const core::vector3df& getPoint() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get whether or not the particles are attracting or detracting
|
||||
virtual bool getAttract() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get whether or not the particles X position are affected
|
||||
virtual bool getAffectX() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get whether or not the particles Y position are affected
|
||||
virtual bool getAffectY() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get whether or not the particles Z position are affected
|
||||
virtual bool getAffectZ() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get emitter type
|
||||
virtual E_PARTICLE_AFFECTOR_TYPE getType() const { return EPAT_ATTRACT; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __I_PARTICLE_ATTRACTION_AFFECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_PARTICLE_BOX_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_PARTICLE_BOX_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IParticleEmitter.h"
|
||||
#include "aabbox3d.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! A particle emitter which emits particles from a box shaped space
|
||||
class IParticleBoxEmitter : public IParticleEmitter
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the box shape
|
||||
virtual void setBox( const core::aabbox3df& box ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the box shape set
|
||||
virtual const core::aabbox3df& getBox() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get emitter type
|
||||
virtual E_PARTICLE_EMITTER_TYPE getType() const { return EPET_BOX; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_PARTICLE_CYLINDER_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_PARTICLE_CYLINDER_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IParticleEmitter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! A particle emitter which emits from a cylindrically shaped space.
|
||||
class IParticleCylinderEmitter : public IParticleEmitter
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the center of the radius for the cylinder, at one end of the cylinder
|
||||
virtual void setCenter( const core::vector3df& center ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the normal of the cylinder
|
||||
virtual void setNormal( const core::vector3df& normal ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the radius of the cylinder
|
||||
virtual void setRadius( f32 radius ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the length of the cylinder
|
||||
virtual void setLength( f32 length ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set whether or not to draw points inside the cylinder
|
||||
virtual void setOutlineOnly( bool outlineOnly = true ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the center of the cylinder
|
||||
virtual const core::vector3df& getCenter() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the normal of the cylinder
|
||||
virtual const core::vector3df& getNormal() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the radius of the cylinder
|
||||
virtual f32 getRadius() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the center of the cylinder
|
||||
virtual f32 getLength() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get whether or not to draw points inside the cylinder
|
||||
virtual bool getOutlineOnly() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get emitter type
|
||||
virtual E_PARTICLE_EMITTER_TYPE getType() const { return EPET_CYLINDER; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_PARTICLE_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_PARTICLE_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IAttributeExchangingObject.h"
|
||||
#include "SParticle.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! Types of built in particle emitters
|
||||
enum E_PARTICLE_EMITTER_TYPE
|
||||
{
|
||||
EPET_POINT = 0,
|
||||
EPET_ANIMATED_MESH,
|
||||
EPET_BOX,
|
||||
EPET_CYLINDER,
|
||||
EPET_MESH,
|
||||
EPET_RING,
|
||||
EPET_SPHERE,
|
||||
EPET_COUNT
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! Names for built in particle emitters
|
||||
const c8* const ParticleEmitterTypeNames[] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
"Point",
|
||||
"AnimatedMesh",
|
||||
"Box",
|
||||
"Cylinder",
|
||||
"Mesh",
|
||||
"Ring",
|
||||
"Sphere",
|
||||
0
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
//! A particle emitter for using with particle systems.
|
||||
/** A Particle emitter emitts new particles into a particle system.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IParticleEmitter : public virtual io::IAttributeExchangingObject
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Prepares an array with new particles to emitt into the system
|
||||
/** \param now Current time.
|
||||
\param timeSinceLastCall Time elapsed since last call, in milliseconds.
|
||||
\param outArray Pointer which will point to the array with the new
|
||||
particles to add into the system.
|
||||
\return Amount of new particles in the array. Can be 0. */
|
||||
virtual s32 emitt(u32 now, u32 timeSinceLastCall, SParticle*& outArray) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set direction the emitter emits particles
|
||||
virtual void setDirection( const core::vector3df& newDirection ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set minimum number of particles the emitter emits per second
|
||||
virtual void setMinParticlesPerSecond( u32 minPPS ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set maximum number of particles the emitter emits per second
|
||||
virtual void setMaxParticlesPerSecond( u32 maxPPS ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set minimum starting color for particles
|
||||
virtual void setMinStartColor( const video::SColor& color ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set maximum starting color for particles
|
||||
virtual void setMaxStartColor( const video::SColor& color ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the maximum starting size for particles
|
||||
virtual void setMaxStartSize( const core::dimension2df& size ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the minimum starting size for particles
|
||||
virtual void setMinStartSize( const core::dimension2df& size ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the minimum particle life-time in milliseconds
|
||||
virtual void setMinLifeTime( u32 lifeTimeMin ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the maximum particle life-time in milliseconds
|
||||
virtual void setMaxLifeTime( u32 lifeTimeMax ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set maximal random derivation from the direction
|
||||
virtual void setMaxAngleDegrees( s32 maxAngleDegrees ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get direction the emitter emits particles
|
||||
virtual const core::vector3df& getDirection() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the minimum number of particles the emitter emits per second
|
||||
virtual u32 getMinParticlesPerSecond() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the maximum number of particles the emitter emits per second
|
||||
virtual u32 getMaxParticlesPerSecond() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the minimum starting color for particles
|
||||
virtual const video::SColor& getMinStartColor() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the maximum starting color for particles
|
||||
virtual const video::SColor& getMaxStartColor() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the maximum starting size for particles
|
||||
virtual const core::dimension2df& getMaxStartSize() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the minimum starting size for particles
|
||||
virtual const core::dimension2df& getMinStartSize() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the minimum particle life-time in milliseconds
|
||||
virtual u32 getMinLifeTime() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the maximum particle life-time in milliseconds
|
||||
virtual u32 getMaxLifeTime() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get maximal random derivation from the direction
|
||||
virtual s32 getMaxAngleDegrees() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get emitter type
|
||||
virtual E_PARTICLE_EMITTER_TYPE getType() const { return EPET_POINT; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef IParticleEmitter IParticlePointEmitter;
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_PARTICLE_FADE_OUT_AFFECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_PARTICLE_FADE_OUT_AFFECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IParticleAffector.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! A particle affector which fades out the particles.
|
||||
class IParticleFadeOutAffector : public IParticleAffector
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the targetColor, i.e. the color the particles will interpolate to over time.
|
||||
virtual void setTargetColor( const video::SColor& targetColor ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the time in milliseconds it takes for each particle to fade out (minimal 1 ms)
|
||||
virtual void setFadeOutTime( u32 fadeOutTime ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the targetColor, i.e. the color the particles will interpolate to over time.
|
||||
virtual const video::SColor& getTargetColor() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the time in milliseconds it takes for each particle to fade out.
|
||||
virtual u32 getFadeOutTime() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get emitter type
|
||||
virtual E_PARTICLE_AFFECTOR_TYPE getType() const { return EPAT_FADE_OUT; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __I_PARTICLE_FADE_OUT_AFFECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_PARTICLE_GRAVITY_AFFECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_PARTICLE_GRAVITY_AFFECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IParticleAffector.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! A particle affector which applies gravity to particles.
|
||||
class IParticleGravityAffector : public IParticleAffector
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the time in milliseconds when the gravity force is totally lost
|
||||
/** At that point the particle does not move any more. */
|
||||
virtual void setTimeForceLost( f32 timeForceLost ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the direction and force of gravity in all 3 dimensions.
|
||||
virtual void setGravity( const core::vector3df& gravity ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the time in milliseconds when the gravity force is totally lost
|
||||
virtual f32 getTimeForceLost() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the direction and force of gravity.
|
||||
virtual const core::vector3df& getGravity() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get emitter type
|
||||
virtual E_PARTICLE_AFFECTOR_TYPE getType() const { return EPAT_GRAVITY; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __I_PARTICLE_GRAVITY_AFFECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_PARTICLE_MESH_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_PARTICLE_MESH_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IParticleEmitter.h"
|
||||
#include "IMesh.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! A particle emitter which emits from vertices of a mesh
|
||||
class IParticleMeshEmitter : public IParticleEmitter
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set Mesh to emit particles from
|
||||
virtual void setMesh( IMesh* mesh ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set whether to use vertex normal for direction, or direction specified
|
||||
virtual void setUseNormalDirection( bool useNormalDirection = true ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the amount that the normal is divided by for getting a particles direction
|
||||
virtual void setNormalDirectionModifier( f32 normalDirectionModifier ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets whether to emit min<->max particles for every vertex or to pick min<->max vertices
|
||||
virtual void setEveryMeshVertex( bool everyMeshVertex = true ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get Mesh we're emitting particles from
|
||||
virtual const IMesh* getMesh() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get whether to use vertex normal for direction, or direction specified
|
||||
virtual bool isUsingNormalDirection() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the amount that the normal is divided by for getting a particles direction
|
||||
virtual f32 getNormalDirectionModifier() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets whether to emit min<->max particles for every vertex or to pick min<->max vertices
|
||||
virtual bool getEveryMeshVertex() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get emitter type
|
||||
virtual E_PARTICLE_EMITTER_TYPE getType() const { return EPET_MESH; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_PARTICLE_RING_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_PARTICLE_RING_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IParticleEmitter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! A particle emitter which emits particles along a ring shaped area.
|
||||
class IParticleRingEmitter : public IParticleEmitter
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the center of the ring
|
||||
virtual void setCenter( const core::vector3df& center ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the radius of the ring
|
||||
virtual void setRadius( f32 radius ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the thickness of the ring
|
||||
virtual void setRingThickness( f32 ringThickness ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the center of the ring
|
||||
virtual const core::vector3df& getCenter() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the radius of the ring
|
||||
virtual f32 getRadius() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the thickness of the ring
|
||||
virtual f32 getRingThickness() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get emitter type
|
||||
virtual E_PARTICLE_EMITTER_TYPE getType() const { return EPET_RING; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_PARTICLE_ROTATION_AFFECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_PARTICLE_ROTATION_AFFECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IParticleAffector.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! A particle affector which rotates the particle system.
|
||||
class IParticleRotationAffector : public IParticleAffector
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the point that particles will rotate around
|
||||
virtual void setPivotPoint( const core::vector3df& point ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the speed in degrees per second in all 3 dimensions
|
||||
virtual void setSpeed( const core::vector3df& speed ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the point that particles are attracted to
|
||||
virtual const core::vector3df& getPivotPoint() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the speed in degrees per second in all 3 dimensions
|
||||
virtual const core::vector3df& getSpeed() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get emitter type
|
||||
virtual E_PARTICLE_AFFECTOR_TYPE getType() const { return EPAT_ROTATE; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif // __I_PARTICLE_ROTATION_AFFECTOR_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_PARTICLE_SPHERE_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_PARTICLE_SPHERE_EMITTER_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "IParticleEmitter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! A particle emitter which emits from a spherical space.
|
||||
class IParticleSphereEmitter : public IParticleEmitter
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the center of the sphere for particle emissions
|
||||
virtual void setCenter( const core::vector3df& center ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Set the radius of the sphere for particle emissions
|
||||
virtual void setRadius( f32 radius ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the center of the sphere for particle emissions
|
||||
virtual const core::vector3df& getCenter() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get the radius of the sphere for particle emissions
|
||||
virtual f32 getRadius() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get emitter type
|
||||
virtual E_PARTICLE_EMITTER_TYPE getType() const { return EPET_SPHERE; }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -1,512 +0,0 @@
|
||||
// Copyright (C) 2002-2012 Nikolaus Gebhardt
|
||||
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
|
||||
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __I_PARTICLE_SYSTEM_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
#define __I_PARTICLE_SYSTEM_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
|
||||
|
||||
#include "ISceneNode.h"
|
||||
#include "IParticleAnimatedMeshSceneNodeEmitter.h"
|
||||
#include "IParticleBoxEmitter.h"
|
||||
#include "IParticleCylinderEmitter.h"
|
||||
#include "IParticleMeshEmitter.h"
|
||||
#include "IParticleRingEmitter.h"
|
||||
#include "IParticleSphereEmitter.h"
|
||||
#include "IParticleAttractionAffector.h"
|
||||
#include "IParticleFadeOutAffector.h"
|
||||
#include "IParticleGravityAffector.h"
|
||||
#include "IParticleRotationAffector.h"
|
||||
#include "dimension2d.h"
|
||||
|
||||
namespace irr
|
||||
{
|
||||
namespace scene
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
//! A particle system scene node for creating snow, fire, exlosions, smoke...
|
||||
/** A scene node controlling a particle System. The behavior of the particles
|
||||
can be controlled by setting the right particle emitters and affectors.
|
||||
You can for example easily create a campfire by doing this:
|
||||
|
||||
\code
|
||||
scene::IParticleSystemSceneNode* p = scenemgr->addParticleSystemSceneNode();
|
||||
p->setParticleSize(core::dimension2d<f32>(20.0f, 10.0f));
|
||||
scene::IParticleEmitter* em = p->createBoxEmitter(
|
||||
core::aabbox3d<f32>(-5,0,-5,5,1,5),
|
||||
core::vector3df(0.0f,0.03f,0.0f),
|
||||
40,80, video::SColor(0,255,255,255),video::SColor(0,255,255,255), 1100,2000);
|
||||
p->setEmitter(em);
|
||||
em->drop();
|
||||
scene::IParticleAffector* paf = p->createFadeOutParticleAffector();
|
||||
p->addAffector(paf);
|
||||
paf->drop();
|
||||
\endcode
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
class IParticleSystemSceneNode : public ISceneNode
|
||||
{
|
||||
public:
|
||||
|
||||
//! Constructor
|
||||
IParticleSystemSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
|
||||
const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
|
||||
const core::vector3df& rotation = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
|
||||
const core::vector3df& scale = core::vector3df(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f))
|
||||
: ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id, position, rotation, scale) {}
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the size of all particles.
|
||||
virtual void setParticleSize(
|
||||
const core::dimension2d<f32> &size = core::dimension2d<f32>(5.0f, 5.0f)) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets if the particles should be global.
|
||||
/** If they are, the particles are affected by the movement of the
|
||||
particle system scene node too, otherwise they completely ignore it.
|
||||
Default is true. */
|
||||
virtual void setParticlesAreGlobal(bool global=true) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Remove all currently visible particles
|
||||
virtual void clearParticles() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Do manually update the particles.
|
||||
//! This should only be called when you want to render the node outside the scenegraph,
|
||||
//! as the node will care about this otherwise automatically.
|
||||
virtual void doParticleSystem(u32 time) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Gets the particle emitter, which creates the particles.
|
||||
/** \return The particle emitter. Can be 0 if none is set. */
|
||||
virtual IParticleEmitter* getEmitter() =0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Sets the particle emitter, which creates the particles.
|
||||
/** A particle emitter can be created using one of the createEmitter
|
||||
methods. For example to create and use a simple PointEmitter, call
|
||||
IParticleEmitter* p = createPointEmitter(); setEmitter(p); p->drop();
|
||||
\param emitter: Sets the particle emitter. You can set this to 0 for
|
||||
removing the current emitter and stopping the particle system emitting
|
||||
new particles. */
|
||||
virtual void setEmitter(IParticleEmitter* emitter) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Adds new particle effector to the particle system.
|
||||
/** A particle affector modifies the particles. For example, the FadeOut
|
||||
affector lets all particles fade out after some time. It is created and
|
||||
used in this way:
|
||||
\code
|
||||
IParticleAffector* p = createFadeOutParticleAffector();
|
||||
addAffector(p);
|
||||
p->drop();
|
||||
\endcode
|
||||
Please note that an affector is not necessary for the particle system to
|
||||
work.
|
||||
\param affector: New affector. */
|
||||
virtual void addAffector(IParticleAffector* affector) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Get a list of all particle affectors.
|
||||
/** \return The list of particle affectors attached to this node. */
|
||||
virtual const core::list<IParticleAffector*>& getAffectors() const = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Removes all particle affectors in the particle system.
|
||||
virtual void removeAllAffectors() = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a particle emitter for an animated mesh scene node
|
||||
/** \param node: Pointer to the animated mesh scene node to emit
|
||||
particles from
|
||||
\param useNormalDirection: If true, the direction of each particle
|
||||
created will be the normal of the vertex that it's emitting from. The
|
||||
normal is divided by the normalDirectionModifier parameter, which
|
||||
defaults to 100.0f.
|
||||
\param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
|
||||
\param normalDirectionModifier: If the emitter is using the normal
|
||||
direction then the normal of the vertex that is being emitted from is
|
||||
divided by this number.
|
||||
\param mbNumber: This allows you to specify a specific meshBuffer for
|
||||
the IMesh* to emit particles from. The default value is -1, which
|
||||
means a random meshBuffer picked from all of the meshes meshBuffers
|
||||
will be selected to pick a random vertex from. If the value is 0 or
|
||||
greater, it will only pick random vertices from the meshBuffer
|
||||
specified by this value.
|
||||
\param everyMeshVertex: If true, the emitter will emit between min/max
|
||||
particles every second, for every vertex in the mesh, if false, it will
|
||||
emit between min/max particles from random vertices in the mesh.
|
||||
\param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted per
|
||||
second.
|
||||
\param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted per
|
||||
second.
|
||||
\param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle. The
|
||||
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
|
||||
\param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle. The
|
||||
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
|
||||
\param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
|
||||
\param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
|
||||
\param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting
|
||||
direction of the particle will differ from the original direction.
|
||||
\param minStartSize: Minimal initial start size of a particle. The
|
||||
real size of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartSize and maxStartSize.
|
||||
\param maxStartSize: Maximal initial start size of a particle. The
|
||||
real size of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartSize and maxStartSize.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created particle emitter. To set this emitter
|
||||
as new emitter of this particle system, just call setEmitter(). Note
|
||||
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
|
||||
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
|
||||
virtual IParticleAnimatedMeshSceneNodeEmitter* createAnimatedMeshSceneNodeEmitter(
|
||||
scene::IAnimatedMeshSceneNode* node, bool useNormalDirection = true,
|
||||
const core::vector3df& direction = core::vector3df(0.0f,0.03f,0.0f),
|
||||
f32 normalDirectionModifier = 100.0f, s32 mbNumber = -1,
|
||||
bool everyMeshVertex = false,
|
||||
u32 minParticlesPerSecond = 5, u32 maxParticlesPerSecond = 10,
|
||||
const video::SColor& minStartColor = video::SColor(255,0,0,0),
|
||||
const video::SColor& maxStartColor = video::SColor(255,255,255,255),
|
||||
u32 lifeTimeMin = 2000, u32 lifeTimeMax = 4000,
|
||||
s32 maxAngleDegrees = 0,
|
||||
const core::dimension2df& minStartSize = core::dimension2df(5.0f,5.0f),
|
||||
const core::dimension2df& maxStartSize = core::dimension2df(5.0f,5.0f) ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a box particle emitter.
|
||||
/** \param box: The box for the emitter.
|
||||
\param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
|
||||
\param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted per
|
||||
second.
|
||||
\param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted per
|
||||
second.
|
||||
\param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle. The
|
||||
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
|
||||
\param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle. The
|
||||
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
|
||||
\param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
|
||||
\param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
|
||||
\param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting
|
||||
direction of the particle will differ from the original direction.
|
||||
\param minStartSize: Minimal initial start size of a particle. The
|
||||
real size of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartSize and maxStartSize.
|
||||
\param maxStartSize: Maximal initial start size of a particle. The
|
||||
real size of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartSize and maxStartSize.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created particle emitter. To set this emitter
|
||||
as new emitter of this particle system, just call setEmitter(). Note
|
||||
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
|
||||
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
|
||||
virtual IParticleBoxEmitter* createBoxEmitter(
|
||||
const core::aabbox3df& box = core::aabbox3df(-10,28,-10,10,30,10),
|
||||
const core::vector3df& direction = core::vector3df(0.0f,0.03f,0.0f),
|
||||
u32 minParticlesPerSecond = 5,
|
||||
u32 maxParticlesPerSecond = 10,
|
||||
const video::SColor& minStartColor = video::SColor(255,0,0,0),
|
||||
const video::SColor& maxStartColor = video::SColor(255,255,255,255),
|
||||
u32 lifeTimeMin=2000, u32 lifeTimeMax=4000,
|
||||
s32 maxAngleDegrees=0,
|
||||
const core::dimension2df& minStartSize = core::dimension2df(5.0f,5.0f),
|
||||
const core::dimension2df& maxStartSize = core::dimension2df(5.0f,5.0f) ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a particle emitter for emitting from a cylinder
|
||||
/** \param center: The center of the circle at the base of the cylinder
|
||||
\param radius: The thickness of the cylinder
|
||||
\param normal: Direction of the length of the cylinder
|
||||
\param length: The length of the the cylinder
|
||||
\param outlineOnly: Whether or not to put points inside the cylinder or
|
||||
on the outline only
|
||||
\param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
|
||||
\param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted per
|
||||
second.
|
||||
\param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted per
|
||||
second.
|
||||
\param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle. The
|
||||
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
|
||||
\param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle. The
|
||||
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
|
||||
\param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
|
||||
\param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
|
||||
\param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting
|
||||
direction of the particle will differ from the original direction.
|
||||
\param minStartSize: Minimal initial start size of a particle. The
|
||||
real size of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartSize and maxStartSize.
|
||||
\param maxStartSize: Maximal initial start size of a particle. The
|
||||
real size of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartSize and maxStartSize.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created particle emitter. To set this emitter
|
||||
as new emitter of this particle system, just call setEmitter(). Note
|
||||
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
|
||||
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
|
||||
virtual IParticleCylinderEmitter* createCylinderEmitter(
|
||||
const core::vector3df& center, f32 radius,
|
||||
const core::vector3df& normal, f32 length,
|
||||
bool outlineOnly = false,
|
||||
const core::vector3df& direction = core::vector3df(0.0f,0.03f,0.0f),
|
||||
u32 minParticlesPerSecond = 5, u32 maxParticlesPerSecond = 10,
|
||||
const video::SColor& minStartColor = video::SColor(255,0,0,0),
|
||||
const video::SColor& maxStartColor = video::SColor(255,255,255,255),
|
||||
u32 lifeTimeMin = 2000, u32 lifeTimeMax = 4000,
|
||||
s32 maxAngleDegrees = 0,
|
||||
const core::dimension2df& minStartSize = core::dimension2df(5.0f,5.0f),
|
||||
const core::dimension2df& maxStartSize = core::dimension2df(5.0f,5.0f) ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a mesh particle emitter.
|
||||
/** \param mesh: Pointer to mesh to emit particles from
|
||||
\param useNormalDirection: If true, the direction of each particle
|
||||
created will be the normal of the vertex that it's emitting from. The
|
||||
normal is divided by the normalDirectionModifier parameter, which
|
||||
defaults to 100.0f.
|
||||
\param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
|
||||
\param normalDirectionModifier: If the emitter is using the normal
|
||||
direction then the normal of the vertex that is being emitted from is
|
||||
divided by this number.
|
||||
\param mbNumber: This allows you to specify a specific meshBuffer for
|
||||
the IMesh* to emit particles from. The default value is -1, which
|
||||
means a random meshBuffer picked from all of the meshes meshBuffers
|
||||
will be selected to pick a random vertex from. If the value is 0 or
|
||||
greater, it will only pick random vertices from the meshBuffer
|
||||
specified by this value.
|
||||
\param everyMeshVertex: If true, the emitter will emit between min/max
|
||||
particles every second, for every vertex in the mesh, if false, it will
|
||||
emit between min/max particles from random vertices in the mesh.
|
||||
\param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted per
|
||||
second.
|
||||
\param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted per
|
||||
second.
|
||||
\param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle. The
|
||||
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
|
||||
\param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle. The
|
||||
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
|
||||
\param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
|
||||
\param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
|
||||
\param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting
|
||||
direction of the particle will differ from the original direction.
|
||||
\param minStartSize: Minimal initial start size of a particle. The
|
||||
real size of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartSize and maxStartSize.
|
||||
\param maxStartSize: Maximal initial start size of a particle. The
|
||||
real size of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartSize and maxStartSize.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created particle emitter. To set this emitter
|
||||
as new emitter of this particle system, just call setEmitter(). Note
|
||||
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
|
||||
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
|
||||
virtual IParticleMeshEmitter* createMeshEmitter(
|
||||
scene::IMesh* mesh, bool useNormalDirection = true,
|
||||
const core::vector3df& direction = core::vector3df(0.0f,0.03f,0.0f),
|
||||
f32 normalDirectionModifier = 100.0f, s32 mbNumber = -1,
|
||||
bool everyMeshVertex = false,
|
||||
u32 minParticlesPerSecond = 5, u32 maxParticlesPerSecond = 10,
|
||||
const video::SColor& minStartColor = video::SColor(255,0,0,0),
|
||||
const video::SColor& maxStartColor = video::SColor(255,255,255,255),
|
||||
u32 lifeTimeMin = 2000, u32 lifeTimeMax = 4000,
|
||||
s32 maxAngleDegrees = 0,
|
||||
const core::dimension2df& minStartSize = core::dimension2df(5.0f,5.0f),
|
||||
const core::dimension2df& maxStartSize = core::dimension2df(5.0f,5.0f) ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a point particle emitter.
|
||||
/** \param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
|
||||
\param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted per
|
||||
second.
|
||||
\param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted per
|
||||
second.
|
||||
\param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle. The
|
||||
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
|
||||
\param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle. The
|
||||
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
|
||||
\param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
|
||||
\param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
|
||||
\param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting
|
||||
direction of the particle will differ from the original direction.
|
||||
\param minStartSize: Minimal initial start size of a particle. The
|
||||
real size of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartSize and maxStartSize.
|
||||
\param maxStartSize: Maximal initial start size of a particle. The
|
||||
real size of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartSize and maxStartSize.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created particle emitter. To set this emitter
|
||||
as new emitter of this particle system, just call setEmitter(). Note
|
||||
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
|
||||
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
|
||||
virtual IParticlePointEmitter* createPointEmitter(
|
||||
const core::vector3df& direction = core::vector3df(0.0f,0.03f,0.0f),
|
||||
u32 minParticlesPerSecond = 5,
|
||||
u32 maxParticlesPerSecond = 10,
|
||||
const video::SColor& minStartColor = video::SColor(255,0,0,0),
|
||||
const video::SColor& maxStartColor = video::SColor(255,255,255,255),
|
||||
u32 lifeTimeMin=2000, u32 lifeTimeMax=4000,
|
||||
s32 maxAngleDegrees=0,
|
||||
const core::dimension2df& minStartSize = core::dimension2df(5.0f,5.0f),
|
||||
const core::dimension2df& maxStartSize = core::dimension2df(5.0f,5.0f) ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a ring particle emitter.
|
||||
/** \param center: Center of ring
|
||||
\param radius: Distance of points from center, points will be rotated
|
||||
around the Y axis at a random 360 degrees and will then be shifted by
|
||||
the provided ringThickness values in each axis.
|
||||
\param ringThickness : thickness of the ring or how wide the ring is
|
||||
\param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
|
||||
\param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted per
|
||||
second.
|
||||
\param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted per
|
||||
second.
|
||||
\param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle. The
|
||||
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
|
||||
\param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle. The
|
||||
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
|
||||
\param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
|
||||
\param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
|
||||
\param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting
|
||||
direction of the particle will differ from the original direction.
|
||||
\param minStartSize: Minimal initial start size of a particle. The
|
||||
real size of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartSize and maxStartSize.
|
||||
\param maxStartSize: Maximal initial start size of a particle. The
|
||||
real size of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartSize and maxStartSize.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created particle emitter. To set this emitter
|
||||
as new emitter of this particle system, just call setEmitter(). Note
|
||||
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
|
||||
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
|
||||
virtual IParticleRingEmitter* createRingEmitter(
|
||||
const core::vector3df& center, f32 radius, f32 ringThickness,
|
||||
const core::vector3df& direction = core::vector3df(0.0f,0.03f,0.0f),
|
||||
u32 minParticlesPerSecond = 5,
|
||||
u32 maxParticlesPerSecond = 10,
|
||||
const video::SColor& minStartColor = video::SColor(255,0,0,0),
|
||||
const video::SColor& maxStartColor = video::SColor(255,255,255,255),
|
||||
u32 lifeTimeMin=2000, u32 lifeTimeMax=4000,
|
||||
s32 maxAngleDegrees=0,
|
||||
const core::dimension2df& minStartSize = core::dimension2df(5.0f,5.0f),
|
||||
const core::dimension2df& maxStartSize = core::dimension2df(5.0f,5.0f) ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a sphere particle emitter.
|
||||
/** \param center: Center of sphere
|
||||
\param radius: Radius of sphere
|
||||
\param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
|
||||
\param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted per
|
||||
second.
|
||||
\param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted per
|
||||
second.
|
||||
\param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle. The
|
||||
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
|
||||
\param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle. The
|
||||
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
|
||||
\param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
|
||||
\param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
|
||||
\param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting
|
||||
direction of the particle will differ from the original direction.
|
||||
\param minStartSize: Minimal initial start size of a particle. The
|
||||
real size of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartSize and maxStartSize.
|
||||
\param maxStartSize: Maximal initial start size of a particle. The
|
||||
real size of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
|
||||
between minStartSize and maxStartSize.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created particle emitter. To set this emitter
|
||||
as new emitter of this particle system, just call setEmitter(). Note
|
||||
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
|
||||
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
|
||||
virtual IParticleSphereEmitter* createSphereEmitter(
|
||||
const core::vector3df& center, f32 radius,
|
||||
const core::vector3df& direction = core::vector3df(0.0f,0.03f,0.0f),
|
||||
u32 minParticlesPerSecond = 5,
|
||||
u32 maxParticlesPerSecond = 10,
|
||||
const video::SColor& minStartColor = video::SColor(255,0,0,0),
|
||||
const video::SColor& maxStartColor = video::SColor(255,255,255,255),
|
||||
u32 lifeTimeMin=2000, u32 lifeTimeMax=4000,
|
||||
s32 maxAngleDegrees=0,
|
||||
const core::dimension2df& minStartSize = core::dimension2df(5.0f,5.0f),
|
||||
const core::dimension2df& maxStartSize = core::dimension2df(5.0f,5.0f) ) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a point attraction affector.
|
||||
/** This affector modifies the positions of the particles and attracts
|
||||
them to a specified point at a specified speed per second.
|
||||
\param point: Point to attract particles to.
|
||||
\param speed: Speed in units per second, to attract to the specified
|
||||
point.
|
||||
\param attract: Whether the particles attract or detract from this
|
||||
point.
|
||||
\param affectX: Whether or not this will affect the X position of the
|
||||
particle.
|
||||
\param affectY: Whether or not this will affect the Y position of the
|
||||
particle.
|
||||
\param affectZ: Whether or not this will affect the Z position of the
|
||||
particle.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created particle affector. To add this affector
|
||||
as new affector of this particle system, just call addAffector(). Note
|
||||
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
|
||||
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
|
||||
virtual IParticleAttractionAffector* createAttractionAffector(
|
||||
const core::vector3df& point, f32 speed = 1.0f, bool attract = true,
|
||||
bool affectX = true, bool affectY = true, bool affectZ = true) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a scale particle affector.
|
||||
/** This affector scales the particle to the a multiple of its size defined
|
||||
by the scaleTo variable.
|
||||
\param scaleTo: multiple of the size which the particle will be scaled to until deletion
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created particle affector.
|
||||
To add this affector as new affector of this particle system,
|
||||
just call addAffector(). Note that you'll have to drop() the
|
||||
returned pointer, after you don't need it any more, see
|
||||
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
|
||||
virtual IParticleAffector* createScaleParticleAffector(const core::dimension2df& scaleTo = core::dimension2df(1.0f, 1.0f)) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a fade out particle affector.
|
||||
/** This affector modifies the color of every particle and and reaches
|
||||
the final color when the particle dies. This affector looks really
|
||||
good, if the EMT_TRANSPARENT_ADD_COLOR material is used and the
|
||||
targetColor is video::SColor(0,0,0,0): Particles are fading out into
|
||||
void with this setting.
|
||||
\param targetColor: Color whereto the color of the particle is changed.
|
||||
\param timeNeededToFadeOut: How much time in milli seconds should the
|
||||
affector need to change the color to the targetColor.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created particle affector. To add this affector
|
||||
as new affector of this particle system, just call addAffector(). Note
|
||||
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
|
||||
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
|
||||
virtual IParticleFadeOutAffector* createFadeOutParticleAffector(
|
||||
const video::SColor& targetColor = video::SColor(0,0,0,0),
|
||||
u32 timeNeededToFadeOut = 1000) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a gravity affector.
|
||||
/** This affector modifies the direction of the particle. It assumes
|
||||
that the particle is fired out of the emitter with huge force, but is
|
||||
loosing this after some time and is catched by the gravity then. This
|
||||
affector is ideal for creating things like fountains.
|
||||
\param gravity: Direction and force of gravity.
|
||||
\param timeForceLost: Time in milli seconds when the force of the
|
||||
emitter is totally lost and the particle does not move any more. This
|
||||
is the time where gravity fully affects the particle.
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created particle affector. To add this affector
|
||||
as new affector of this particle system, just call addAffector(). Note
|
||||
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
|
||||
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
|
||||
virtual IParticleGravityAffector* createGravityAffector(
|
||||
const core::vector3df& gravity = core::vector3df(0.0f,-0.03f,0.0f),
|
||||
u32 timeForceLost = 1000) = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
//! Creates a rotation affector.
|
||||
/** This affector modifies the positions of the particles and attracts
|
||||
them to a specified point at a specified speed per second.
|
||||
\param speed: Rotation in degrees per second
|
||||
\param pivotPoint: Point to rotate the particles around
|
||||
\return Pointer to the created particle affector. To add this affector
|
||||
as new affector of this particle system, just call addAffector(). Note
|
||||
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
|
||||
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
|
||||
virtual IParticleRotationAffector* createRotationAffector(
|
||||
const core::vector3df& speed = core::vector3df(5.0f,5.0f,5.0f),
|
||||
const core::vector3df& pivotPoint = core::vector3df(0.0f,0.0f,0.0f) ) = 0;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
} // end namespace scene
|
||||
} // end namespace irr
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user